May 19, 2013
WSJ - Yahoo to Buy Tumblr for $1.1 Billion
WSJ: "Yahoo has agreed to pay $1.1 billion in cash for the company, one of the people said. Tumblr would continue to operate largely as an independent business, the people said...Tumblr, founded in 2007, fast built a following by making it easy for people to post blogs and photos, follow other people on Tumblr and receive updates via a feed. The website's simple design has lowered the bar for online publishing and effectively merged blogging with social media."
Internet Census 2012 -Port scanning /0 using insecure embedded devices
Internet Census 2012 - Port scanning /0 using insecure embedded devices, Carna Botnet
"Abstract While playing around with the Nmap Scripting Engine (NSE) we discovered an amazing number of open embedded devices on the Internet. Many of them are based on Linux and allow login to standard BusyBox with empty or default credentials. We used these devices to build a distributed port scanner to scan all IPv4 addresses. These scans include service probes for the most common ports, ICMP ping, reverse DNS and SYN scans. We analyzed some of the data to get an estimation of the IP address usage...We hope other researchers will find the data we have collected useful and that this publication will help raise some awareness that, while everybody is talking about high class exploits and cyberwar, four simple stupid default telnet passwords can give you access to hundreds of thousands of consumer as well as tens of thousands of industrial devices all over the world."
Technology Review - What Happened When One Man Pinged the Whole Internet
A home science experiment that probed billions of Internet devices reveals that thousands of industrial and business systems offer remote access to anyone.
"HD Moore’s census involved regularly sending simple, automated messages to each one of the 3.7 billion IP addresses assigned to devices connected to the Internet around the world (Google, in contrast, collects information offered publicly by websites). Many of the two terabytes (2,000 gigabytes) worth of replies Moore received from 310 million IPs indicated that they came from devices vulnerable to well-known flaws, or configured in a way that could let anyone take control of them. On Tuesday [April 23, 2013], Moore published results on a particularly troubling segment of those vulnerable devices: ones that appear to be used for business and industrial systems. Over 114,000 of those control connections were logged as being on the Internet with known security flaws. Many could be accessed using default passwords and 13,000 offered direct access through a command prompt without a password at all."
May 12, 2013
Commentary on Google's upcoming release of new browser engine
The Evolution of the Web, in a Blink, by Vijith Assar. The New Yorker, May 11, 2013
"On April 3rd, just a hair shy of four and a half years after Google unveiled its Web browser, Chrome—now the most popular desktop browser in the world by some counts—Google announced that future versions of it will switch from the popular rendering engine WebKit to a new custom engine, called Blink. (WebKit notably powers Apple’s Safari, along with most popular mobile browsers.) For now, Blink remains an almost-identical copy of WebKit (which is allowed because WebKit’s code is open source), but in the near future it will be refined by Google’s team into a new, lightweight engine that is fast, efficient, stable, and feature-rich. For Google, this will better facilitate the browser’s integration in alternative emerging contexts, like Android smartphones and its new Glass wearable computing device. Blink is expected to start powering Chrome by this June."
May 10, 2013
NSA Releases 2007 version - Untangling the Web, A Guide to Internet Research
Unclassified and released on 4/19/2013 in response to a FOIA request by MuckRock and reported by Wired: request, Untangling the Web: A Guide to Internet Research has not been updated since 2007. It is 651 page document that on one hand references sites and sources that no longer exist, but on the other offers insights in techniques and leverage the deep web and techniques to obtain effective competitive intelligence information and data.
May 09, 2013
On The "Right to Be Forgotten": Challenges and Suggested Changes to the Data Protection Regulation
On The "Right to Be Forgotten": Challenges and Suggested Changes to the Data Protection Regulation
"Since January 2012, the European Union institutions have been debating draft legislation to reform European rules on data protection (commonly referred to as the Data Protection Regulation (DPR)). Article 17 of the proposed DPR presents the concept of a "Right to Be Forgotten". Article 17 would allow a user to request that an online service provider delete all data – including data that has been made public – it has about that user. While CDT is sympathetic to the concerns that underlie Article 17, we have recommended that it be redrafted and narrowed substantially. As laid out in the Commissionʼs proposal it would significantly limit usersʼ free expression rights and impose unreasonable burdens on online platforms and ISPs, likely leading to fewer platforms for user speech. Private companies are ill-equipped to take responsibility for decisions that balance the right to privacy with the right to free expression. Such questions are ultimately for courts to decide, interpreting carefully drawn legislative mandates in light of relevant human rights jurisprudence. Moreover, we believe that the measures to protect journalistic and artistic expression – namely, those granted by Article 80 of the DPR – are too narrowly drafted and do not satisfy international human rights obligations regarding free expression."
FCC- Expanding Access to In-Flight Broadband and Encouraging Innovation
"By this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (Notice), the Commission proposes to further increase the availability of broadband services onboard airplanes by establishing an air-ground mobile broadband service by which passengers aboard civil and government aircraft can connect to a full range of communications services while flying over the contiguous United States. Consumers increasingly demand ubiquitous broadband connectivity, even on airplanes. Demand continues to rise, with predictions that the number of aircraft offering broadband service will rise from approximately 3000 in 2012 to 15,000 by 2021.2 Establishment of air-ground mobile broadband service could help satisfy this demand. This air-ground mobile broadband service would operate in the 14.0-14.5 GHz band, on a secondary, non-interference basis with Fixed-Satellite Service (FSS) Earth-to-space communications. The key to such band sharing is spatial diversity, with FSS earth station antennas oriented to the south and above the horizon, air-ground mobile broadband base stations oriented to the north, and air-ground mobile broadband aircraft stations oriented below the horizon. Air-ground mobile broadband would be required
to protect primary FSS in the band from harmful interference, and would be required to accommodate other Federal and non-Federal users in the band. We ground our proposals in this proceeding in part on the service proposed by Qualcomm, Inc. (Qualcomm) in a Petition for Rulemaking filed on July 7, 2011.3 We believe our proposal would significantly increase the amount of spectrum available for the provision of wireless broadband to airborne aircraft, helping to meet rising demand for such services.
May 05, 2013
ABA Journal - Are digitization and budget cuts compromising history?
Hollee Schwartz Temple: "When people say everything's online," says Jerry Dupont of the Law Library Microform Consortium, "they're woefully uninformed." Dupont, founder of the LLMC, a nonprofit law library cooperative, estimates that of the 2 million unique volumes contained in America’s law libraries, only about 15 percent are available in digital form. That figure includes access via proprietary, commercial services like Westlaw and LexisNexis. Across the country, law libraries are trying to adapt to the digital revolution and preserve historic and precedential documents. But budget cuts have hit hard at academic law libraries, which historically have hosted some of the most robust legal collections. And the pressures are creating concerns that the public will lose access to essential legal documents."
May 02, 2013
For Their Eyes Only: The Commercialization of Digital Spying
Citizen Lab [University of Toronto] "released a new report, For Their Eyes Only: The Commercialization of Digital Spying. The report features new findings, as well as consolidating a year of our research on the commercial market for offensive computer network intrusion capabilities developed by Western companies. Our new findings include:
- We have identified FinFisher Command & Control servers in 11 new Countries. Hungary, Turkey, Romania, Panama, Lithuania, Macedonia, South Africa, Pakistan, Nigeria, Bulgaria, Austria.
- Taken together with our previous research, we can now assert that FinFisher Command & Control servers are currently active, or have been present, in 36 countries.
Paper - Internet Content Governance & Human Rights
Lucchi, Nicola, Internet Content Governance & Human Rights (May 1, 2013). Vanderbilt Journal of Entertainment and Technology Law Vol. 16, No. 3 (2013). Available at SSRN
"The paper examines how Internet content governance is posing regulatory issues directly related to the growing importance of an equitable access to digital information. In particular, it looks at conflicts arising within the systems of rights and obligations attached to communication (and especially content provision) over the Internet. It seeks to identify emerging tensions and to draw out the implications for the nature and definitions of rights (e.g. of communication and access, but also of IP ownership) and for regulations and actions taken to protect, promote or qualify those rights. These points are illustrated by a series of recent examples."
April 30, 2013
EFF Surveys Major Tech Companies' Privacy and Transparency Policies
News release: "As you search the Internet, visit websites, and update your social media accounts, you entrust a wealth of data to service providers: your thoughts, your photos, your location, and much more. What happens when the government wants access to all of this information, held by companies like Google and Facebook and AT&T? Will these providers help you fight back against unfair demands for data about your private life? Today the Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) releases its third annual report, Who Has Your Back?, which looks at major technology service providers' commitment to users' rights in the face of government data demands. EFF's report examines 18 companies' terms of service, privacy policies, advocacy, and courtroom track records, awarding up to six gold stars for best practices in categories like "require a warrant for content," "tell users about government data demands," and "publish transparency reports."
A Secure Submission System for Online Whistleblowing Platforms
A Secure Submission System for Online Whistleblowing Platforms. Volker Roth, Benjamin Güldenring, Eleanor Rieffel, Sven Dietrich, Lars Ries (Submitted on 26 Jan 2013) An abridged version has been accepted for publication in the proceedings of Financial Cryptography and Data Security 2013.
"Whistleblower laws protect individuals who inform the public or an authority about governmental or corporate misconduct. Despite these laws, whistleblowers frequently risk reprisals and sites such as WikiLeaks emerged to provide a level of anonymity to these individuals. However, as countries increase their level of network surveillance and Internet protocol data retention, the mere act of using anonymizing software such as Tor, or accessing a whistleblowing website through an SSL channel might be incriminating enough to lead to investigations and repercussions. As an alternative submission system we propose an online advertising network called AdLeaks. AdLeaks leverages the ubiquity of unsolicited online advertising to provide complete sender unobservability when submitting disclosures. AdLeaks ads compute a random function in a browser and submit the outcome to the AdLeaks infrastructure. Such a whistleblower's browser replaces the output with encrypted information so that the transmission is indistinguishable from that of a regular browser. Its back-end design assures that AdLeaks must process only a fraction of the resulting traffic in order to receive disclosures with high probability. We describe the design of AdLeaks and evaluate its performance through analysis and experimentation."
April 28, 2013
US News: IRS tracks your digital footprint
"The Internal Revenue Service is collecting a lot more than taxes this year -- it's also acquiring a huge volume of personal information on taxpayers' digital activities, from eBay auctions to Facebook posts and, for the first time ever, credit card and e-payment transaction records, as it expands its search for tax cheats to places it's never gone before. The IRS, under heavy pressure to help Washington out of its budget quagmire by chasing down an estimated $300 billion in revenue lost to evasions and errors each year, will start using "robo-audits" of tax forms and third-party data the IRS hopes will help close this so-called "tax gap." But the agency reveals little about how it will employ its vast, new network scanning powers. Tax lawyers and watchdogs are concerned about the sweeping changes being implemented with little public discussion or clear guidelines, and Congressional staff sources say the IRS use of "big data" will be a key issue when the next IRS chief comes to the Senate for approval. Acting commissioner Steven T. Miller replaced Douglas Shulman last November."
Pew - Civic Engagement in the Digital Age
Civic Engagement in the Digital Age, by Aaron Smith, Apr 25, 2013: "Social networking sites have grown more important in recent years as a venue for political involvement, learning, and debate. Overall, 39% of all American adults took part in some sort of political activity on a social networking site during the 2012 campaign. This means that more Americans are now politically active on social networking sites (SNS) than used them at all as recently as the 2008 election campaign. At that point, 26% of the population used a social networking site of any kind. The growth in several specific behaviors between 2008 and 2012 illustrates the increasing importance of SNS as places where citizens can connect with political causes and issues:
- In 2012, 17% of all adults posted links to political stories or articles on social networking sites, and 19% posted other types of political content. That is a six-fold increase from the 3% of adults who posted political stories or links on these sites in 2008.
- In 2012, 12% of all adults followed or friended a political candidate or other political figure on a social networking site, and 12% belonged to a group on a social networking site involved in advancing a political or social issue. That is a four-fold increase from the 3% of adults who took part in these behaviors in 2008."
April 27, 2013
WSJ - The Dark Side of the Digital Revolution
"Google's Eric Schmidt and Jared Cohen, fresh from a visit to North Korea in January, on why the Internet is far from an unalloyed good to the citizens of dictatorships around the world."
April 25, 2013
Publicly Available Social Media Monitoring and Situational Awareness Initiative Update
Privacy Impact Assessment for the Office of Operations Coordination and Planning - Publicly Available Social Media Monitoring and Situational Awareness Initiative, DHS, Update April 1, 2013
"To monitor social media, National Operations Center Media Monitoring analysts only use publicly available search engines, content aggregators, and site-specific search tools to find items of potential interest to DHS. Once the analysts determine an item or event is of sufficient value to DHS to be reported, they extract only the pertinent, authorized information, and put it into a specific web application (Media Monitoring Capability (MMC) application) to build and format their reports. The unused information for each item of interest is not stored or filed for reference and is lost when the webpage is closed or deleted. The MMC application also facilitates tracking previous reports to help avoid duplicative reporting and ensures further development of reporting on ongoing issues. It allows analysts to electronically document details using a customized user interface, and disseminate relevant information in a standardized format. Using the MMC application, NOC MMC analysts can efficiently and effectively catalog the information by adding meta - tags such as location, category, critical information requirement, image files, and source information. The application empowers NOC MMC analysts to have a better grasp of the common operating picture by providing the means to quickly search for an item of interest using any of the above - mentioned meta-tags as well as enabling them to respond to requests for information from other collaborating entities in a timely fashion."
April 24, 2013
DHS Releases Revises Privacy Impact Assessment on Internet Monitoring Program
EPIC: "The Department of Homeland Security has released a Privacy Impact Assessment for Einstein 3 - Accelerated. Einstein 3 is a government cybersecurity program that monitors Internet traffic. The monitoring includes scanning email destined for .gov networks for malicious attachments and URLs. According to DHS, the basis of the government’s authority to perform the monitoring is National Security Presidential Directive 54. EPIC is pursuing FOIA litigation to force the government to release the Directive to the public. For more information, see EPIC v. NSA - Cybersecurity Authority."
EPIC FOIA Request Reveals Details About Government Cybersecurity Program
EPIC: "New documents obtained by EPIC in a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit reveal that the Department of Defense advised private industry on how to best circumvent federal wiretap law. The documents concern a collaboration between the Defense Department, the Department of Homeland Security, and private companies to allow government monitoring of private Internet networks. Though the program initially only applied to defense contractors, an Executive Order issued by the Obama administration earlier this year expanded it to include other "critical infrastructure" industries. The documents obtained by EPIC also cited NSPD 54 as one source of authority for the program. NSPD 54 is a presidential directive issued under President Bush that EPIC is pursuing in separate FOIA litigation. For more information, see EPIC: EPIC v. DHS (Defense Contractor Monitoring), and EPIC: EPIC v. NSA - Cybersecurity Authority."
April 23, 2013
EFF - How Facebook Teams Up With Data Brokers to Show You Targeted Ads
EFF: "Recently, we published a blog post that described how to opt out of seeing ads on Facebook targeted to you based on your offline activities. This post explained where these companies get their data, what information they share with Facebook, or what this means for your privacy. So get ready for the nitty-gritty details: who has your information, how they get it, and what they do with it. It’s a lot of information, so we’ve organized it into an FAQ for convenience."
April 21, 2013
Digital Public Library of America
"The Digital Public Library of America brings together the riches of America’s libraries, archives, and museums, and makes them freely available to the world. It strives to contain the full breadth of human expression, from the written word, to works of art and culture, to records of America’s heritage, to the efforts and data of science. The DPLA aims to expand this crucial realm of openly available materials, and make those riches more easily discovered and more widely usable and used, through its three main elements:
- A portal that delivers students, teachers, scholars, and the public to incredible resources, wherever they may be in America. Far more than a search engine, the portal provides innovative ways to search and scan through the united collection of millions of items, including by timeline, map, format, and topic.
- A platform that enables new and transformative uses of our digitized cultural heritage. With an application programming interface (API) and maximally open data, the DPLA can be used by software developers, researchers, and others to create novel environments for learning, tools for discovery, and engaging apps.
- An advocate for a strong public option in the twenty-first century. For most of American history, the ability to access materials for free through public libraries has been a central part of our culture, producing generations of avid readers and a knowledgeable, engaged citizenry. The DPLA will work, along with like-minded organizations and individuals, to ensure that this critical, open intellectual landscape remains vibrant and broad in the face of increasingly restrictive digital options. The DPLA will seek to multiply openly accessible materials to strengthen the public option that libraries represent in their communities."
Pew - The State of Digital Marketing in the Networked Age
The State of Digital Marketing in the Networked Age, by Lee Rainie, April 19, 2013 - at Mid-Atlantic Marketing Summit
"Pew Interent Director Lee Rainie [discussed] the Project’s latest research into internet trends, mobile connectivity, and use of social media and what they mean for marketers. He will also look[ed] ahead at some of the big questions about the next stages of technology."
FTC Survey for 2011 Shows an Estimated 25.6 Million Americans Fell Victim to Fraud
News release: "The Federal Trade Commission today released a statistical survey of fraud in the United States during 2011, which showed that an estimated 25.6 million adults – 10.8 percent of the adult population – were fraud victims...While fast-growing online commerce has benefited consumers with greater choice and convenience, the survey indicates that, as of 2011, the Internet was also the place where consumers most often learned about fraudulent offers. The Internet category, which included email, social media, auction sites and classified ads, was followed by print advertising, and TV and radio. Most consumers bought fraudulent items via the Internet; telephone purchases ranked second."
April 20, 2013
EPIC: White House Releases Unclassified Summary of Presidential Cybersecurity Directive
EPIC:
"The White House has released an unclassified summary of Presidential Policy Directive 20. The Policy Directive sets out the cybersecurity authority of the National Security Agency in the United States and has raised concerns about government surveillance of the Internet. The existence of the Directive was detailed in a story in the Washington Post in 2012, and EPIC immediately pursued the public release of the document. According to the White House, PPD-20 "established principles and processes for the use of cyber operations so that cyber tools are integrated with the full array of national security tools." EPIC is still pursuing the release of the full document. For more information see EPIC: Cybersecurity Privacy Practical Implications and EPIC: EPIC v. NSA (NSPD 54)."
April 18, 2013
CRS - Cybersecurity: Selected Legal Issues
Cybersecurity: Selected Legal Issues, April 17, 2013.
"The federal government’s role in protecting U.S. citizens and critical infrastructure from cyber attacks has been the subject of recent congressional interest. Critical infrastructure commonly refers to those entities that are so vital that their incapacitation or destruction would have a debilitating impact on national security, economic security, or the public health and safety. This report discusses selected legal issues that frequently arise in the context of recent legislation to address vulnerabilities of critical infrastructure to cyber threats, efforts to protect government networks from cyber threats, and proposals to facilitate and encourage sharing of cyber threat information among private sector and government entities. This report also discusses the degree to which federal law may preempt state law. It has been argued that, in order to ensure the continuity of critical infrastructure and the larger economy, a regulatory framework for selected critical infrastructure should be created to require a minimum level of security from cyber threats. On the other hand, others have argued that such regulatory schemes would not improve cybersecurity while increasing the costs to businesses, expose businesses to additional liability if they fail to meet the imposed cybersecurity standards, and increase the risk that proprietary or confidential business information may be inappropriately
disclosed."
April 16, 2013
New Internet Security Threat Report from Symantec
2013 Internet Security Threat Report - "Key Findings:
- 42% increase in targeted attacks in 2012.
- 31% of all targeted attacks aimed at businesses with less than 250 employees.
- One waterhole attack infected 500 organizations in a single day.
- 14 zero-day vulnerabilities.
- 32% of all mobile threats steal information.
- A single threat infected 600,000 Macs in 2012.
- Spam volume continued to decrease, with 69% of all email being spam.
- The number of phishing sites spoofing social networking sites increased 125%.
- Web-based attacks increased 30%.
- 5,291 new vulnerabilities discovered in 2012, 415 of them on mobile operating systems."
April 15, 2013
Intervention-Driven Changes in Social Networks and Their Effects on Household Outcomes
Comola, Margherita and Prina, Silvia, Intervention-Driven Changes in Social Networks and Their Effects on Household Outcomes (April 14, 2013). Available at SSRN
"We study how social networks change as a result of an exogenous expansion in formal financial access and show how to estimate the effects of these changes on household outcomes. We use a unique household panel dataset that contains detailed information on the network of informal financial transactions before and after a field experiment that randomized access to savings accounts in Nepal. First, we provide evidence that the exogenous intervention affected the network of informal financial transactions. Second, we propose a dynamic model of peer effects in household expenditure that accounts for changes in the network due to the intervention. We show that disregarding such changes would lead to downward-biased peer-effect estimates."
OECD - Machine-to-Machine Communications Connecting Billions of Devices You or your institution
Machine-to-Machine Communications - Connecting Billions of Devices, Publication Date, 30 Jan 2012. Bibliographic information No.: 192 Pages. 45. DOI 10.1787/5k9gsh2gp043-en
"This document examines the future of machine-to-machine communication (M2M), with a particular focus on mobile wireless networks. M2M devices are defined, in this paper, as those that are actively communicating using wired and wireless networks, are not computers in the traditional sense and are using the Internet in some form or another. While, at the global level, there are currently around five billion devices connected to mobile networks, this may by some estimates increase to 50 billion by the end of the decade. The report provides examples of some of the uses to which M2M is being put today and its potential to enhance economic and social development. It concludes that to achieve these benefits, however, changes to telecommunication policy and regulatory frameworks may be required. Some of the main areas that will need to be evaluated, and implications of M2M assessed, include: opening access to mobile wholesale markets for firms not providing public telecommunication services; numbering policy; frequency policy; privacy and security; and access to public sector information."
April 13, 2013
How Other Companies Manage Social Media (Infographic)
Entrepreneur: "We asked 2,714 communicators how their companies use social media in our Ragan/NASDAQ OMX Corporate Solutions survey, and Go-Gulf.com highlighted some of the findings in an infographic."
April 11, 2013
"Subcommittee Affirms United States’ Commitment to Internet Freedom"
News release: "The Subcommittee on Communications and Technology, chaired by Rep. Greg Walden (R-OR), today advanced legislation to promote a global Internet free from government control. The bill, approved by voice vote, contains the same language that unanimously passed the House and Senate last year, elevating it to official U.S policy rather than merely a sense of the Congress in light of continued international efforts to regulate the Internet. “Governments’ hands-off approach has enabled the Internet to grow at an astonishing pace and become perhaps the most powerful engine of social and economic freedom and job creation the world has ever known. Under the current multi-stakeholder governance model, non-regulatory institutions manage and operate the Internet by developing best practices with public and private sector input," said Chairman Walden. During the proceedings, Chairman Walden also clarified the intent of the legislation and agreed to continue to work with the minority to seek bipartisan consensus. Click here to view Walden’s full remarks. On February 5, 2013, the Subcommittee on Communications and Technology and the Foreign Affairs Subcommittees on Terrorism, Nonproliferation, and Trade and Africa, Global Health, Global Human Rights, and International Organizations held a joint hearing to discuss efforts by some countries to expand international regulation of the Internet. In the 112th Congress, the House and Senate adopted resolutions with overwhelming bipartisan support opposing efforts at the World Conference on International Telecommunications to drag the Internet within the purview of the International Telecommunications Union, a U.N. agency."
April 03, 2013
Commentary / Pew - The First Cell Phone Call
Commentary: Mobile The First Cell Phone Call: Excerpt from “Networked: The New Social Operating System” by Joanna Brenner, Apr 3, 2013
"April 3, 1973 (40 years ago today): The first cell phone call was made on a prototype of what would become the Motorola DynaTAC 8000x (http://qz.com/70309/the-first-mobile-phone-call-was-made-40-years-ago-today/), by Martin Cooper. Fast forward to April 3, 2013: Our recent surveys show that 87% of American adults have a cell phone, along with 78% of American teenagers ages 12 to 17. 44% of adult cell owners have slept with their phone next to their bed; 67% find themselves checking their phone for messages, alerts, or calls even when they don’t notice it ringing or vibrating; and 29% describe their cell phone as “something they can’t imagine living without.” In short: The U.S. has gone mobile."
EPIC: EU Takes Action Against Google for Privacy Policy Meltdown
EPIC: "Data protection agencies in six European countries have announced enforcement actions against Google. The agencies acted after Google ignored recommendations to comply with European data protection law. "It is now up to each national data protection authority to carry out further investigations according to the provisions of its national law transposing European legislation," the French data protection authority said. The enforcement action follows from Google's March 2012 decision to combine user data across 60 Internet services to create detailed profiles on Internet users. Last year, EPIC sued the Federal Trade Commission to force the FTC to enforce the terms of a settlement with Google that would have prohibited Google's changes in business practices. Google's revised privacy policies also prompted objections from state attorneys general, members of Congress, and IT managers in the government and private sectors. For more information, see EPIC: Google Buzz and EPIC: Enforcement of Google Consent Order."
FireEye Advanced Threat Report – 2H 2012
"This report provides a detailed, current look at the nature of advanced threats targeting organizations today. Drawing on data gathered by FireEye® from several thousands of appliances at customer sites around the world, across 89 million events, this report provides an overview of the current threat landscape, evolving advanced persistent threat (APT) tactics, and the level of infiltration seen in organizations' networks today. Key findings include:
On average, a malware event occurs at a single organization once every three minutes. Malware activity has become so pervasive and attacks so successful at penetrating legacy defenses—network firewalls, Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPS), and anti-virus (AV), that once every three minutes organizations on average will experience a malicious e-mail file attachment or web link, as well as malware communication—or callback—to a command and control (CnC) server. Across industries, the rate of malware activity varies, with technology experiencing the highest volume with about one event per minute."
Intersections between scholarly communication and information literacy
Intersections of Scholarly Communication and Information Literacy [ALA] - Creating Strategic Collaborations for a Changing Academic Environment.
Goal and Structure of the Paper: "In this whitepaper we present a case for exploring and articulating the intersections between scholarly communication and information literacy. We argue that these point to areas of strategic realignment of the roles of librarians in order for libraries to be resilient in the face of tremendous change in the scholarly information environment. Based on these intersections, this paper provides strategies that librarians from different backgrounds and responsibilities can use to construct and initiate collaborations within their own campus environments between information literacy and scholarly communication. Awareness of these intersections and strategies equips librarians with the insights they need to develop formal and informal educational programs that prepare their constituents to function in the dynamic digital environment of contemporary scholarship and to improve the current scholarly communication ecosystem."
April 01, 2013
Toward an International Law of the Internet
Toward an International Law of the Internet, Molly Land, New York Law School, November 19, 2012, Harvard International Law Journal, Vol. 54, 2013 (Forthcoming) via SSRN.
"This Article presents the first and only analysis of Article 19 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights as it applies to new technologies and uses this analysis to develop the foundation for an “international law of the Internet.” Although Article 19 does not guarantee a right to the “Internet” per se, it explicitly protects the technologies of connection and access to information, and it limits states’ ability to burden content originating abroad. The principles derived from Article 19 provide an important normative reorientation on individual rights for both domestic and international Internet governance debates. Article 19’s guarantee of a right to the technologies of connection also fills a critical gap in human rights law. Protecting technology allows advocates to intervene in discussions about technological design that affect, but do not themselves violate, international human rights law. Failure to attend to these choices — to weigh in, ahead of time, on the human rights implications of software code, architecture design, and technological standards — can have significant consequences for human rights that may not be easily undone after the fact."
March 31, 2013
Paper - Understanding Why Users Tag
Understanding Why Users Tag: A Survey of Tagging Motivation Literature and Results from an Empirical Study, Markus Strohmaier, Christian Körner, Roman Kern. Journal of Web Semantics, preprint server.
"While recent progress has been achieved in understanding the structure and dynamics of social tagging systems, we know little about the underlying user motivations for tagging, and how they influence resulting folksonomies and tags. This paper addresses three issues related to this question: 1.) What distinctions of user motivations are identied by previous research, and in what ways is user motivation amenable to quantitative analysis? 2.) To what extent does tagging motivation vary across dierent social tagging systems? and 3.) How does variability in user motivation influence resulting tags and folksonomies? In this paper, we present measures to detect whether a tagger is primarily motivated by categorizing or describing resources, and apply these measures to datasets from seven dierent tagging systems. Our results show that a) users' motivation for tagging varies not only across, but also within tagging systems, and that b) tag agreement among users who are motivated by categorizing resources is significantly lower than among users who are motivated by describing resources. Our findings are relevant for 1) the development of tag-based user interfaces 2) the analysis of tag semantics and 3) the design of search algorithms for social tagging systems."
March 27, 2013
EFF Commentary on Expanded Powers of Computer Fraud And Abuse Act Reform
EFF: "Law professor and historian Tim Wu has called the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act (CFAA) the “worst law in technology.” The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals has described the government’s interpretation of it “expansive,” “broad,” and “sweeping.” And Orin Kerr, former federal prosecutor and law professor, has detailed how the government could use it to put "any Internet user they want [in jail]." So it's pretty surprising to see that now, instead of reining in the CFAA’s dangerous reach, the House Judiciary Committee is floating a proposal to dramatically expand it and is reportedly planning to rush it to the floor of Congress during its April “cyber” week...Techdirt’s Mike Masnick posted a new draft and analysis of the CFAA expansion bill on Monday."
Costs and Benefits Advantages of Telecommuting For Companies
The Telework Research Network: "We’re read over 500 studies about telecommuting and here are what we’ve found to be the most common advantages for the companies that establish work from home programs. The following pros and cons of work from home programs aren’t just our view, they’re the outcomes from a wide range of studies. Visit our Research: Pros & Cons page for additional information about how individuals and communities can benefit from telecommuting as well."
See also Telework first-timers look back on the experience
March 24, 2013
Indexing Linked Bibliographic Data for sharing bibliographic metadata
Thomas Johnson, Indexing Linked Bibliographic Data with JSON-LD, BibJSON and Elasticsearch: "Linked Data is a powerful tool for sharing bibliographic metadata. By combining the decentralization of the web with the use of globally defined metadata vocabularies, data from many sources can be treated as a single, aggregated graph. Supporting search across these distributed data sources within the same application, however, requires considerable work in vocabulary alignment and data transformation. Aggregate systems must convert data into a unified model which must (almost inevitably) be generic at the expense of the structure and granularity of the original data. This paper presents a novel solution for representing and indexing bibliographic resources that retains the data integrity and extensibility of Linked Data while supporting fast, customizable indexes in an application-friendly data format. The methodology makes use of JSON-LD to represent RDF graphs in JSON suitable for indexing with Elasticsearch. BibJSON is used as a common index format capable of handling a wide range of library resources. Since all three technologies (RDF/JSON-LD, BibJSON and Elasticsearch) share an emphasis on extensibility, it is possible to create an index of bibliographic data that is both generalized and flexible enough to handle Linked Data from multiple sources."
March 23, 2013
YouTube Announces Hits a Billion Monthly Users
YouTube Blog: "In the last eight years you’ve come to YouTube to watch, share and fall in love with videos from all over the world. Tens of thousands of partners have created channels that have found and built businesses for passionate, engaged audiences. Advertisers have taken notice: all of the Ad Age Top 100 brands are now running campaigns on YouTube. And today, we’re announcing a new milestone: YouTube now has more than a billion unique users every single month."
March 22, 2013
NYT - New Reasons to Change Light Bulbs
David Pogue: "...LED bulbs are a gigantic improvement over incandescent bulbs and even the compact fluorescents, or CFLs, that the world spent several years telling us to buy. LEDs last about 25 times as long as incandescents and three times as long as CFLs; we’re talking maybe 25,000 hours of light. Install one today, and you may not own your house, or even live, long enough to see it burn out. (Actually, LED bulbs generally don’t burn out at all; they just get dimmer.) You know how hot incandescent bulbs become. That’s because they convert only 5 to 10 percent of your electricity into light; they waste the rest as heat. LED bulbs are far more efficient. They convert 60 percent of their electricity into light, so they consume far less electricity. You pay less, you pollute less."
March 20, 2013
Paper - Visitors and Residents: What Motivates Engagement with the Digital Information Environment?
Connaway, Lynn Silipigni, David White, Donna Lanclos, & Alison Le Cornu. 2013. Visitors and Residents: What Motivates Engagement with the Digital Information Environment? Information Research, 18,1 (paper 556).
"The project is an attempt to fill the gap in user behavior studies identified in the JISC Digital Information Seeker Report...Although the project continues through 2014, the initial findings indicate that students in the emerging educational stage (late stage secondary school to first year undergraduate) use smart phones and laptop computers to access Wikipedia, Google, teachers or professors, friends and peers to get information for their academic studies."
Annual Report of the U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO)
GPO 2012 Annual Report: "The Government Printing Office (GPO) is transforming itself from a traditional ink- on-paper operation to a digital information platform. While producing the official printed products of the Government remains an important part of our business, we are using technology to move away from a print-centric business model and toward a content-centric focus, which today serves as the foundation for an increasing variety of digital and secure products and services...GPO’s federal Digital System (), our one-stop, no-fee Web site providing public access to the official information products of all three branches of the Government, continues to grow. Today we have more than 800,000 individual titles accessible via FDsys, and we are seeing more than 37 million documents retrieved each month. By the end of the year FDsys surpassed its 400 millionth document retrieval.
March 18, 2013
Opinion column by security technologist - The Internet is a surveillance state
Bruce Schneier is a security technologist and author of "Liars and Outliers: Enabling the Trust Society Needs to Survive."
"The Internet is a surveillance state. Whether we admit it to ourselves or not, and whether we like it or not, we're being tracked all the time. Google tracks us, both on its pages and on other pages it has access to. Facebook does the same; it even tracks non-Facebook users. Apple tracks us on our iPhones and iPads. One reporter used a tool called Collusion to track who was tracking him; 105 companies tracked his Internet use during one 36-hour period. Increasingly, what we do on the Internet is being combined with other data about us...Everything we do now involves computers, and computers produce data as a natural by-product. Everything is now being saved and correlated, and many big-data companies make money by building up intimate profiles of our lives from a variety of sources."
March 16, 2013
Google Spectrum Database
"The rapid growth of connected devices around the world has dramatically increased demand for wireless spectrum. Google is working with industry and regulators to make more spectrum available by enabling dynamic spectrum sharing through a database. This TV white spaces database is part of Google.org’s efforts to make more spectrum available for broadband access. To become certified as a TV White Spaces Database Administrator, we are entering into a 45-day trial with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) between March 4 and April 17, 2013. Learn more about spectrum, and how Google.org is helping to open up more spectrum for wireless broadband access."
March 13, 2013
Pew - Teens and Technology 2013
Teens and Technology 2013 - by Mary Madden, Amanda Lenhart, Maeve Duggan, Sandra Cortesi, Urs Gasser. March 13, 2013
"Smartphone adoption among American teens has increased substantially and mobile access to the internet is pervasive. One in four teens are “cell-mostly” internet users, who say they mostly go online using their phone and not using some other device such as a desktop or laptop computer. These are among the new findings from a nationally representative Pew Research Center survey that explored technology use among 802 youth ages 12-17 and their parents. Key findings include:
- 78% of teens now have a cell phone, and almost half (47%) of them own smartphones. That translates into 37% of all teens who have smartphones, up from just 23% in 2011.
- 23% of teens have a tablet computer, a level comparable to the general adult population.
- 95% of teens use the internet.
- 93% of teens have a computer or have access to one at home. Seven in ten (71%) teens with home computer access say the laptop or desktop they use most often is one they share with other family members."
Using Metadata as the Foundation for a Government-Wide FOIA Library
News release: "The Justice Department’s Open Government Plan version 2.0 (PDF) announced a variety of new Department initiatives concerning the administration of the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). A key initiative of this plan was the development of metadata standards that would “facilitate the ability of interested persons to search and retrieve documents across websites and disparate record keeping systems.” The plan called for the Office of Information Policy (OIP) to issue guidance for developing metadata standards in the posting of FOIA documents. Today, OIP posted the first in a series of guidance pieces designed to implement these standards across all agencies of the federal government. As the volume of material posted to agency websites continues to increase and “given that information on a given topic often is separately maintained by multiple agencies, it is essential that the public can quickly retrieve records of interest that are posted across government websites.” Looking to make government information not only available, but also accessible and usable, this initial guidance piece introduces the concept of a standard metadata “FOIA” tag to be used by agencies in the posting of FOIA material on agency websites."
Research - Digital records could expose intimate details and personality traits of millions
"New research, published today in the journal PNAS, shows that surprisingly accurate estimates of Facebook users’ race, age, IQ, sexuality, personality, substance use and political views can be inferred from automated analysis of only their Facebook Likes - information currently publicly available by default. In the study, researchers describe Facebook Likes as a “generic class” of digital record - similar to web search queries and browsing histories - and suggest that such techniques could be used to extract sensitive information for almost anyone regularly online. Researchers at Cambridge’s Psychometrics Centre, in collaboration with Microsoft Research Cambridge, analysed a dataset of over 58,000 US Facebook users, who volunteered their Likes, demographic profiles and psychometric testing results through the myPersonality application...The researchers also tested for personality traits including intelligence, emotional stability, openness and extraversion. While such latent traits are far more difficult to gauge, the accuracy of the analysis was striking. Study of the openness trait – the spectrum of those who dislike change to those who welcome it – revealed that observation of Likes alone is roughly as informative as using an individual’s actual personality test score."
March 12, 2013
EPIC - States Fine Google for Street View Privacy Violations
"Attorneys general for 38 states and the District of Columbia today reached a "$7 Million Settlement" with Google over consumer protection and privacy claims. The company engaged in the unauthorized collection of data from wireless networks, including private WiFi networks of residential Internet users. A detailed Assurance of Voluntary Compliance, setting out the terms of the settlement, is now available. In 2010, EPIC urged the Federal Communication Commission to investigate the Google Street View program after it became clear that Google had intercepted the private communications of millions of users of wi-fi networks in the United States. EPIC subsequently pursued FOIA requests regarding the FCC and the Department of Justice investigations. Federal wiretap claims concerning Street View are still pending in federal court. For more information, see EPIC: Investigations of Google Street View and EPIC: Joffe v. Google."
See also EFF commentary - Google's Wi-Fi Snooping Settlement is Really, Really Awful
2013 Reporters Without Borders World Press Freedom Index
News release: "After the “Arab springs” and other protest movements that prompted many rises and falls in last year’s index, the 2013 Reporters Without Borders World Press Freedom Index marks a return to a more usual configuration. The ranking of most countries is no longer attributable to dramatic political developments. This year’s index is a better reflection of the attitudes and intentions of governments towards media freedom in the medium or long term. The same three European countries that headed the index last year hold the top three positions again this year. For the third year running, Finland has distinguished itself as the country that most respects media freedom. It is followed by the Netherlands and Norway. Although many criteria are considered, ranging from legislation to violence against journalists, democratic countries occupy the top of the index while dictatorial countries occupy the last three positions. Again it is the same three as last year – Turkmenistan, North Korea and Eritrea."
March 07, 2013
Air Pollution in Asia: Real-time Air Quality Index Visual Map
Air Pollution in Asia: Frequently Asked Question
"Air Quality Designation: Update to the EPA AirNow standard February 7th 2013. For historic reason, the aqicn website has been using the China MEP (Ministry of Environmental Protection) designation for the air quality levels. This is now past history, and the designation will follow, from now on, the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) AirNow standards. The table below summarizes the differences in designation between the two standards, as well as the translations for the various languages."
March 06, 2013
Study: Web-scale pharmacovigilance: listening to signals from the crowd
Web-scale pharmacovigilance: listening to signals from the crowd. Ryen W White1, Nicholas P Tatonetti, Nigam H Shah, Russ B Altman, Eric Horvitz. J Am Med Inform Assoc amiajnl-2012-001482 Published Online First: 6 March 2013.
"Adverse drug events cause substantial morbidity and mortality and are often discovered after a drug comes to market. We hypothesized that Internet users may provide early clues about adverse drug events via their online information-seeking. We conducted a large-scale study of Web search log data gathered during 2010. We pay particular attention to the specific drug pairing of paroxetine and pravastatin, whose interaction was reported to cause hyperglycemia after the time period of the online logs used in the analysis. We also examine sets of drug pairs known to be associated with hyperglycemia and those not associated with hyperglycemia. We find that anonymized signals on drug interactions can be mined from search logs. Compared to analyses of other sources such as electronic health records (EHR), logs are inexpensive to collect and mine. The results demonstrate that logs of the search activities of populations of computer users can contribute to drug safety surveillance."
March 01, 2013
How Teachers Are Using Technology at Home and in Their Classrooms
How Teachers Are Using Technology at Home and in Their Classrooms, by Kristen Purcell, Alan Heaps, Judy Buchanan, Linda Friedrich, Feb 28, 2013
"A survey of teachers who instruct American middle and secondary school students finds that digital technologies have become central to their teaching and professionalization. At the same time, the internet, mobile phones, and social media have brought new challenges to teachers, and they report striking differences in access to the latest digital technologies between lower and higher income students and school districts. Asked about the impact of the internet and digital tools in their role as middle and high school educators, these teachers say the following about the overall impact on their teaching and their classroom work..."
February 26, 2013
ACLU - New Document Sheds Light on Government’s Ability to Search iPhones
"Cell phone searches are a common law enforcement tool, but up until now, the public has largely been in the dark regarding how much sensitive information the government can get with this invasive surveillance technique. A document submitted to court in connection with a drug investigation, which we recently discovered, provides a rare inventory of the types of data that federal agents are able to obtain from a seized iPhone using advanced forensic analysis tools. The list, available here, starkly demonstrates just how invasive cell phone searches are—and why law enforcement should be required to obtain a warrant before conducting them."
February 24, 2013
New on LLRX - Another NY court on discovery of social media evidence
Via LLRX.com - Another NY court on discovery of social media evidence - Attorney Nicole Black brings context to the impact of the proliferation of social media accounts among the majority of adults in the United States. The information from these accounts has become a prime source for lawyers to mine for evidence to support their clients' cases.
February 18, 2013
Pew: The Demographics of Social Media Users - 2012
Report: Social Networking - The Demographics of Social Media Users — 2012, by Maeve Duggan, Joanna Brenner. Feb 14, 2013
"A late 2012 survey by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project shows that young adults are more likely than others to use major social media. At the same time, other groups are interested in different sites and services. Internet users under 50 are particularly likely to use a social networking site of any kind, and those 18-29 are the most likely of any demographic cohort to do so (83%). Women are more likely than men to be on these sites. Those living in urban settings are also significantly more likely than rural internet users to use social networking."
February 17, 2013
Paper - Risks of Friendships on Social Networks
Risks of Friendships on Social Networks - Cuneyt Gurcan Akcora, Barbara Carminati, Elena Ferrari. DISTA, Universit`a degli Studi dell’Insubria, Via Mazzini 5, Varese, Italy
"In this paper, we explore the risks of friends in social networks caused by their friendship patterns, by using real life social network data and starting from a previously defined risk model. Particularly, we observe that risks of friendships can be mined by analyzing users' attitude towards friends of friends. This allows us to give new insights into friendship and risk dynamics on social networks."
February 13, 2013
New on LLRX - When judges, jurors and the Internet collide
Via LLRX.com - When judges, jurors and the Internet collide: In the past, attorney Nicole L. Black has described misguided attempts by judges to excessively penalize jurors for using social media or the Internet during the pendency of trials. In fact, over the last year, judges have gone so far as to fine or jail jurors who have used social media during trial, and legislators have proposed laws that would criminalize such conduct. This despite the fact that jurors have been violating judges' orders not to research or discuss pending cases since the dawn of jury trials.
February 06, 2013
Pew - Coming and Going on Facebook
Report: Social Networking - Coming and Going on Facebook, by Lee Rainie, Aaron Smith, Maeve Duggan, Feb 5, 2013. "Two-thirds of online American adults (67%) are Facebook users, making Facebook the dominant social networking site in this country. And new findings from the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project indicate there is considerable fluidity in the Facebook user population:
- 61% of current Facebook users say that at one time or another in the past they have voluntarily taken a break from using Facebook for a period of several weeks or more.
- 20% of the online adults who do not currently use Facebook say they once used the site but no longer do so.
- 8% of online adults who do not currently use Facebook are interested in becoming Facebook users in the future."
February 05, 2013
Paper - Open Wireless vs. Licensed Spectrum: Evidence from Market Adoption
"The Berkman Center for Internet & Society at Harvard University is pleased to announce the publication of Open Wireless vs. Licensed Spectrum: Evidence from Market Adoption, authored by Yochai Benkler, and published in the latest issue of the Harvard Journal of Law & Technology [download here]. The paper reviews evidence from eight wireless markets: mobile broadband; wireless healthcare; smart grid communications; inventory management; access control; mobile payments; fleet management; and secondary markets in spectrum. Benkler finds that markets are adopting unlicensed wireless strategies in mission-critical applications, in many cases more so than they are building on licensed strategies. If the 1990s saw what was called "the Negroponte Switch" of video from air to wire, and telephony from wire to air, the present and near future are seeing an even more fundamental switch. Where a decade ago most of our wireless capacity was delivered over exclusive control approaches-both command and control and auctioned exclusivity--complemented by special-purpose shared spectrum use, today we are moving to a wireless infrastructure whose core relies on shared, open wireless approaches, complemented by exclusive control approaches for special, latency-intolerant, high-speed mobile applications. The scope of the latter will contract further if regulation catches up to technological reality, and opens up more bands to open wireless innovation, with greater operational flexibility and an emphasis on interoperability."
January 30, 2013
Twitter Transparency Report v2 is released
"Last July we released our first Twitter Transparency Report (#TTR), publishing six months of data detailing the volume of government requests we receive for user information, government requests to withhold content, and Digital Millennium Copyright Act-related complaints from copyright holders. Since then we’ve been thinking about ways in which we can more effectively share this information, with an aim to make it more meaningful and accessible to the community at large. In celebration of #DataPrivacyDay, today, we’re rolling out a new home for our transparency report: transparency.twitter.com. In addition to publishing the second report, we’re also introducing more granular details regarding information requests from the United States, expanding the scope of the removal requests and copyright notices sections, and adding Twitter site accessibility data from our partners at Herdict."
January 28, 2013
Google’s approach to government requests for user data
Google Official Blog: "..January 28, is Data Privacy Day, when the world recognizes the importance of preserving your online privacy and security. If it’s like most other days, Google—like many companies that provide online services to users—will receive dozens of letters, faxes and emails from government agencies and courts around the world requesting access to our users’ private account information. Typically this happens in connection with government investigations. It’s important for law enforcement agencies to pursue illegal activity and keep the public safe. We’re a law-abiding company, and we don’t want our services to be used in harmful ways. But it’s just as important that laws protect you against overly broad requests for your personal information...Today, for example, we’ve added a new section to our Transparency Report that answers many questions you might have. And last week we released data showing that government requests continue to rise, along with additional details on the U.S. legal processes—such as subpoenas, court orders and warrants—that governments use to compel us to provide this information."
Unlocking cell phones to switch carriers subject to Digital Millenium Copyright Act’s protections
Tracey Samuelson, Marketplace for Monday, January 28, 2013: "If consumers want to “unlock” their cell phones in order to take their phone from one cellular network to another, they now need to ask the permission of their carrier. Starting January 26, unlocking phones without the provider’s OK is against the law. But perhaps the most surprising part of these changes is that they came from the Library of Congress, a government department better known for its archives than its regulatory abilities. But in addition to cataloging gems from the country’s past -- everything from old musical performances to little-remembered presidential speeches -- the Library of Congress also oversees copyrights."
See also Unlocking Cellphones Becomes Illegal Saturday and It Is Now a Crime to Unlock Your Smartphone
EFF - Is It Illegal To Unlock a Phone? The Situation is Better - and Worse - Than You Think
January 27, 2013
New on LLRX - Knowledge Discovery Resources 2013
Via LLRX.com - Knowledge Discovery Resources 2013 - An Internet Annotated Link Dataset Compilation - Marcus P. Zillman's current annotated link compilation encompasses top value-added resources for knowledge discovery available through the Internet. The selected resources and sites provide a wide range of actionable knowledge and avenues for information discovery to leverage as part of your overall research project strategy.
January 26, 2013
"Carnegie Mellon researchers devise grammar-aware password cracker"
News release: "When writing or speaking, good grammar helps people make themselves be understood. But when used to concoct a long computer password, grammar — good or bad — provides crucial hints that can help someone crack that password, researchers at Carnegie Mellon University have demonstrated. A team led by Ashwini Rao, a software engineering Ph.D. student in the Institute for Software Research, developed a password-cracking algorithm that took into account grammar and tested it against 1,434 passwords containing 16 or more characters. The grammar-aware cracker surpassed other state-of-the-art password crackers when passwords had grammatical structures, with 10 percent of the dataset cracked exclusively by the team's algorithm. "We should not blindly rely on the number of words or characters in a password as a measure of its security," Rao concluded. She will present the findings on Feb. 20 at the Association for Computing Machinery's Conference on Data and Application Security and Privacy (CODASPY 2013) in San Antonio, Texas. Basing a password on a phrase or short sentence makes it easier for a user to remember, but the grammatical structure dramatically narrows the possible combinations and sequences of words, she noted."
JSTOR offers free online reading access to the archives of 1,200 of the world’s most prominent journals
"JSTOR, the not-for-profit digital library of thousands of academic journals and other content, announced [January 9, 2013] that the archives of more than 1,200 journals are now available for limited reading by the public. This is part of a major expansion of JSTOR’s experimental program Register & Read, in which people can sign up for a JSTOR account and, every two weeks, read up to three articles online for free. [The January announcement follows a successful 10-month test during which more than 150,000 people registered for reading access to an initial set of 76 journals. “Our goal is for everyone around the world to be able to use the content we have put online and are preserving,” said Laura Brown, JSTOR managing director. “Register & Read provides a virtual way for anyone to walk into the JSTOR library, register at the door, and ‘check out’ a limited number of articles for reading.” Journal archives from nearly 800 scholarly societies, university presses, and academic publishers are now included in Register & Read. These organizations license and entrust their content to JSTOR and share the goal of providing far-reaching access to scholarship."
January 24, 2013
Thirteen Ways of Looking at Libraries, Discovery, and the Catalog
"Published on 10 December 2012, Thirteen Ways of Looking at Libraries, Discovery, and the Catalog: Scale, Workflow, Attention, by Lorcan Dempsey, OCLC Vice President, Research and Chief Strategist, discusses the position of the catalog and uses it to illustrate more general discovery and workflow directions. There is a renaissance of interest in the catalog and catalog data, yet it comes at a time when the catalog itself is being reconfigured in ways which may result in its disappearance as an individually identifiable component of library service. It is being subsumed within larger library discovery environments and catalog data is flowing into other systems and services."
January 18, 2013
Paper - Early warning analysis for social diffusion events
Early warning analysis for social diffusion events - Richard Colbaugh1 and Kristin Glass, Sandia National Laboratories, Albuquerque, NM
"There is considerable interest in developing predictive capabilities for social diffusion processes, for instance to permit early identification of emerging contentious situations, rapid detection of disease outbreaks, or accurate forecasting of the ultimate reach of potentially “viral” ideas or behaviors. This paper proposes a new approach to this predictive analytics problem, in which analysis of meso-scale network dynamics is leveraged to generate useful predictions for complex social phenomena. We begin by deriving a stochastic hybrid dynamical systems (S-HDS) model for diffusion processes taking place over social networks with realistic topologies; this modeling approach is inspired by recent work in biology demonstrating that S-HDS offer a useful mathematical formalism with which to represent complex, multi-scale biological network dynamics. We then perform formal stochastic reachability analysis with this S-HDS model and conclude that the outcomes of social diffusion processes may depend crucially upon the way the early dynamics of the process interacts with the underlying network’s community structure and core-periphery structure. This theoretical finding provides the foundations for developing a machine learning algorithm that enables accurate early warning analysis for social diffusion events. The utility of the warning algorithm, and the power of network-based predictive metrics, are demonstrated through an empirical investigation of the propagation of political “memes” over social media networks. Additionally, we illustrate the potential of the approach for security informatics applications through case studies involving early warning analysis of large-scale protests events and politically-motivated cyber attacks."
January 15, 2013
Pew - Health Online 2013
Health Online 2013, by Susannah Fox, Maeve Duggan, Jan 15, 2013
"Thirty‐five percent of U.S. adults say that at one time or another they have gone online specifically to try to figure out what medical condition they or someone else might have...It is important to note what these findings mean – and what they don’t mean. Historically, people have always tried to answer their health questions at home and made personal choices about whether and when to consult a clinician. Many have now added the internet to their personal health toolbox, helping themselves and their loved ones better understand what might be ailing them. This study was not designed to determine whether the internet has had a good or bad influence on health care. It measures the scope, but not the outcome, of this activity."
January 14, 2013
Commentary, action and reason for change - the death of Aaron Swartz
Marcia Hoffman/EFF: "Over the past two years, Aaron was forced to devote much of his energy and resources to fighting a relentless and unjust felony prosecution brought by Justice Department attorneys in Massachusetts. His alleged crimes stemmed from using MIT's computer network to download millions of academic articles from the online archive JSTOR, allegedly without "authorization." For that, he faced 13 felony counts of hacking and wire fraud, which carried the possibility of decades in prison and crippling fines. His case would have gone to trial in April. The government should never have thrown the book at Aaron for accessing MIT's network and downloading scholarly research. However, some extremely problematic elements of the law made it possible. We can trace some of those issues to the U.S. criminal justice system as an institution, and I suspect others will write about that in the coming days. But Aaron's tragedy also shines a spotlight on a couple profound flaws of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act in particular, and gives us an opportunity to think about how to address them."
Via Free Government Information: "Even before we learned of Aaron Swartz's passing last Friday, several colleagues and I were in the midst of writing letters nominating Aaron for the ALA James Madison Award which was established by the ALA in 1986 to "honor individuals or groups who have championed, protected and promoted public access to government information and the public’s “right to know” on the national level." We write now to ask all of our readers to also submit letters in support. The deadline for letter submission is January 16, 2013, so get a move on! Send e-mail nominations to Jessica McGilvray, Assistant Director for the ALA Office of Government Relations, at jmcgilvray@alawash.org. Submissions can also be mailed to: James Madison Award / Eileen Cooke Award, American Library Association, Washington Office, 1615 New Hampshire Avenue, NW, Washington, D.C. 20009-2520"
- Aaron Swartz, Aaron Swartz, Aaron Swartz
- How Aaron Swartz Fought For Government Transparency
- The Economist: Remembering Aaron Swartz - Commons man / "As Sir Tim put it, in fewer than 140 characters, "Aaron dead. World wanderers, we have lost a wise elder. Hackers for right, we are one down. Parents all, we have lost a child. Let us weep." And the web wept."
- UK Guardian - Aaron Swartz: cannon fodder in the war against internet freedom - "Governments are determined to control the internet, and if hackers like Swartz get in the way, they will be crushed."
- Declan Mccullagh - Swartz didn't face prison until feds took over case, report says: "The late Internet activist was facing a stern warning from local prosecutors. But then the U.S. Attorney's office, run by Carmen Ortiz, chose to make an example of Aaron Swartz, a new report says."
- Slate - How MIT Can Honor Aaron Swartz - Fight to make academic journals open to everyone.
- The inside story of Aaron Swartz’s campaign to liberate court filings - And how his allies are trying to finish the job by tearing down a big paywall.
- Memorials for Aaron Swartz Turn to Discussion of How to Honor His Legacy
January 13, 2013
Wayback Machine: Now with 240,000,000,000 URLs
Internet Archives Blog: "Today we updated the Wayback Machine with much more data and some code improvements. Now we cover from late 1996 to December 9, 2012 so you can surf the web as it was up until a month ago. Also, we have gone from having 150,000,000,000 URLs to having 240,000,000,000 URLs, a total of about 5 petabytes of data. (Want a humorous description of a petabyte? start at 28:55) This database is queried over 1,000 times a second by over 500,000 people a day helping make archive.org the 250th most popular website."
Report on NYC Public Libraries - Branches of Opportunity
Branches of Opportunity, January 2013, Center for an Urban Future - "As more and more New Yorkers turn to digital books, Wikipedia and other online tools for information and entertainment, there is a growing sense that the age of the public library is over. But, in reality, New York City’s public libraries are more essential than ever. Far from becoming obsolete, the city’s three public library systems— Brooklyn, Queens and New York, which encompasses the branches in Manhattan, the Bronx and Staten Island — have experienced a 40 percent spike in the number of people attending programs and a 59 percent increase in circulation over the past decade. During that time, 48 different branches citywide have at least doubled annual attendance at programs, ranging from computer literacy classes to workshops on entrepreneurship, while 18 have more than doubled their circulation. These trends are grounded in the new realities of today’s knowledge economy, where it is difficult to achieve economic success or enjoy a decent quality of life without a range of basic literacy, language and technological skills. A distressingly large segment of the city’s population lacks these basic building blocks, but the public library has stepped in, becoming the second chance human capital institution. No other institution, public or private, does a better job of reaching people who have been left behind in today’s economy, have failed to reach their potential in the city’s public school system or who
simply need help navigating an increasingly complex world."
Digital Licenses Replace Print Prices as Accurate Reflection of Real Journal Costs
Digital Licenses Replace Print Prices as Accurate Reflection of Real Journal Costs by Paula Gantz, Association of American Publishers - Scholarly Publishing Division, Volume 11, No. 3, Summer/Fall 2012
"Instead of purchasing subscriptions to individual journals, librarians are pursuing licensing agreements that provide perpetual digital access to a body of content. For major institutions with research needs across multiple disciplines, this means purchasing journal bundles or packages. At one end of the spectrum is the so-called “Big Deal” (i.e., licensing all the journal content a publisher distributes digitally). For smaller institutions, bundles allow licensing for collections of titles, based on particular subject concentrations or interest profiles. As a rule, these institutional commitments span a several-year period providing modest price increases based on anticipated inflation and content growth, but usually below the increases reflected in individual print subscription prices."
EU - Digital Agenda: Turning government data into gold
News release: "The Commission has launched an Open Data Strategy for Europe, which is expected to deliver a €40 billion boost to the EU's economy each year. Europe’s public administrations are sitting on a goldmine of unrealised economic potential: the large volumes of information collected by numerous public authorities and services. Member States such as the United Kingdom and France are already demonstrating this value. The strategy to lift performance EU-wide is three-fold: firstly the Commission will lead by example, opening its vaults of information to the public for free through a new data portal. Secondly, a level playing field for open data across the EU will be established. Finally, these new measures are backed by the €100 million which will be granted in 2011-2013 to fund research into improved data-handling technologies. These actions position the EU as the global leader in the re-use of public sector information. They will boost the thriving industry that turns raw data into the material that hundreds of millions of ICT users depend on, for example smart phone apps, such as maps, real-time traffic and weather information, price comparison tools and more. Other leading beneficiaries will include journalists and academics."
See also: The Digital Agenda for Europe (DAE) aims to reboot Europe's economy and help Europe's citizens and businesses to get the most out of digital technologies. It is the first of seven flagships initiatives under Europe 2020, the EU's strategy to deliver smart sustainable and inclusive growth."
January 09, 2013
How Much of the Web Is Archived?
How Much of the Web Is Archived? Scott G. Ainsworth, Ahmed AlSum, Hany SalahEldeen, Michele C. Weigle, Michael L. Nelson, Jan 6, 2013.
"Although the Internet Archive's Wayback Machine is the largest and most well-known web archive, there have been a number of public web archives that have emerged in the last several years. With varying resources, audiences and collection development policies, these archives have varying levels of overlap with each other. While individual archives can be measured in terms of number of URIs, number of copies per URI, and intersection with other archives, to date there has been no answer to the question - "How much of the Web is archived?" We study the question by approximating the Web using sample URIs from DMOZ, Delicious, Bitly, and search engine indexes; and, counting the number of copies of the sample URIs exist in various public web archives. Each sample set provides its own bias. The results from our sample sets indicate that range from 35%-90% of the Web has at least one archived copy, 17%-49% has between 2-5 copies, 1%-8% has 6-10 copies, and 8%-63% has more than 10 copies in public web archives. The number of URI copies varies as a function of time, but no more than 31.3% of URIs are archived more than once per month."
Internet Users May Search, Pin, Tweet and Like - But Don’t Know How Their Favorite Sites Turn a Profit
"The Search Agency, a global online marketing firm and the largest independent U.S. search marketing agency, today announced wave II results of its 2012 Online User Behavior and Engagement Study, conducted online by Harris Interactive among 2,006 U.S. online adults from August 14-16, 2012. In addition to other findings, the study shows that, while Americans may be tweeting, searching and pinning to their hearts delight, they can’t pinpoint how some of the web’s most popular sites make a dime.Findings Include:
- We Know How to Post, but Not How They Profit - 70% of U.S. online adults know how to post on someone’s wall, but only 54% understand how Facebook makes money. Males demonstrated a higher understanding around Facebook’s monetization strategies at 57%, vs. females at 51%.
- Men Tweet, Women Pin - More online men know the character length of a tweet (37%) than online women (27%). When it comes to Pinterest, more women know what it means to “pin” something online (48%) than men (42%).
- Who is Padding Google’s Pockets? - 22% of U.S. online adults overall reported that they click on search engine ads (e.g. paid search links), but results showed great behavioral variances by region and age. U.S. online adults in the South showed the highest propensity to click on paid links (29%), nearly ten full percentage points greater than any other region: Northeast (20%), West (19%) and Midwest (17%). 30% of Americans ages 18-34 indicated they click on search engine ads, which is almost double the rate of Americans age 35 and older (18%)."
January 06, 2013
Internet Domain Names: Background and Policy Issues
CRS - Internet Domain Names: Background and Policy Issues. Lennard G. Kruger, Specialist in Science and Technology Policy. January 3, 2013
"Navigating the Internet requires using addresses and corresponding names that identify the location of individual computers. The Domain Name System (DNS) is the distributed set of databases residing in computers around the world that contain address numbers mapped to corresponding domain names, making it possible to send and receive messages and to access information from computers anywhere on the Internet. Many of the technical, operational, and management decisions regarding the DNS can have significant impacts on Internet-related policy issues such as intellectual property, privacy, Internet freedom, e-commerce, and cybersecurity."
Internet Governance and the Domain Name System: Issues for Congress
CRS - Internet Governance and the Domain Name System: Issues for Congress. Lennard G. Kruger, Specialist in Science and Technology Policy. January 2, 2013
"The Internet is often described as a “network of networks” because it is not a single physical entity, but hundreds of thousands of interconnected networks linking hundreds of millions of computers around the world. As such, the Internet is international, decentralized, and comprised of networks and infrastructure largely owned and operated by private sector entities. As the Internet grows and becomes more pervasive in all aspects of modern society, the question of how it should be governed becomes more pressing."
December 30, 2012
European Data Protection Supervisor - safeguarding data protection rights
December 17, 2012: "the European Data Protection Supervisor (EDPS) published his Report on the Status of Data Protection Officers (DPOs) as part of his ongoing task to monitor the compliance of EU institutions and bodies with Article 24 of the European Data Protection Regulation, which obliges the appointment of DPOs...Article 24 of the Data Protection Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 provides that each EU institution/body has to appoint at least one Data Protection Officer (DPO) to ensure in an independent manner its internal application. Article 24 sets out the conditions of appointment of the DPOs, their status and the general conditions governing the performance of their duties. Personal data: any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural (living) person. Examples include names, dates of birth, photographs, e-mail addresses and telephone numbers. Other details such as health data, data used for evaluation purposes and traffic data on the use of telephone, email or internet are also considered personal data."
Monitoring compliance of EU institutions and bodies with Article 24 of Regulation (EC) 45/2001 - Report on the Status of Data Protection Officers
December 27, 2012
Companies deploying iPads to employees - no more bring your own devices to work
American Banker: "Barclays recently announced that it has made a bulk order of 8,500 iPads for staff in order to improve customer service and boost sales. The devices are being given to front-office employees in its 1,600 branches — an average of five per branch — in one of the largest uses so far of Apple's tablets in an enterprise. Sovereign Bank and others are following suit...Many banks and other large businesses Tekserve works with are buying iPads for their employees and setting up the devices with recommended apps and personalization, so that the user's email account, VPN access and such are already on the device the first time she uses it. Some companies assign each user an app store login and let them install their own apps...Another corporate customer, CableVision, is deploying 3,000 iPads to field service technicians. When they get the iPad from Tekserve, it has their email, corporate desktop and 30 apps on it."
December 25, 2012
Commentary - the evolving workplace extends to home and beyond
Brett Caine writing in Forbes: "We have become a society that communicates and shares just about everything we do, with one notable exception – work. Work is the place where social firewalls go up when they really should come down. After all, our teams are about teamwork. Social is the perfect tool to get our teams to work more collaboratively. And as it catches on, productivity is improving – people can work and play from anywhere and (finally) debunking the notion that workers need to be in an office to produce. The number of work-at-home employees is increasing dramatically and not just day-extenders. For the first time we are seeing companies implement work-at-home policies and practices that make it possible to work from home as a full member of the team. Everyone wants flexibility, more and more ask for it and the millennials will demand it. What does this changing workforce (and workplace) mean for leaders and managers in the workplace?"
December 22, 2012
Interoperability Case Study: Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
"Electronic data interchange (EDI) provides an excellent context for examining how interoperability at the technological and data level can also produce profound effects at a higher, institutional level. Originally conceived as a means for speeding up the delivery of invoices and purchase orders by sending them electronically, EDI resulted in significant shifts with regard to retailer-supplier relations that went far beyond transaction efficiency...This case study, via SSRN, is part of an ongoing series developed in support of a larger text on interoperability by John Palfrey and Urs Gasser Interop: The Promise and Perils of Highly Interconnected Systems (Basic Books, June 2012). The book is an extension of their 2007 study and paper, “Breaking Down Digital Barriers: When and How ICT Interoperability Drives Innovation” (Berkman Center Research Publication, 2007). Interop: The Promise and Perils of Highly Interconnected Systems focuses on the relationship between interoperability and innovation in the Information and Communication Technology (ICT) environment and beyond. Palfrey and Gasser seek to sharpen the definition of interoperability and identify its relevance for consumers, companies, governments, and the public by examining its driving forces and inhibitors, while considering how it can best be achieved, and why."
December 17, 2012
New from LLRX - Deep Web Research and Discovery Resources 2013
Via LLRX.com - Marcus P. Zillman's new research focuses on Deep Web Research and Discovery Resources 2013, comprising in the vicinity of 1 trillion pages of information located in various files and formats that the current search engines cannot find, or have difficulty accessing. Some of the more comprehensive search engines have written algorithms to search the deeper portions of the world wide web by attempting to find files such as .pdf, .docx, .xls, ppt, .ps. and others. These files are predominately used by businesses to communicate within their organization or to disseminate topical information and work product to customers and potential clients. Searching for this information using deeper search techniques and the latest algorithms allows researchers access to a vast amount of actionable corporate information and intelligence. Research has also shown that even deeper information can be obtained from these files by searching and accessing the "properties" information on these files.
December 13, 2012
New Report and Advocacy Toolkit on Intermediary Liability
"What role should online intermediaries play in policing the content and conduct of their users? What if any legal responsibility should they bear when users post or transmit material that may be unlawful? These are familiar questions to advocates for Internet openness and crucial issues for Internet policy. Today, CDT is releasing an expanded and updated paper, Shielding the Messengers: Protecting Platforms for Expression and Innovation and additional resources that explore these complex issues."
December 12, 2012
Pew - Social Networking Popular Across Globe
"Social networking has spread around the world with remarkable speed. In countries such as Britain, the United States, Russia, the Czech Republic and Spain, about half of all adults now use Facebook and similar websites. These sites are also popular in many lower-income nations, where, once people have access to the internet, they tend to use it for social networking. Meanwhile, cell phones have become nearly ubiquitous throughout much of the world, and people are using them in a variety of ways, including texting and taking pictures. Smart phones are also increasingly common – roughly half in Britain, the U.S., and Japan have one. Globally, most smart phone users say they visit social networking sites on their phone, while many get job, consumer, and political information."
December 11, 2012
Pew - The Demographics of Mobile News
The Demographics of Mobile News Habits Men, College Grads and the Young are more Engaged, December 11, 2012: - Younger Americans demonstrate much stronger news habits in the mobile realm than on other news platforms, according to a new study by PEJ in collaboration with The Economist Group. Another finding, with potentially significant implications for the news industry, reveals that younger users are more responsive than other age groups to advertisements in the mobile news space...Overall, news consumption ranks high on mobile devices. Over a third report getting news daily on the tablet and the smartphone, putting it on par with other activities such as email and playing games on tablets and behind only email on smartphones. The popularity of news remains strong across all demographic groups studied, but is especially prevalent among men and the college educated. On the smartphone, differences also emerge in age and income."
December 01, 2012
Pew - The Best (and Worst) of Mobile Connectivity
The Best (and Worst) of Mobile Connectivity, by Aaron Smith, Nov 30, 2012. "Some 85% of American adults own a cell phone, and these mobile devices now play a central role in many aspects of their owners’ lives according to a new survey. For many cell owners, their phone is an essential utility that they check frequently, keep close at all times, and would have trouble functioning without:
- 67% of cell owners find themselves checking their phone for messages, alerts, or calls — even when they don’t notice their phone ringing or vibrating. Some 18% of cell owners say that they do this “frequently."
- 44% of cell owners have slept with their phone next to their bed because they wanted to make sure they didn’t miss any calls, text messages, or other updates during the night.
- 29% of cell owners describe their cell phone as “something they can’t imagine living without."
November 25, 2012
Pew Report - Cell Phone Activities 2012
Cell Phone Activities 2012, by Maeve Duggan, Lee Rainie, Nov 25, 2012
"Fully 85% of American adults own a cell phone and now use the devices to do much more than make phone calls. Cell phones have become a portal for an ever-growing list of activities. In nationally representative phone surveys in the spring and summer, the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project obtained readings on some of the most popular activities. Read on to see which activities are the most popular, and who does what kind of activity."
November 24, 2012
Pacer federal court record fees exceed system costs
Shane Shifflett and Jennifer Gollan: "The federal government has collected millions from the online Public Access to Court Electronic Records system, or PACER – nearly five times what it cost to run the system. Between fiscal years 2006 and 2010, the government collected an average of $77 million a year from PACER fees, according to the most recent federal figures available."
November 23, 2012
EU Parliament Endorses Internet Openness, Transparency
CDT - "The European Parliament today approved a Joint Resolution calling on EU Member States to promote and protect Internet openness at the upcoming World Conference on International Telecommunications (WCIT). The resolve of the Parliamentarians who drafted the resolution deserves recognition. The result is a strong statement of confidence in the civic and economic value of the open Internet, as well as the virtues of transparent, inclusive models for Internet governance. The public's ability to submit comments in the drafting process is testimony to the work of Dutch MEP Marietje Schaake, a steadfast advocate for civil liberties in the digital age. MEP Schaake invited the public to comment on a draft of the Resolution on her website, providing a strong example of an open, inclusive approach to policy work -- and one that has been lacking in many of the preparations for the WCIT. CDT was grateful for the opportunity, and submitted its own comments."
November 20, 2012
Pew - Parents, Teens, and Online Privacy
Parents, Teens, and Online Privacy, by Mary Madden, Sandra Cortesi, Urs Gasser, Amanda Lenhart, Maeve Duggan, Nov 20, 2012. "Most parents of teenagers are concerned about what their teenage children do online and how their behavior could be monitored by others. Some parents are taking steps to observe, discuss, and check up on their children’s digital footprints, according to a new survey by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project.
81% of parents of online teens say they are concerned about how much information advertisers can learn about their child’s online behavior, with some 46% being “very” concerned.
Statement by FTC Bureau of Consumer Protection Director On Judge’s Approval of Google Safari Settlement
News release: "Federal Trade Commission Bureau of Consumer Protection Director David Vladeck issued the following statement regarding a federal judge’s approval of the FTC proposed order and $22.5 million civil penalty settling charges that Google misrepresented privacy assurances to users of Apple’s Safari Internet browser in violation of a previous FTC settlement Order: “The court’s approval of the Commission’s record setting $22.5 million fine against Google is a clear victory for consumers and privacy. As this case and many others demonstrate, the Commission will continue to ensure that its orders are obeyed, and that consumers’ privacy is protected.”
November 19, 2012
Study identifies different perceptions of bring your own device to work
InternetNews.com: "While BYOD is a known trend, its actual impact and adoption varies, depending on who you ask. According to a recent study from security vendor Blue Coat, IT staff and employees tend to view BYOD in different ways. While 71 percent of employees reported that they used their own devices to access corporate IT, IT staff in the same survey said they believed 37 percent of employees were accessing the network with non-corporate devices. A study from security vendor Webroot seems to confirm there are a large number of employee-owned devices. It reports that 73 percent of companies now have a mix of company- and employee-owned mobile devices."
November 18, 2012
New on LLRX - Hurricane Sandy and the national digital library issue: Could we have stopped or slowed down global warming?
Via LLRX.com - Hurricane Sandy and the national digital library issue: Could we have stopped or slowed down global warming? - David H. Rothman's commentary maintains it is imperative that civic matters, including those that resulted in the aftermath of hurricane Sandy, not become lost opportunities to find and share information, and to make best use of lessons learned. Accountability, effective communications, access to actionable information, building reliable infrastructures, and providing dynamic access to agile solutions during times of national crisis provide opportunities to leverage the evolving Digital Public Library of America.
November 16, 2012
EFF - Google Transparency Report Shows Rising Trend of Government Surveillance
EFF: "Each year, Google receives thousands of demands from governments around the world seeking information about its users. People who use any of the search engine giant’s free online services – such as Gmail, YouTube, Google+ or Blogger – leave digital footprints behind, and information relating to their accounts is increasingly sought out by law enforcement agencies. To raise awareness about this, Google publishes a Transparency Report every six months documenting how many requests it received for user data, and from which countries. The practice was recently emulated by Twitter."
November 14, 2012
EPIC - Google Transparency Report Reveals Risks of Cloud-based Computing
"According to a recent report from Google, the company received 20,938 requests for user data in the first half of 2012, up from 18,257 requests in the second half of 2011. The United States accounted for 7,969 requests in the 2012 report. And of these requests, Google provided user data to the US government in 90% of the cases. Over the last several years, Google has pursued an aggressive effort to promote computing services that store personal data on Google's servers even as the number of government requests has grown. And earlier this year, Google reduced safeguards for Gmail users, over the objections of many lawmakers and users when it consolidated privacy policies across its various Internet services. In 2009, EPIC L3[urged] the Federal Trade Commission to look more closely at the privacy risks of cloud-based services. For more, see EPIC - "Cloud Computing"."
November 11, 2012
New on LLRX - Litigation, trial and pre-trail iPad apps for lawyers
Via LLRX - Litigation, trial and pre-trail iPad apps for lawyers: One of the most popular and rapidly growing categories of apps for lawyers are those developed for litigation, during trials and during the pretrial discovery phase. In this article, attorney, legal blogger and legal tech expert Nicole Black recommends more than a dozen affordable, flexible and innovative iPad apps to assist attorneys in their work to develop, streamline, simplify and track critical litigation processes.
UNESCO launches Global Survey on Internet Privacy and Freedom of Expression
"How do the “digital footprints” of Internet and cellphone users affect privacy, and what impact does this have on freedom of expression? These questions lie at the heart of a new study released by UNESCO this week...This publication seeks to identify the relationship between freedom of expression and Internet privacy, assessing where they support or compete with each other in different circumstances. The book maps out the issues in the current regulatory landscape of Internet privacy from the viewpoint of freedom of expression. It provides an overview of legal protection, self-regulatory guidelines, normative challenges, and case studies relating to the topic.
Global survey on Internet privacy and freedom of expression
November 10, 2012
Kaspersky Lab report: Global Web Browser Usage and Security Trends
"Browsers can be regarded as a kind of autonomous zone inside the operating systems of modern computers. A browser is a window to the online world, installed on each and every computer, powered with the ability to install and run additional apps on its territory. Of course, it grants access to a plethora of web-based apps: from online office editors to games. At the same time the majority of online threats come from the web as well. Vulnerabilities in web browsers and other popular programs are used by cybercriminals to infect systems and steal user data: quite often an infected web page triggers the attack. That is why keeping your chosen browser up-to-date is one of the most important tasks, since new versions plug security holes and provide new security features...Slightly less than 80% of Kaspersky Lab’s users have the latest version of a browser. It is important that our data is based on real usage statistics, and there is a chance that quite a lot of users, for example, use up-to-date Google Chrome, but have an outdated Internet Explorer installed, thus keeping a security hole open for attacks. At the same time, the number of users utilizing older or critically outdated browsers is very high. A 23% share for older browsers and 8.5% for obsolete versions represents millions of users. Such reluctance to upgrade is a key addition to the negative outlook on web-born threats.."
Speaker Presentations from Internet Librarian 2012
A range of presentations from the conference, Transformational Power of Internet Librarians: Promise & Prospect have been posted by InfoToday. A sample of the program links follow:
November 08, 2012
Teen Use of Social Networking Sites and Perceptions of Legal Risk
De Zwart, Melissa , Lindsay, David F., Henderson, Michael and Phillips, Michael, Randoms vs Weirdos: Teen Use of Social Networking Sites and Perceptions of Legal Risk (2011). (2011) 36(3) Alternative Law Journal 153.; Monash University Faculty of Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 44. Available at SSRN
This article reports on research to identify the risks relevant to teens when using these services and provide them with practical guidance regarding how to miminise and avoid such risks. The authors, drawn from the education and law disciplines, undertook to ascertain the actual scale and nature of use of SNS among teenagers in years 7 to 10, the perceptions of risk associated with such use and the actual legal risks. The project produced both a report detailing the outcomes of the research and an educational resource to be distributed to all Victorian schools that may be used to assist students, teachers and parents to discuss and critically consider the risks and legal implications of using SNS. This article discusses some key outcomes of the study related to use of SNS and perceptions of legal risks."
Australian Government - Telecommunications data retention - an overview
Telecommunications data retention - an overview, October 24, 2012:
"By drawing on information related to similar proposals introduced in the United Kingdom (UK) in June 2012, this Background Note outlines the types of communications data generated by use of the Internet, email and phones, why law enforcement agencies want it retained, and what existing access law enforcement agencies have to such data. In this context, it also explores the reasons for the proposals, outlines some of the concerns and touches on some of the challenges involved. However, it does not specifically examine the arguments for and against a data retention scheme, or the growing debate over its privacy implications."
November 07, 2012
The Campus Computing Project
"Begun in 1990, The Campus Computing Project™ is the largest continuing study of the role of information technology in American higher education. Our projects – the annual Campus Computing Survey, the national surveys of presidents, provosts, and other senior campus officials conducted in collaboration with Inside Higher Ed, and other research activities – draw on qualitative and quantitative data to aid and inform faculty, campus administrators, and others interested in critical planning and policy issues that affect American colleges and universities."
November 04, 2012
New on LLRX - Employment Resources on the Internet
Via LLRX.com, Employment Resources on the Internet - Web research guru Marcus P. Zillman's guide is a comprehensive listing of employment resources available on the Internet. Zillman identifies links, search engines and resume writing sources from across many professional sectors which will help you discover, review, leverage and incorporate actionable information into a successful job search strategy.
Pew - How Teens Do Research in the Digital World
How Teens Do Research in the Digital World - A survey of Advanced Placement and National Writing Project teachers finds that teens’ research habits are changing in the digital age, November 2, 2012
"Three-quarters of AP and NWP teachers say that the internet and digital search tools have had a “mostly positive” impact on their students’ research habits, but 87% say these technologies are creating an “easily distracted generation with short attention spans” and 64% say today’s digital technologies “do more to distract students than to help them academically.” These complex and at times contradictory judgments emerge from 1) an online survey of more than 2,000 middle and high school teachers drawn from the Advanced Placement (AP) and National Writing Project (NWP) communities; and 2) a series of online and offline focus groups with middle and high school teachers and some of their students. The study was designed to explore teachers’ views of the ways today’s digital environment is shaping the research and writing habits of middle and high school students. Building on the Pew Internet Project’s prior work about how people use the internet and, especially, the information-saturated digital lives of teens, this research looks at teachers’ experiences and observations about how the rise of digital material affects the research skills of today’s students. Overall, teachers who participated in this study characterize the impact of today’s digital environment on their students’ research habits and skills as mostly positive, yet multi-faceted and not without drawbacks. Among the more positive impacts they see: the best students access a greater depth and breadth of information on topics that interest them; students can take advantage of the availability of educational material in engaging multimedia formats; and many become more self-reliant researchers."
October 31, 2012
OCLC - Registering Researchers in Authority Files
"The Registering Researchers Task Group aims to create a concise report that summarizes the benefits and trade-offs of emerging approaches to the problem of incomplete national authority files. Background: National name authority files are incomplete. Many researchers—tenured and non-tenured faculty and graduate students—are only partially represented in national name authority files. National name authority files cover poorly authors of journal articles and exclude researchers who do not publish but who create or contribute to data sets and other research activities. Uniquely identifying the academic authors of all publications, including journal articles, and researchers who do not publish, facilitates compiling individuals' scholarly output, especially as their affiliations change over time. The scholarly output is a factor in the reputation and ranking of the scholar's affiliated institution."
Pew - Presidential Campaign Donations in the Digital Age
Presidential Campaign Donations in the Digital Age, by Aaron Smith, Maeve Duggan, October 25, 2012
"In June of this year, the Federal Election Commission for the first time allowed political campaigns to accept campaign contributions via text message, and both of the major presidential candidates now allow supporters to contribute directly to their campaign using a cell phone. In two surveys fielded in late September, we asked a series of questions aimed at determining how this new contribution model is fitting into Americans’ political giving habits. Because few (if any) congressional or state-level candidates currently accept mobile donations at this time, we limited our questions on this topic to presidential campaign contributions only."
October 30, 2012
New on LLRX - DPLA Grant: Possible Synergy Between Libraries, Schools and Newspapers
Via LLRX.com - DPLA Grant: Possible Synergy Between Libraries, Schools and Newspapers - David H. Rothman, a leading national digital library advocate, continues his series on the evolving framework for the Digital Public Library of America. In this column, he discusses the impact of new program funding from the Knight Foundation. Rothman believes the potential result could be the start of new synergies between libraries, schools, and newspapers - leading to more interest in civic participation, better monitoring of government at all levels, and maybe even a revival of many young people’s interest in newspapers.
Coalition launches Open Wireless Movement
Via EFF: "What is the Open Wireless Movement? Imagine a future with ubiquitous open Internet. We envision a world where, in any urban environment:
- Dozens of open networks are available at your fingertips.
- The societal expectation is one of sharing, and, as a result, wireless Internet is more efficient.
- The false notion that an IP address could be used as a sole identifier is finally a thing of the past, creating a privacy-enhancing norm of shared networks.
- There are no more restrictive Terms of Service from ISPs requiring closed networks.
- We're working with a coalition of volunteer engineers to build technologies that will let users open their wireless networks without compromising their security or sacrificing bandwidth. And we're working with advocates to help change the way people and businesses think about Internet service."
October 29, 2012
Live Storm Aftermath Updates
October 28, 2012
Google Maps and Updates - Hurricane Sandy: NYC
Hurricane Sandy: NYC - "Sandy is expected to bring life-threatening storm surge flooding to the mid-Atlantic coast, Monday evening and into Tuesday.
October 24, 2012
Pew - Mobile is the Needle; Social is the Thread
"Examining more than a decade of data on the social impact of technology in America, Pew Internet Research Analyst Kathryn Zickuhr discussed the patterns and trends shaping the new messaging realities of the digital age at the WSU Elliott School of Communications’ annual Comm Week conference."
October 21, 2012
Pew - Social Media and Political Engagement
Social Media and Political Engagement, by Lee Rainie, Aaron Smith, Kay Lehman Schlozman, Henry Brady, Sidney Verba. Oct 19, 2012
"The use of social media is becoming a feature of political and civic engagement for many Americans. Some 60% of American adults use either social networking sites like Facebook or Twitter, and a new survey by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project finds that 66% of those social media users—or 39% of all American adults—have done at least one of eight civic or political activities with social media. 66% of social media users have employed the platforms to post their thoughts about civic and political issues, react to others’ postings, press friends to act on issues and vote, follow candidates, ‘like’ and link to others’ content, and belong to groups formed on social networking sites."
IBM - Smart policies for Smartphones: Acceptable Online Activities During Work Hours
How (and why) agencies should develop an explicit policy for employees' online activities even on their own devices, by Gadi Ben-Yehuda.
"IBM has published a social media policy that I think is exemplary for any organization that wants to pursue the dual goals of encouraging employees to engage in social media and protecting the organization's reputation."
October 15, 2012
OECD Internet Economy Outlook
OECD Internet Economy Outlook, October 2012
"The Internet is now a fundamental infrastructure supporting the economy and is firmly in its second stage of development, having evolved from a data network connecting PCs with wires to a much broader network of new portable devices from mobile phones to tablet computers. It is also on the cusp of a much larger expansion to objects that typically did not have communications capabilities: the “Internet of things” is projected to have more connections than the people using them. This raises many important socio-economic and political issues for stakeholders to consider, as economies and societies become increasingly inter-meshed."
October 14, 2012
How College Graduates Solve Information Problems Once They Join the Workplace
How College Graduates Solve Information Problems Once They Join the Workplace. October 16, 2012 | Alison J. Head
"Qualitative findings about the information-seeking behavior of today’s college graduates as they transition from the campus to the workplace. Included are findings from interviews with 23 US
employers and focus groups with 33 recent graduates from four US colleges and universities, conducted as an exploratory study for Project Information Literacy’s (PIL’s) Passage Studies. Most graduates in our focus groups said they found it difficult to solve information problems in the workplace, where unlike college, a sense of urgency pervaded and where personal contacts often reaped more useful results than online searches. Graduates said they leveraged essential information competencies from college for extracting content and also developed adaptive information-seeking strategies for reaching out to trusted colleagues in order to compensate for what they lacked. At the same time, employers said they recruited graduates, in part, for their online searching skills but still expected and needed more traditional research competencies, such as thumbing through bound reports, picking up the telephone, and interpreting research results with team members. They found that their college hires rarely demonstrated these competencies. Overall, our findings suggest there is a distinct difference between today’s graduates who demonstrated how quickly they found answers online and seasoned employers who needed college hires to use a combination of online and traditional methods to conduct comprehensive research."
October 11, 2012
Judge Issues Ruling in Favor of Favorable Ruling in HathiTrust Fair-Use Case
the Chronicle of Higher Education - Jennifer Howard: "Academic libraries’ indexing of digitized works counts as fair use. So says the federal judge overseeing a major copyright-infringement lawsuit brought last year by the Authors Guild against the HathiTrust digital repository and its university partners. At stake was the uses the libraries could make of millions of scanned books. “I cannot imagine a definition of fair use that would not encompass the transformative uses” made by the defendants, Judge Harold Baer, of the U.S. District Court in New York, wrote in a ruling issued late Wednesday [copy of which is via EFF]."
Presentation - Networked and Hyperconnected: The New Social (and work) Operating System
Lee Rainie - Oct 11, 2012, at National Conference of State Legislators: "Being connected to the web, mobile technologies and social media have made many of us feel over or hyper-connected. Could being hyper-connected actually benefit younger generations? Lee Rainie [reviews] the latest data that shows how constant contact among younger generations allows them to be nimble, quick-acting multi-taskers who count on the Internet as their external brain and approach problems in a different way from older generations. But could this also lead to a generation that looks for quick fixes, has a loss of patience and eliminates deep-thinking skills?"
New GAO Report - Mobile Device Location Data
Mobile Device Location Data - Additional Federal Actions Could Help Protect Consumer Privacy, GAO-12-903, Sep 11, 2012
"Using several methods of varying precision, mobile industry companies collect location data and use or share that data to provide users with location-based services, offer improved services, and increase revenue through targeted advertising. Location-based services provide consumers access to applications such as real-time navigation aids, access to free or reduced-cost mobile applications, and faster response from emergency services, among other potential benefits. However, the collection and sharing of location data also pose privacy risks. Specifically, privacy advocates said that consumers: (1) are generally unaware of how their location data are shared with and used by third parties; (2) could be subject to increased surveillance when location data are shared with law enforcement; and (3) could be at higher risk of identity theft or threats to personal safety when companies retain location data for long periods or share data with third parties that do not adequately protect them."
October 09, 2012
Pew Report: Politics, Mobile The State of the 2012 Election - Mobile Politics
The State of the 2012 Election — Mobile Politics, by Aaron Smith, Maeve Duggan, Oct 9, 2012: "As of late September, 88% of registered voters own a cell phone of some kind—and significant numbers of these voters are using their mobile devices to get information about the 2012 election, to interact with the campaigns, and to converse with other voters about political issues:
- 27% of registered voters who own a cell phone have used their phone in this election campaign to keep up with news related to the election itself or to political issues in general.
- Three quarters of these cell-owning registered voters use their phone to send or receive text messages...
- Smartphone owners are using their mobile devices as a tool for political participation on social networking sites and as a way to fact check campaign statements in real time. Roughly half (48%) of registered voters who own a cell phone say that they have a smartphone..."
October 08, 2012
New on LLRX.com - Statistics Resources and Big Data on the Internet
Via LLRX.com: Statistics Resources and Big Data on the Internet - Marcus P. Zillman has compiled a best practices bibliography of sites and reliable sources focused on the hot topic of statistics and big data. These sources are representative of multiple publishers, national and global - government, academia, NGOs, and industry, many of which leverage open source and collaborative applications.
October 07, 2012
Most US Internet Users Want 'Do Not Track' to Stop Collection of Data about their Online Activities
Hoofnagle, Chris Jay, Urban, Jennifer M. and Li, Su, Privacy and Modern Advertising: Most US Internet Users Want 'Do Not Track' to Stop Collection of Data about their Online Activities (October 8, 2012). Amsterdam Privacy Conference, 2012. Available at SSRN.
Most Americans have not heard of 'Do Not Track,' a proposal to allow Internet users to exercise more control over online advertising. However, when probed, most prefer that Do Not Track block advertisers from collecting data about their online activities. This is a much more privacy-protective approach for Do Not Track than what has been proposed by the advertising industry. In previous studies, we have found that Americans think they are protected by strong online privacy laws. Here, we probed beliefs about tracking on medical websites and 'free' websites, with most not able to answer true/false questions correctly about tracking. This result brings into question notice-and-choice models that depend on consumer understanding of the terms for their legitimacy. We also probed Internet users' attitudes towards advertising. Most Internet users say that they do not find utility in online advertising, with half claiming that they never click on ads. Advertisers and consumers are at an impasse on privacy. Advertisers seem to be seeking a kind of total information awareness for behavioral advertising, and have proposed self-regulatory guidelines with little bite. At the same time, both our survey evidence and media reports show consumer opposition to tracking. Do Not Track has emerged from the current skirmish between consumers and advertisers, but it is a relatively modest intervention that does little to shift the underlying incentives that have driven increasing tracking and aggregation of information about consumers. It is foreseeable that regardless of the form Do Not Track takes, websites will simply require consumers to disable it in order to access content. A fundamental change in incentives may be necessary to relieve this impasse and find an approach for advertising that is not so dependent upon third-party tracking and aggregation of information, both online and off."
White Paper on Educational Technology in Schools
"When used appropriately, educational technology is a tool to assist with implementation of the Common Core Standards, help raise graduation rates, and prepare students for life beyond K-12 education. Technology employed in isolation, without direct instruction, or highly qualified guidance, fails to address these concerns. It is the intent of this AASL [American Association of School Libraries] white paper to provide a review of technology-related topics that can contribute to success and might serve to generate interest in further research on filtering practices, Acceptable Use Policies (AUPs), apps, social media, Bring Your Own Device (BYOD), and related subjects."
Educational Technology in Schools | October 2012
Low Income Americans are eligible for very inexpensive high-speed broadband internet and powerful computers
"...if you’re among the millions of Americans who can’t afford the typical expensive high speed internet services out there, and can’t stomach the low-speed free internet dial-up ISPs, this is the website for you. Not only will you learn about how to get cheap high-speed internet for only $9.95 a month — and even free broadband — you’ll see how you can get a Microsoft Office-loaded, Series 7 PC for only $150. Think of CheapInternet.com as your official, go-to source for everything you need to know about all the exciting, new, inexpensive internet service options that make broadband internet affordable for everyone. (By the way, when we say it’s the cheapest internet access, we’re not talking about stripped down, low-speed dial-up service. Not at all. We’re talking about the kind of blazing fast high speed broadband internet service that you’d expect to pay a lot of money for every month.)...Most of the nation’s major cable companies (well-known names such as Cox Cable and Cablevision, Time-Warner Cable and Charter) and many more of the smaller, regional cable companies (such as Bend Cable, Bright House Networks, Eagle Communications and Sjoberg’s Cable) have banded together to make this the largest and most significant cheap internet access program."
October 05, 2012
OECD Internet Economy Outlook 2012
News release with charts and data: "The Internet is now a fundamental infrastructure supporting the economy and is firmly in its second stage of development, having evolved from a data network connecting PCs with wires to a much broader network of new portable devices from mobile phones to tablet computers. It is also on the cusp of a much larger expansion to objects that typically did not have communications capabilities: the “Internet of things” is projected to have more connections than the people using them. This raises many important socio-economic and political issues for stakeholders to consider, as economies and societies become increasingly inter-meshed."
October 04, 2012
Publishers and Google Reach Settlement Over Copyright and Digital Book Scanning
News releases: The Association of American Publishers (AAP) and Google today announced a settlement agreement that will provide access to publishers’ in-copyright books and journals digitized by Google for its Google Library Project. The dismissal of the lawsuit will end seven years of litigation. The agreement settles a copyright infringement lawsuit filed against Google on October 19, 2005 by five AAP member publishers. As the settlement is between the parties to the litigation, the court is not required to approve its terms. The settlement acknowledges the rights and interests of copyright-holders. US publishers can choose to make available or choose to remove their books and journals digitized by Google for its Library Project. Those deciding not to remove their works will have the option to receive a digital copy for their use."
October 03, 2012
FTC Halts Massive Tech Support Scams
News release: "The Federal Trade Commission has launched a major international crackdown on tech support scams in which telemarketers masquerade as major computer companies, con consumers into believing that their computers are riddled with viruses, spyware and other malware, and then charge hundreds of dollars to remotely access and “fix” the consumers’ computers. At the request of the FTC, a U.S. District Court Judge has ordered a halt to six alleged tech support scams pending further hearings, and has frozen their assets."
September 28, 2012
Managing Our Online Professional Lives Presentation Stresses Importance of Managing Your Online Identity
"The presentation includes random notes and interesting quotes that illustrate not only how researchers are using social media but also how measurements of their social web impact relates to their personal brand and altmetrics. Lorcan Dempsey, OCLC's Vice President, Research, and Chief Strategist, gave this presentation to staff at the University of Pittsburgh Library System on 7 September 2012. Several takeaways from Lorcan's presentation include:
- There are different ways of participating in a network world, and they are always changing.
- There is real value in being active online and developing a visible online profile around your professional role.
- The first page of Google results for you is your real homepage.
- Consider your personal brand: how can you ensure that the right you—your professional skill set, not your personal life—surfaces first when people search you on the web?
- This presentation is available from the OCLC Research website and on SlideShare."
EPIC FOIA Uncovers Google’s Privacy Assessment
"Through a Freedom of Information Act request to the Federal Trade Commission, EPIC has obtained Google's initial privacy assessment. The assessment was required by a settlement between Google and the FTC that followed from a 2010 complaint filed by EPIC over Google Buzz. The FTC has withheld from public disclosure information about the audit process, procedures to assess privacy controls, techniques to identify privacy risks, and the types of personal data Google collects from users. EPIC intends to challenge the agency withholdings. For more information, see EPIC: Google Buzz."
September 26, 2012
EFF: Facebook and Datalogix - What's Actually Getting Shared and How You Can Opt Out
EFF: "We’ve been seeing a range of reports about Facebook partnering up with marketing company Datalogix to assess whether users go to stores in the physical world and buy the products they saw in Facebook advertisements. A lot of the reports aren’t getting into the nitty gritty of what data is actually shared between Facebook and Datalogix, so the goal of this blog post is to dive into the details. We’re glad to see that Facebook is taking a number of steps to avoid sharing sensitive data with Datalogix, but users who are uncomfortable with the program should opt out (directions). Hopefully, reporting on this issue will make more people aware of how our shopping data is being used for a lot more than offering us discounts on tomato soup. Datalogix is an advertising metrics company that describes its data set as including “almost every U.S. household and more than $1 trillion in consumer transactions.” It specifically relies on loyalty card data – cards anyone can get by filling out a form at a participating grocery store."
September 25, 2012
Freedom House - Freedom on the Net 2012
Freedom on the Net 2012: "This report is the third in a series of comprehensive studies of internet freedom around the globe and covers developments in 47 countries that occurred between January 2011 and May 2012. Over 50 researchers, nearly all based in the countries they analyzed, contributed to the project by researching laws and practices relevant to the internet, testing the accessibility of select websites, and interviewing a wide range of sources."
September 23, 2012
NYT Investigative Report: Data Center Waste Vast Amounts of Energy
James Glanz: "A yearlong examination by The New York Times has revealed that this foundation of the information industry is sharply at odds with its image of sleek efficiency and environmental friendliness. Most data centers, by design, consume vast amounts of energy in an incongruously wasteful manner, interviews and documents show. Online companies typically run their facilities at maximum capacity around the clock, whatever the demand. As a result, data centers can waste 90 percent or more of the electricity they pull off the grid, The Times found. To guard against a power failure, they further rely on banks of generators that emit diesel exhaust. The pollution from data centers has increasingly been cited by the authorities for violating clean air regulations, documents show. In Silicon Valley, many data centers appear on the state government’s Toxic Air Contaminant Inventory, a roster of the area’s top stationary diesel polluters."
New Study Affirms Less Copyright Restrictions Benefit the Economy
EFF: "A new study from Australia presents the latest evidence that loosening copyright restrictions not only enables free speech, but can improve an economy as well. The study, published by the Australian Digital Alliance, indicated that if Australia expanded copyright exceptions like fair use, along with strengthening safe harbor provisions, the country could potentially add an extra $600 million to their economy. In addition, the report details how vital copyright exceptions are to the Australian economy as a whole. As ADA’s executive officer and copyright advisor Ellen Broad told EFF, "Australia's sectors relying on copyright exceptions currently contribute 14% of our GDP, around $182 billion and they're growing rapidly. It's essential that Australia's copyright policy framework adequately support innovation and growth of these sectors in the digital environment.”
Trend Micro Commentary on Global Hackers
Trend Micro Incorporated Opinion Piece, September 2012 - Peter the Great Versus Sun Tzu
"Due to the competitive nature of the environment, East European hackers create customized malware, often with all capabilities internally hard-coded with no external third-party tools. Trend Micro threat researchers noted that robust anti-debugging techniques and complex command and control (C&C) are hallmarks of East European design. East European malware are not always innovative but often incorporate several exploits designed by others in creative ways. An East European hacker is only as good as his last successful job. East European malware are so elegantly crafted, they have been dubbed the “Faberge Eggs” of the malware world. This is due in part to the long history of high-quality science and math education in the former Soviet Bloc. With the fall of communism and the free market chaos that ensued, East Europeans with strong math and science backgrounds turned to the skills developed to help fight the Cold War and started using them to put food on the table by selling them to the highest bidder. In addition, computer scientists in the former Soviet Bloc had to make do with simpler, less sophisticated computing resources, which instilled in them a discipline to make every line of code count. These were combined to yield a pool of expert craftsmen able to build high-impact, small-footprint malware. Probably the best recent example of this is in the new Tinba malware—a well-crafted piece of malware that is optimized for size and capability and used in Trojan banker attacks targeting Turkey."
September 21, 2012
Study - History, As Recorded on Twitter, Is Vanishing From The Web
Technology Review: "Almost 30 per cent of recorded history, shared over social media such as Twitter, has disappeared, according to a new study of the Egyptian uprising and other significant events."
Ref: arxiv.org/abs/1209.3026: How Many Resources Shared on Social Media Have Been Lost?
September 19, 2012
Congress.gov: The New Home for Legislative Information
"Congress.gov makes federal United States legislative information freely available to the public. Launched Sept. 19, 2012, this version of the site is an initial beta release of Congress.gov, created as a successor to THOMAS.gov, the current public site for legislative information. The Congress.gov beta site contains legislation from the 107th Congress (2001) to the present, member of Congress profiles from the 93rd Congress (1973) to the present, and selected member profiles from the 80th through the 92nd Congresses (1947 to 1972). Over the next two years, Congress.gov will be adding information and features, eventually incorporating all of the information currently available on THOMAS.gov. (To compare the scope of legislative information available on THOMAS.gov and the scope of legislative information on the beta site, see Coverage Dates for Legislative Information.)"
September 18, 2012
New on LLRX - Bluebook Technologies
Via LLRX.com: Bluebook Technologies - The Bluebook is the standard citation guide for legal materials. There are now three format choices for the Bluebook: paper, online subscription (since 2008), and as of August 10, 2012 - iPad app. Law Librarian, author, research instructor and blogger Mary Whisner's guide discusses and illustrates the features and pricing of each.
New on LLRX - The New Digital Public Library of America Board of Directors
Via LLRX.com - The New Digital Public Library of America Board of Directors - David H. Rothman's current commentary highlights the composition of the new board of directors of the nonprofit DPLA, an organization that continues to grow and change, along with clarifying its goals and objectives.
September 17, 2012
Internet Archives Launches TV News Search & Borrow with 350,000 Broadcasts
"[On September 17, 2012] the Internet Archive launched TV News Search & Borrow. This service is designed to help engaged citizens better understand the issues and candidates in the 2012 U.S. elections by allowing them to search closed captioning transcripts to borrow relevant television news programs. The Internet Archive works to preserve the published works of humankind. Inspired by Vanderbilt University’s Television News Archive project, the Internet Archive collects and preserves television news. Like library collections of books and newspapers, this accessible archive of TV news enables anyone to reference and compare statements from this influential medium. The collection now contains 350,000 news programs collected over 3 years from national U.S. networks and stations in San Francisco and Washington D.C. The archive is updated with new broadcasts 24 hours after they are aired. Older materials are also being added."
See also All the TV News Since 2009, on One Web Site
Scientists, Foundations, Libraries, Universities, and Advocates Unite and Issue New Recommendations to Make Research Freely Available to All Online
News release: "In response to the growing demand to make research free and available to anyone with a computer and an internet connection, a diverse coalition today issued new recommendations that could usher in huge advances in the sciences, medicine, and health.The recommendations were developed by leaders of the Open Access movement, which has worked for the past decade to provide the public with unrestricted, free access to scholarly research — much of which is publicly funded. Making the research publicly available to everyone — free of charge and without most copyright and licensing restrictions — will accelerate scientific research efforts and allow authors to reach a larger number of readers."
September 15, 2012
Pew - Photos and Videos as Social Currency Online
Report: Social Networking, Video Photos and Videos as Social Currency Online by Lee Rainie, Joanna Brenner, Kristen Purcell
"46% of internet users post original photos and videos online they have created themselves and 41% curate photos and videos they find elsewhere on the internet and post on image-sharing sites. Women are more likely than men to use Pinterest, while Instagram and Tumblr attract equal shares of men and women."
Pew - Senior Citizens and Digital Technology
Senior Citizens and Digital Technology from Pew Research Center's Internet & American Life Project
September 11, 2012
New on LLRX - Privacy Resources and Sites on the Internet
Via LLRX.com, Privacy Resources and Sites on the Internet - Marcus P. Zillman's guide is a comprehensive listing of both free and low cost privacy resources currently available on the Internet. It includes associations, indexes and search engines, as well as websites and programs that provide the latest technology and information on Web privacy. This guide will help facilitate a safer interactive environment for your email, your internet browsing, your health records, your data storage and file sharing exchanges, and internet telephony.
New on LLRX - Tutorial Resources on the Internet
Via LLRX.com - Tutorial Resources on the Internet - Marcus P. Zillman's guide is a wide ranging and immediately useful listing of tutorial resources and sites on the Internet. This guide will assist you to discover, review and select the most relevant and reliable sources for your requirements, on topics that include: e-training, health sciences and biomedical research, educational opportunities for unemployed workers, effective web searching, statistical data mining, free college and university courses, programming in various open source applications, and technical support, user guides and repair services too!
FTC Finalizes Privacy Settlement with Myspace
News release: "Following a public comment period, the Federal Trade Commission has approved a final order settling FTC charges that Myspace misrepresented its protection of users’ personal information. The settlement bars Myspace from future misrepresentations about its privacy practices, requires the company to implement a comprehensive privacy program, and calls for regular, independent privacy assessments for the next 20 years."
Report: "Swatting the Long Tail of Digital Media: A Call for Collaboration"
OCLC news release: "This report urges a collaborative approach for conversion of content on various types of digital media. Written by Senior Program Officer Ricky Erway, Swatting the Long Tail of Digital Media: A Call for Collaboration, is intended for managers who are making decisions on where to invest their born-digital time and money. It should help them understand that any expectations that local staff will be able to handle everything are probably impractical. We hope it will also help archivists (and others) in the trenches breathe a sigh of relief to think that perhaps they won’t have to deal with an array of obsolete media all on their own."
Pew - Smartphone Ownership Update: September 2012
Smartphone Ownership Update: September 2012 - by Lee Rainie, September 11, 2012
Two-thirds of young adults and those with higher income are smartphone owners. 66% of those ages 18-29 own smartphones; 68% of those living in households earning $75,000 also own them."
September 09, 2012
Paper - The Perils of Learning and Sharing Everything' from a Criminal Information Sharing Perspective
Sliter, John R., 'Techno-Risk - the Perils of Learning and Sharing Everything' from a Criminal Information Sharing Perspective (September 9, 2012). 30th Symposium on Economic Crime in Cambridge, England on September 5th, 2012. Available at SSRN.
"The author has extensive law enforcement experience and the paper is intended to provoke thought on the use of technology as it pertains to information sharing between the police and the private sector. As the world edges closer and closer to the convergence of man and machine, the human capacity to retrieve information is increasing by leaps and bounds. We are on the verge of knowing everything and anything there is to know...and this means that police will have the capacity to learn everything about everyone with the only restriction being privacy legislation. But it also means that those involved in immoral, unlawful or illegal activity will have that same capacity and with no such restriction...The global community requires a secure and credible system to retrieve and assess all of the information ‘generally available to the public.' A system that will strive to keep ‘Big Brother’ in check and ‘Bad Brother’ out, all the while providing a means of alerting citizens to genuine risks or to dangerous people. Such as system would help diffuse the systemic inaccurate and harmful profiling that is often based on rumours and innuendo. There is an identified public-private partnership opportunity. A chance to work with privacy advocate groups and background checking private companies to define, design and deliver on something that will be of immense benefit to citizens around the globe."
September 05, 2012
FTC Publishes Guide to Help Mobile App Developers Observe Truth-in-Advertising, Privacy Principles
News release: "The Federal Trade Commission has published a guide to help mobile application developers observe truth-in-advertising and basic privacy principles when marketing new mobile apps. The FTC’s new publication, Marketing Your Mobile App: Get It Right from the Start, notes that there are general guidelines that all app developers should consider. They include:
- Tell the Truth About What Your App Can Do.
- Disclose Key Information Clearly and Conspicuously.
- Build Privacy Considerations in From the Start.
- Offer Choices that are Easy to Find and Easy to Use.
- Honor Your Privacy Promises.
- Collect Sensitive Information Only with Consent.
- Keep User Data Secure."
Users increasingly sharing photos over text on social media
eMarketer - Users turn to Instagram, Tumblr and Twitter itself to post pictures. "As the number of Twitter users grows, consumers are using the site to share photos, videos and other links with their followers. eMarketer forecasts that US adult Twitter users will reach 31.8 million in 2013, up 14.9% from the 27.7 million users in 2012. As the base grows, the way consumers use the site and what they share is also changing.In July 2012, website analysis company Diffbot looked at 750,000 links posted to Twitter worldwide and found that 36% were images, 16% were articles and 9% were videos. Additionally, 8% linked to a product, and 7% each linked to a site’s front page, a status update or a page error. Games, location-sharing, recipes and reviews each made up less than 2% of links."
September 04, 2012
A Behavioural Understanding of Privacy and its Implications for Privacy Law
A Behavioural Understanding of Privacy and its Implications for Privacy Law, Kirsty Hughes, University of Cambridge, September 2012. The Modern Law Review, Vol. 75, Issue 5, pp. 806-836, 2012
"This article draws upon social interaction theory (the work of Irwin Altman) to develop a theory of the right to privacy, which reflects the way that privacy is experienced. This theory states that the right to privacy is a right to respect for barriers, and that an invasion of privacy occurs when a privacy barrier is penetrated. The first part of the paper establishes the position of the author's theory in the existing scholarship. The second part of the paper expands upon the theory to explain the nature of privacy barriers and the way that the author's theory manages a number of specific privacy issues, including threats to privacy, attempted invasions of privacy, unforeseeable interferences with privacy and waiving the right to privacy. The final part of the paper demonstrates the impact that this approach to privacy could have upon judicial reasoning, in particular Article 8 European Convention on Human Rights."
Pew - Politics on Social Networking Sites
Politics on Social Networking Sites, by Lee Rainie, Aaron Smith. Sep 4, 2012: "A portion of social networking site users say the sites are important for some of their political activities and the way they decide how to engage with campaigns and issues. At the same time, most users of the sites say they do not use the sites for political purposes or debates. A nationally representative phone survey by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project finds that:
- 36% of social networking site (SNS) users say the sites are “very important” or “somewhat important” to them in keeping up with political news.
- 26% of SNS users say the sites are “very important” or “somewhat important” to them in recruiting people to get involved in political issues that matter to them.
- 25% of SNS users say the sites are “very important” or “somewhat important” to them for debating or discussing political issues with others.
- 25% of SNS users say the sites are “very important” or “somewhat important” to them in finding other people who share their views about important political issues."
Research - Dedicated eReaders to Survive the Media Tablet Onslaught as a Niche Play
ABI Research: "Eleven million eReaders are projected to be shipped globally in 2012. Down from a peak volume in 2011 of 15 million devices, the growing popularity of media tablets along with declining US baby boomer population and lack of organized digital bookstores outside of the US and Western Europe will reduce the eReader opportunity over the next five years. Regardless of the tremendous historical eReader success, the market tides have already begun to turn, says senior mobile devices analyst Joshua Flood. Despite the average tablet selling for more than $465 as a result of Apples dominant market position, tablets are expected to outsell eReaders 9 to 1 this year. Adds Mr. Flood, Nevertheless, the eReader market will not be totally cannibalized by media tablets. We believe there will always be a niche market for the dedicated reading device for voracious readers, business travelers, and educational segments, particularly ones that are low-priced. Over the next five years, annual eReader shipments are projected to drop by a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.1%. In contrast, global media tablet shipments are predicted to increase from approximately 102 million annual device shipments in 2012 to nearly 250 million in 2017."
September 03, 2012
CRS - Promoting Global Internet Freedom: Policy and Technology
Promoting Global Internet Freedom: Policy and Technology. Patricia Moloney Figliola, Specialist in Internet and Telecommunications Policy, August 30, 2012
"Internet freedom can be promoted in two ways, through legislation that mandates or prohibits certain activities, or through industry self regulation. Current legislation under consideration by Congress, the Global Online Freedom Act of 2011 (H.R. 3605), would prohibit or require reporting of the sale of Internet technologies and provision of Internet services to “Internet restricting countries” (as determined by the State Department). Some believe, however, that technology can offer a complementary and, in some cases, better and more easily implemented solution to ensuring Internet freedom. They argue that hardware and Internet services, in and of themselves, are neutral elements of the Internet; it is how they are implemented by various countries that is repressive. Also, Internet services are often tailored for deployment to specific countries; however, such tailoring is done to bring the company in line with the laws of that country, not with the intention of allowing the country to repress and censor its citizenry. In many cases, that tailoring would not raise many questions about free speech and political repression. This report provides information about federal and private sector efforts to promote and support global Internet freedom and a description of Internet freedom legislation and hearings from the 112th Congress. Three appendixes suggest further reading on this topic and describe censorship and circumvention technologies."
September 02, 2012
CRS - Internet Firearm and Ammunition Sales
Internet Firearm and Ammunition Sales. Vivian S. Chu, Legislative Attorney, August 28, 2012
"As the Internet has become a significant venue for facilitating commercial transactions, concerns have arisen regarding the use of this medium to transfer firearms. This report discusses the sale of firearms and ammunition over the Internet, with a focus on the extent to which federal law regulates such activity. A review of the relevant factors indicates Internet-based firearm transactions are subject to the same regulatory scheme governing traditional firearm transactions.
Over the years, this has raised concern about the possibility of increased violation of federal firearm laws, as well as challenges that law enforcement may face when attempting to investigate
violations of these laws. A review of the relevant factors also indicates that the sale and transfer of ammunition are not as strictly regulated as firearms, and that these changes came into effect in 1986. Lastly, this report highlights recent legislative proposals, S. 3458 and H.R. 6241, companion measures introduced by Senator Frank Lautenberg and Representative Carolyn McCarthy in the 112th Congress that would affect online ammunition transactions."
Paper - Measuring the Cost of Cybercrime
Measuring the Cost of Cybercrime. Ross Anderson, Chris Barton, Rainer Bohme, Richard Clayton, Michel J.G. van Eeten Michael Levi, Tyler Moore, Stefan Savage
"In this paper we present what we believe to be the first systematic study of the costs of cybercrime. It was prepared in response to a request from the UK Ministry of Defence following scepticism that previous studies had hyped the problem. For each of the main categories of cybercrime we set out what is and is not known of the direct costs, indirect costs and defence costs - both to the UK and to the world as a whole. We distinguish carefully between traditional crimes that are now `cyber' because they are conducted online (such as tax and welfare fraud); transitional crimes whose modus operandi has changed substantially as a result of the move online (such as credit card fraud); new crimes that owe their existence to the Internet; and what we might call platform crimes such as the provision of botnets which facilitate other crimes rather than being used to extract money from victims directly. As far as direct costs are concerned, we find that traditional offences such as tax and welfare fraud cost the typical citizen in the low hundreds of pounds/Euros/dollars a year; transitional frauds cost a few pounds/Euros/dollars; while the new computer crimes cost in the tens of pence/cents. However, the indirect costs and defence costs are much higher for transitional and new crimes. For the former they may be roughly comparable to what the criminals earn, while for the latter they may be an order of magnitude more. As a striking example, the botnet behind a third of the spam sent in 2010 earned its owners around US$2.7m, while worldwide expenditures on spam prevention probably exceeded a billion dollars. We are extremely inefficient at fighting cybercrime; or to put it another way, cybercrooks are like terrorists or metal thieves in that their activities impose disproportionate costs on society. Some of the reasons for this are well-known: cybercrimes are global and have strong externalities, while traditional crimes such as burglary and car theft are local, and the associated equilibria have emerged after many years of optimisation. As for the more direct question of what should be done, our gures suggest that we should spend less in anticipation of cybercrime (on antivirus, rewalls, etc.) and more in response - that is, on the prosaic business of hunting down cyber-criminals and throwing them in jail."
August 29, 2012
EFF's "Keeping Your Site Alive" guide
News release: "EFF's Keeping Your Site Alive guide includes tips on choosing an appropriate webhost to provide the security and technical assistance needed to weather an attack. The guide also gives advice on how to back up and mirror content so it can be made available elsewhere in case the site is compromised, and includes tutorial videos with background information on the technical concepts involved. Denial of service attacks are an issue for websites across the globe, so EFF's guide is available in many different translations, including Chinese, Russian, Persian, and Arabic."
August 28, 2012
Proposed Model Jury Instructions - The Use of Electronic Technology to Conduct Research on or Communicate about a Case
Proposed Model Jury Instructions - The Use of Electronic Technology to Conduct Research on or Communicate about a Case. Prepared by the Judicial Conference Committee on Court Administration and Case Management, June 2012
"I know that many of you use cell phones, Blackberries, the internet and other tools of technology. You also must not talk to anyone at any time about this case or use these tools to communicate electronically with anyone about the case. This includes your family and friends. You may not communicate with anyone about the case on your cell phone, through e-mail, Blackberry, iPhone, text messaging, or on Twitter, through any blog or website, including Facebook, Google+, My Space, LinkedIn, or YouTube. You may not use any similar technology of social media, even if I have not specifically mentioned it here. I expect you will inform me as soon as you become aware of another juror’s violation of these instructions."
August 23, 2012
FCC Approves Verizon Wireless-SpectrumCo Transaction
News release: "The Federal Communications Commission has concluded its review of the Verizon Wireless-SpectrumCo deal and approved four significant spectrum transfer applications involving Verizon Wireless, subject to a number of binding commitments and conditions. The applications include, among other things, the assignment of AWS-1 licenses held by Cox and SpectrumCo (a joint venture among subsidiaries of Comcast, Time Warner Cable, and Bright House Networks) to Verizon Wireless; a spectrum “swap” between Verizon Wireless and Leap; and Verizon Wireless’s net assignment of AWS-1 licenses to T-Mobile. The full Order further explaining the Commission’s reasoning and the commitments and conditions is available here."
You’ve Got to Walk Before You Can Run: First Steps for Managing Born-Digital Content Received on Physical Media
"This report is geared to those tasked with gaining preliminary control over the digital media in an archives' collections, including those who don’t know where to begin in managing born-digital materials. Written by Senior Program Officer Ricky Erway, You’ve Got to Walk Before You Can Run: First Steps for Managing Born-Digital Content Received on Physical Media errs on the side of simplicity and describes what is truly necessary to start managing born-digital content on physical media. It presents a list of the basic steps without expanding on archival theory or the use of particular software tools. It does not assume that policies are in place or that those performing the tasks are familiar with traditional archival practices, nor does it assume that significant IT support is available. Eighteen well-respected advisors weighed in on the guidance, ensuring that it was not just simple, but authoritative."
August 21, 2012
FCC - Eighth Broadband Progress Report
"The nation has made significant progress expanding high-speed Internet access in recent years, but further implementation of major reforms newly adopted by the Federal Communications Commission is required before broadband will be available to the approximately 19 million Americans who still lack access, according to the FCC’s Eighth Broadband Progress Report. In an era when broadband is essential to innovation, jobs, and global competitiveness, the Report concludes that the FCC – and the nation – must continue to address obstacles impeding universal broadband deployment and availability Congress in Section 706 the Telecommunications Act of 1996 requires the FCC to report annually on whether broadband “is being deployed to all Americans in a reasonable and timely fashion.” The Report chronicles major strides taken by providers and policymakers to accelerate deployment, including: Billions invested by the communications industry in broadband deployment, including next-generation wired and wireless services."
August 18, 2012
Interoperability Case Study: Cloud Computing
Berkman Center for Internet Law: "This case study is part of an ongoing series developed in support of a larger text on interoperability by John Palfrey and Urs Gasser Interop: The Promise and Perils of Highly Interconnected Systems (Basic Books, June 2012). The book is an extension of their 2007 study and paper, Breaking Down Digital Barriers: When and How ICT Interoperability Drives Innovation (Berkman Center Research Publication, 2007). Interop: The Promise and Perils of Highly Interconnected Systems focuses on the relationship between interoperability and innovation in the Information and Communication Technology (ICT) environment and beyond. Palfrey and Gasser seek to sharpen the definition of interoperability and identify its relevance for consumers, companies, governments, and the public by examining its driving forces and inhibitors, while considering how it can best be achieved, and why. You can download this case study at SSRN. See also Urs Gasser's blog post about this publication."
August 15, 2012
The State of the First Amendment: 2012
"The First Amendment Center has supported an annual national survey of American attitudes about the First Amendment since 1997. The State of the First Amendment: 2012 is the 16th survey in this series. This year’s annual survey repeats some of the questions that have been administered since 1997 and includes new questions on the role of religion in the presidential election, attitudes about government’s control of the Internet, and opinions about the use of copyrighted material on the Internet. This report summarizes the findings from the 2012 survey, and where appropriate, depicts how attitudes have changed over time. The first section of this report presents the survey methodology used to conduct the State of the First Amendment research. The second section highlights the key findings from the 2012 project. The final section presents the complete survey results including question wording and trend data."
August 13, 2012
Presentation - Handheld Librarian Online Conference
"Lee Rainie, Director of the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project, will present the latest Project findings to the Handheld Librarian Online Conference about how many people have mobile devices and how they use these devices—for accessing all kinds of content, using apps, social media, and for specialized searches such as for politics, news, and for health information. He will also discuss broader public attitudes about why people like mobile connectivity and how they feel challenged by it."
August 12, 2012
OverDrive, safeguarding classics, the Jane Austen-'Hunger Games' connection, and a few other priorities for the DPLA to ponder
via LLRX.com - OverDrive, safeguarding classics, the Jane Austen-'Hunger Games' connection, and a few other priorities for the DPLA to ponder: David H. Rothman's current commentary on the Harvard-hosted Digital Public Library of America highlights successful components of the project and prospective concepts that would support attaining the goal of a national digital library system.
August 10, 2012
FTC Approves Final Settlement With Facebook
News release: "Following a public comment period, the FTC has accepted as final a settlement with Facebook resolving charges that Facebook deceived consumers by telling them they could keep their information on Facebook private, and then repeatedly allowing it to be shared and made public. The settlement requires Facebook to take several steps to make sure it lives up to its promises in the future, including by giving consumers clear and prominent notice and obtaining their express consent before sharing their information beyond their privacy settings, by maintaining a comprehensive privacy program to protect consumers' information, and by obtaining biennial privacy audits from an independent third party. The settlement requires Facebook to take several steps to make sure it lives up to its promises in the future, including by giving consumers clear and prominent notice and obtaining their express consent before sharing their information beyond their privacy settings, by maintaining a comprehensive privacy program to protect consumers' information, and by obtaining biennial privacy audits from an independent third party."
August 09, 2012
Google Will Pay $22.5 Million to Settle FTC Charges it Misrepresented Privacy Assurances
News release: "Google Inc. has agreed to pay a record $22.5 million civil penalty to settle Federal Trade Commission charges that it misrepresented to users of Apple Inc.’s Safari Internet browser that it would not place tracking “cookies” or serve targeted ads to those users, violating an earlier privacy settlement between the company and the FTC. The settlement is part of the FTC’s ongoing efforts make sure companies live up to the privacy promises they make to consumers, and is the largest penalty the agency has ever obtained for a violation of a Commission order. In addition to the civil penalty, the order also requires Google to disable all the tracking cookies it had said it would not place on consumers’ computers."
Report by General Sentiments - Google is Q2 2012 Top Global Brand
General Sentiment - Q2 2012 Global Brands Report - "Apple, Google and Microsoft have long vied for the top spot in our quarterly Global Brands series. Who pulled ahead this quarter? A new arrival in this quarter's Impact Media Value top ten also placed among the top Perception Media Value winners thanks to further European expansion. The Q2 2012 Global Brands report analyzes the brands that had the most significant impact online in the second quarter of this year."
August 06, 2012
Pew Report - Mobile Phone Problem
Mobile Phone Problems - by Jan Lauren Boyles, Lee Rainie. August 2, 2012
Even though mobile technology often simplifies the completion of everyday tasks, cell phone owners can also encounter technical glitches and unwanted intrusions on their phones. In an April 2012 survey, the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project assessed the prevalence of four problems that cell owners might face:
Dropped phone calls; Unwanted sales or marketing calls; Spam or unwanted text messages (based on cell owners who text); Slow download speeds that prevent things from loading as quickly as you would like them to (based on those who use the internet or email on their cell phone or download apps to their cell phone)
August 04, 2012
Contentious Google Book Scanning Case Approaches Fall Trial Date
Publishers Week news in following Google Book Scanning project postings: "After a round of key filings, two Authors Guild cases challenging Google’s ambitious library book-scanning program are on schedule for early fall trial dates. Final reply briefs were filed July 27 for the Authors Guild v. HathiTrust, with that case now fully briefed and all but set for a November trial in Judge Harold Baer’s courtroom. And in the Authors Guild v. Google case, motions for summary judgment were also filed July 27, with a final round of reply briefs due September 17 and oral arguments set for October 9 before Judge Denny Chin. With the summary judgment motions now in, the question before the courts this time around is refreshingly simple compared to the complex 300-plus–page settlement agreement between the authors, publishers, and Google that was rejected by Judge Denny Chin in March of 2011: digitizing millions of books for preservation and indexing is either authorized by Congress under the Copyright Act’s fair use provision, or it’s not. The Authors Guild holds that the unprecedented mass digitization programs exceed Congress’s stated intentions, while lawyers for Google and the HathiTrust (a coalition of research libraries) argue that the public benefits and transformative nature of the scanning projects easily qualify them as fair use."
August 01, 2012
Report - Continuing Innovation in Information Technology
"Information technology (IT) is widely understood to be the enabling technology of the 21st century. IT has transformed, and continues to transform, all aspects of our lives: commerce and finance, education, employment, energy, health care, manufacturing, government, national security, transportation, communications, entertainment, science, and engineering. IT and its impact on the U.S. economy-both directly (the IT sector itself) and indirectly (other sectors that are powered by advances in IT)-continue to grow in size and importance. In 1995, the National Research Council's Computer Science and Telecommunications Board (CSTB) produced the report Evolving the High Performance Computing and Communications Initiative to Support the Nation's Information Infrastructure. A graphic in that report, often called the "tire tracks" diagram because of its appearance, produced an extraordinary response by clearly linking government investments in academic and industry research to the ultimate creation of new information technology industries with more than $1 billion in annual revenue. Used in presentation to Congress and executive branch decision makers and discussed broadly in the research and innovation policy communities, the tire tracks figure dispelled the assumption that the commercially successful IT industry is self-sufficient, underscoring through long incubation periods of years and even decades. The figure was updated in 2002, 2003, and 2009 reports produced by the CSTB. With the support of the National Science Foundation, CSTB updated the tire tracks figure. Continuing Innovation in Information Technology includes the updated figure and a brief text based in large part on prior CSTB reports."
July 30, 2012
"Amazon" Laws and Taxation of Internet Sales: Constitutional Analysis
CRS - "Amazon" Laws and Taxation of Internet Sales: Constitutional Analysis, Erika K. Lunder - Legislative Attorney; John R. Luckey - Legislative Attorney, July 26, 2012
"As more and more purchases are made over the Internet, states are looking for new ways to collect taxes on these sales. While there is a common misperception that states cannot tax Internet
sales, the reality is that they may impose sales and use taxes on such transactions, even when the retailer is outside of the state. However, if the seller does not have a constitutionally sufficient connection (“nexus”) to the state, then the seller is under no enforceable obligation to collect a use tax. While the purchaser is still generally responsible for paying the use tax, the rate of compliance is low. Recent laws, often called “Amazon” laws in reference to the large Internet retailer, represent fresh attempts by the states to capture taxes on Internet sales. States enacting these laws have used two basic approaches. The first is to impose use tax collection responsibilities on retailers who compensate state residents for placing links on the state residents’ websites to the retailer’s website (i.e., online referrals or “click-throughs”). The other is to require remote sellers to provide sales and tax-related information to the state and/or the in-state customers. New York was the first state to enact click-through legislation, and Colorado was the first to pass a notification law. These laws have received significant publicity, in part due to questions about whether they impermissibly impose duties on remote sellers who do not have a sufficient nexus to the state."
July 29, 2012
IBM - Capitalizing on the smarter consumer
Capitalizing on the smarter consumer, IBM Institute for Business Value, July 2012
- "The consumer is digital. Smarter consumers take technology completely for granted. Nearly half the people we surveyed are eager to use two or more technologies to shop. Younger consumers are particularly keen – and teenage “twitterati” have now escaped the parental leash.
- The household is “virtual.” Many consumers are shopping for a much wider range of family members, as the number of mutigenerational households rises. Thanks to the Internet, consumers can easily shop for adult parents who may or may not live nearby.
- Incomes and shopping attitudes are diverging. Between a fifth and a quarter of all consumers search for sale goods and only buy what they need, no matter how affluent they are or how optimistic they feel about their financial future."
Pew - The Future of Higher Education
The Future of Higher Education, by Janna Anderson, Jan Lauren Boyles, Lee Rainie. July 27, 2012
"For a millennium, universities have been considered the main societal hub for knowledge and learning. And for a millennium, the basic structures of how universities produce and disseminate knowledge and evaluate students have survived intact through the sweeping societal changes created by technology—the moveable-type printing press, the Industrial Revolution, the telegraph, telephone, radio, television, and computers. Today, though, the business of higher education seems to some as susceptible to tech disruption as other information-centric industries such as the news media, magazines and journals, encyclopedias, music, motion pictures, and television. The transmission of knowledge need no longer be tethered to a college campus. The technical affordances of cloud-based computing, digital textbooks, mobile connectivity, high-quality streaming video, and “just-in-time” information gathering have pushed vast amounts of knowledge to the “placeless” Web. This has sparked a robust re-examination of the modern university’s mission and its role within networked society."
July 28, 2012
The social economy: Unlocking value and productivity through social technologies
"While 72 percent of companies use social technologies in some way, very few are anywhere near to achieving the full potential benefit. In fact, the most powerful applications of social technologies in the global economy are largely untapped. Companies will go on developing ways to reach consumers through social technologies and gathering insights for product development, marketing, and customer service. Yet the McKinsey Global Institute (MGI) finds that twice as much potential value lies in using social tools to enhance communications, knowledge sharing, and collaboration within and across enterprises. MGI’s estimates suggest that by fully implementing social technologies, companies have an opportunity to raise the productivity of interaction workers—high-skill knowledge workers, including managers and professionals—by 20 to 25 percent."
July 26, 2012
Pew - The Future of Big Data
Big Data: "Experts say new forms of information analysis will help people be more nimble and adaptive, but worry over humans’ capacity to understand and use these new tools well Tech experts believe the vast quantities of data that humans and machines will be creating by the year 2020 could enhance productivity, improve organizational transparency, and expand the frontier of the “knowable future.” But they worry about “humanity’s dashboard” being in government and corporate hands and they are anxious about people’s ability to analyze it wisely." Janna Quitney Anderson, Elon University
Lee Rainie, Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project
July 20, 2012
See also - Big Data In 2020: More Info, More Problems by Sarah Kessler
Pew - The Rise of the “Connected Viewer”
"Half of all adult cell phone owners now incorporate their mobile devices into their television watching experiences. These “connected viewers” used their cell phones for a wide range of activities during the 30 days preceding our April 2012 survey:
- 38% of cell owners used their phone to keep themselves occupied during commercials or breaks in something they were watching
- 23% used their phone to exchange text messages with someone else who was watching the same program in a different location
- 22% used their phone to check whether something they heard on television was true
- 20% used their phone to visit a website that was mentioned on television
- 11% used their phone to see what other people were saying online about a program they were watching, and 11% posted their own comments online about a program they were watching using their mobile phone
- 6% used their phone to vote for a reality show contestant
A comparison of high-speed Internet prices in 22 cities worldwide
The Cost of Connectivity - A comparison of high-speed Internet prices in 22 cities worldwide, by Hibah Hussain, Danielle Kehl, Benjamin Lennett, Chiehyu Li, Patrick Lucey. New America Foundation, July 19, 2012
"In this study, we compare high-speed Internet offerings in 22 cities around the world by price, download and upload speed, and bundled services. We have included some of the most relevant findings from our research in the report that follows, as well as a discussion of policy recommendations for the U.S. The report includes:
- A comparison of "triple play" offerings that bundle Internet, phone, and television services;
- A survey of the best available Internet plan for approximately $35 USD in each city;
- A comparison of the fastest Internet available in each city.
- Full data set
July 17, 2012
Pew - YouTube & News: A New Kind of Visual News
"News is becoming a major part of what Americans watch on YouTube. In the last 15 months, a third of the most searched terms on the video sharing site were news related. A new study by the Project for Excellence in Journalism explores the character of news on YouTube—what kinds of stories people access, who produced them, who posted them and what it means for the future of visual journalism. See a visual discussion of the findings."
July 16, 2012
Census - Computer and Internet Use at Home: 2010 These tables provide information about computer and Internet use
Computer and Internet Use at Home: 2010
"These tables provide information about computer and Internet use from the Current Population Survey (CPS) School Enrollment and Internet Use Supplement. The tables display national and state level data and examine householder and individual characteristics by school enrollment, age, race, sex and Hispanic origin. Additional tables use data from the Survey of Income and Program Participation (SIPP) to examine how and why people connect to the Internet. The CPS has been collecting data on computers and Internet use periodically since 1984. SIPP data on this subject have been collected since 1998."
Interoperability Case Study: The Bar Code/UPC
Interoperability Case Study: The Bar Code/UPC, Published July 15, 2012 by Matthew Becker. Download from SSRN
"This case study is part of an ongoing series developed in support of a larger text on interoperability by John Palfrey and Urs Gasser Interop: The Promise and Perils of Highly Interconnected Systems (Basic Books, forthcoming, June 2012). The book is an extension of their 2007 study and paper, “Breaking Down Digital Barriers: When and How ICT Interoperability Drives Innovation” (Berkman Center Research Publication, 2007). Interop: The Promise and Perils of Highly Interconnected Systems focuses on the relationship between interoperability and innovation in the Information and Communication Technology (ICT) environment and beyond. Palfrey and Gasser seek to sharpen the definition of interoperability and identify its relevance for consumers, companies, governments, and the public by examining its driving forces and inhibitors, while considering how it can best be achieved, and why. Authored by research assistants at the Berkman Center for Internet & Society in close collaboration with the authors, the series examines real-world examples where interoperability has played or continues to play a decisive role — in ICT and other sectors, including transportation, retail, and energy. Each case explores how forces such as law, policy, technology, economic incentives, and market innovations drive, or in some cases inhibit, interoperability, and what industry stakeholders seek to achieve via interoperability. Some cases explore well-known innovations, such as the bar code and the UPC system, air traffic control, and the QWERTY keyboard layout. Others touch on more recent examples, including efforts to standardize cell phone chargers in the EU, the evolution of electronic data interchange systems, and digital rights management (DRM) systems. The nature of interoperability and its attendant challenges are also explored in less-traditional contexts, including commons-based knowledge creation models, which require large-scale collective efforts, and complex, next-generation models, like the Internet of Things, cloud computing, and the Smart Grid."
July 15, 2012
Competitive Intelligence - A Selective Resource Guide - Completely Updated
Via LLRX.com - Competitive Intelligence - A Selective Resource Guide - Completely Updated - July 2012
Sabrina I. Pacifici's comprehensive current awareness guide focuses on leveraging a selected but wide range of reliable, topical, predominantly free websites and resources. The goal is to support an effective research process to search, discover, access, monitor, analyze and review current and historical data, news, reports and profiles on companies, markets, countries, people and issues, from a national and a global perspective. Sabrina's guide is a "best of the Web" resource that encompasses search engines, portals, databases, alerts, data archives, publisher specific services and applications. All of her recommendations are accompanied by links to trusted content targeted sources that are produced by top media and publishing companies, business, government, academia and NGOs.
The Air Force Guide to Effective Social Media Use
Navigating the Social Network - The Air Force Guide to Effective Social Media, March 2012
With the emergence of social media, information sharing continues to be dynamic and evolving. Social media is a global cultural phenomenon, and for many Americans it has become such a part of their daily activities they can’t imagine living without Facebook or Twitter. According to comScore, a digital measurement company, one out of every six minutes spent online is on a social network, and 73 percent of the U.S. Internet population visits Facebook each month. Social media is not only a great avenue for staying connected with family and friends; it is also a great tool for sharing the overall Air Force story and the stories of our Airmen. The Air Force Public Affairs Agency created this guide to help all Airmen safely and wisely use social media. This guide provides simple, easy-to-follow tips to help you use social media tools in your professional and personal life. This guide is for informational purposes only and does not replace official Air Force instructions."
July 13, 2012
Pew - Family Caregivers Online
Family Caregivers Online by Susannah Fox, Joanna Brenner, July 12, 2012: "Thirty percent of U.S. adults help a loved one with personal needs or household chores, managing finances, arranging for outside services, or visiting regularly to see how they are doing. Most are caring for an adult, such as a parent or spouse, but a small group cares for a child living with a disability or long-term health issue. The population breaks down as follows:
- 24% of U.S. adults care for an adult
- 3% of U.S. adults care for a child with significant health issues
- 3% of U.S. adults care for both an adult and a child
- 70% of U.S. adults do not currently provide care to a loved one"
July 11, 2012
New GAO Reports - Information Technology Reform , Ryan White Care Act
- Information Technology Reform - Progress Made but Future Cloud Computing Efforts Should be Better Planned, GAO-12-756, Jul 11, 2012: "As part of a comprehensive effort to increase the operational efficiency of federal technology assets, federal agencies are shifting how they deploy IT services. OMB issued a “Cloud First” policy in December 2010 that requires federal agencies to implement cloud-based solutions whenever a secure, reliable, and cost-effective cloud option exists; and to migrate three technology services to a cloud solution by June 2012. Cloud computing provides on-demand access to a shared pool of computing resources; can be provisioned on a scalable basis; and reportedly has the potential to deliver services faster, more efficiently, and at a lower cost than custom-developed systems."
- Ryan White Care Act - Improvements Needed in Oversight of Grantees, GAO-12-610, June 11, 2012
Pew - Teens 2012: Truth, Trends, and Myths About Teen Online Behavior
Teens 2012: Truth, Trends, and Myths About Teen Online Behavior, by Kristen Purcell, July 11, 2012. "Pew Internet's newest data on how teens use the internet, mobile phones, social media and social networking sites, as well as teen communication preferences and online information consumption."
46% of US adults now own Smartphones, up from 35% in Spring 2011.
Highest rates among: 18-24 year-olds (67%) 25-34 year-olds (71%); 23% of teens age 12-17 have a smartphone. 31% of 14-17 year-olds have a smartphone, compared with just 8% of 12-13 year-olds
Department of Defense Cloud Computing Strategy
Department of Defense, Chief Information Officer, Cloud Computing Strategy, July 2012
"The DoD Enterprise Cloud Environment is a key component to enable the Department to achieve JIE [Joint Information Environment] goals. The DoD Cloud Computing Strategy introduces an approach to move the Department from the current state of a duplicative, cumbersome, and costly set of application silos to an end state which is an agile, secure, and cost effective service environment that can rapidly respond to changing mission needs. The DoD Chief Information Officer (CIO) is committed to accelerating the adoption of cloud computing within the Department and to providing a secure, resilient Enterprise Cloud Environment through an alignment with Department‐wide IT efficiency initiatives, federal data center consolidation and cloud computing efforts. Detailed cloud computing implementation planning has been ongoing and informs the JIE projected plan of actions and milestones in Capabilities Engineering, Operation and Governance efforts."
"DoD Cloud Computing Goal - Implement cloud computing as the means to deliver the most innovative, efficient, and secure information and IT services in support of the Department’s mission, anywhere, anytime, on any authorized device."
Commentaryy - Reforming Copyright Is Possible
Reforming Copyright Is Possible - And it's the only way to create a national digital library, by Pamela Samuelson
"The failure of the Google Book settlement, however, has not killed the dream of a comprehensive digital library accessible to the public. Indeed, it has inspired an alternative that would avoid the risks of monopoly control. A coalition of nonprofit libraries, archives, and universities has formed to create a Digital Public Library of America, which is scheduled to launch its services in April 2013. The San Francisco Public Library recently sponsored a second major planning session for the DPLA, which drew 400 participants. Major foundations, as well as private donors, are providing financial support. The DPLA aims to be a portal through which the public can access vast stores of knowledge online. Free, forever."
See also David H. Rothman's commentaries on the DPLA via LLRX.com
July 09, 2012
Treasury Department Prepares to Launch Internet Payment Platform
Federal Register Volume 77, Number 131 (Monday, July 9, 2012), "On July 5, 2011, the Treasury Department announced that it will implement the Internet Payment Platform (IPP) no later than the end of fiscal year 2012; with all new payment requests in FY2013 processed using the IPP. The Internet Payment Platform (IPP) is a secure Web-based electronic invoicing and payment system that processes vendor payment data electronically, either through a Web-based portal or electronic submission, and automates the routing and approval workflow within an agency. The IPP is provided by the Department of the Treasury's Financial Management Service through its fiscal agent, the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston at no cost to vendors or government departments and agencies adopting the platform. The IPP benefits agencies by eliminating the need to file and store paper payment documentation; reducing the time of agency personnel researching and answering payment status questions by providing vendor and department-wide visibility into contract payments."
EPIC: Law Enforcement Requests to Wireless Carriers Topped 1.3 Million in 2011
"In response to recent letters from Congressman Ed Markey (D-MA), nine mobile wireless carriers have provided detailed reports of law enforcement requests for user cell phone records. These requests come from agencies - across all levels of government - seeking text messages, caller locations, and other information in the course of investigations. The reports show that companies turn over thousands of records a day in response to subpoenas, court orders, police emergencies, and other requests. The volume of requests has increased as much as 16 percent for some companies over the last five years, and some carriers have rejected as many as 15 percent of all requests that they found legally questionable or unjustified. EPIC recently filed amicus briefs in the Fifth Circuit and New Jersey Supreme Court arguing that disclosure of historical and real-time cell phone location information violates a reasonable expectation of privacy and thus requires a warrant under the Fourth Amendment. For more information, see EPIC: In re Historic Cell-Site Location Information, EPIC: State v. Earls."
See also ACLU's Mobile Phone Surveillance by the Numbers
Interoperability Case Study: The Smart Grid
Interoperability Case Study: The Smart Grid, by Paul Kominers (download from SSRN)
"This case study is part of an ongoing series developed in support of a larger text on interoperability by John Palfrey and Urs Gasser Interop: The Promise and Perils of Highly Interconnected Systems (Basic Books, June 2012). The book is an extension of their 2007 study and paper, Breaking Down Digital Barriers: When and How ICT Interoperability Drives Innovation (Berkman Center Research Publication, 2007). Interop: The Promise and Perils of Highly Interconnected Systems focuses on the relationship between interoperability and innovation in the Information and Communication Technology (ICT) environment and beyond. Palfrey and Gasser seek to sharpen the definition of interoperability and identify its relevance for consumers, companies, governments, and the public by examining its driving forces and inhibitors, while considering how it can best be achieved, and why."
July 08, 2012
New on LLRX.com - ChatterBots Resources on the Internet
Via LLRX.com - ChatterBots Resources on the Internet - Marcus P. Zillman's guide is a comprehensive listing of resources on increasingly popular computer projects and programs used to simulate human conversation using "intelligent" agents and text based applications, called chatterbots.
HP - Privacy, Security and Trust in Cloud Computing
Privacy, Security and Trust in Cloud Computing, by Siani Pearson, HP Laboratories, HPL-2012-80R1, June 28, 2012
"Cloud computing refers to the underlying infrastructure for an emerging model of service provision that has the advantage of reducing cost by sharing computing and storage resources, combined with an on-demand provisioning mechanism relying on a pay- per-use business model. These new features have a direct impact on information technology (IT) budgeting but also affect traditional security, trust and privacy mechanisms. The advantages of cloud computing - its ability to scale rapidly, store data remotely, and share services in a dynamic environment - can become disadvantages in maintaining a level of assurance sufficient to sustain confidence in potential customers. Some core traditional mechanisms for addressing privacy (such as model contracts) are no longer flexible or dynamic enough, so new approaches need to be developed to fit this new paradigm. In this chapter we assess how security, trust and privacy issues occur in the context of cloud computing and discuss ways in which they may be addressed."
Paper - The top ten similarities between playing hockey and building a better Internet
The top ten similarities between playing hockey and building a better Internet, Martin Arlitt, HP Laboratories, HPL-2012-1
"Time tends to pass more quickly than we would like. Sometimes it is helpful to reflect on what you have accomplished, and to derive what you have learned from the experiences. These "lessons learned" may then be leveraged by yourself or others in the future. Occasionally, an external event will motivate this self reflection. For me, it was the 50th anniversary reunion of the St. Walburg Eagles, held in July 2011. The Eagles are a full-contact (ice) hockey team I played with between 1988 and 1996, while attending university. What would I tell my friends and former teammates that I had been doing for the past 15 years? After some thought, I realized that my time as an Eagle had prepared me for a research career, in ways I would never have imagined. This article shares some of these similarities, to motivate others to reflect on their own careers and achievements, and perhaps make proactive changes as a result."
July 06, 2012
France discontinues groundbreaking pre-web telecom service
"France’s Minitel service ended its 34-year run on June 30, 2012. Introduced in the pre-World Wide Web age, the Minitel presaged many services that eventually were delivered via the Internet including online banking, travel reservations... At the height of its popularity in the 1990s, there were nine million terminals in use in France, serving roughly 25 million people (the population of France, at that time, was 60 million). As the service was shut down today, France Télécom estimated that there were still 600,000 in use. The Minitel put France at the forefront of telecommunications when it was rolled out nationwide in the early 1980s (it started out as a trial in Brittany in 1978)...In the 1990s, there were as many as 26,000 different services available including chat, information services for news, weather, sports, and stocks, online commerce, telephone directory search, university applications, access to government information, and e-mail. Companies included “36 15” numerals in advertisements and the prefix had a similar meaning to the dot-com suffix today."
July 03, 2012
Twitter Transparency Report
"Wednesday marks Independence Day here in the United States. Beyond the fireworks and barbecue, July 4th serves as an important reminder of the need to hold governments accountable, especially on behalf of those who may not have a chance to do so themselves. With that in mind, today we’re unveiling our first Twitter Transparency Report. Inspired by the great work done by our peers @Google, the primary goal of this report is to shed more light on: government requests received for user information, government requests received to withhold content, and DMCA takedown notices received from copyright holders. The report also provides insight into whether or not we take action on these requests. One of our goals is to grow Twitter in a way that makes us proud. This ideal informs many of our policies and guides us in making difficult decisions. One example is our long-standing policy to proactively notify users of requests for their account information unless we’re prohibited by law; another example is transmitting DMCA takedown notices and requests to withhold content to Chilling Effects. These policies help inform people, increase awareness and hold all involved parties––including ourselves––more accountable; the release of our first Transparency Report aims to further these ambitions."
July 01, 2012
Pew - The Future of Smart Systems
The Future of Smart Systems, by Janna Anderson, Lee Rainie. June 29, 2012
"By 2020, experts think tech-enhanced homes, appliances, and utilities will spread, but many of the analysts believe we still won’t likely be living in the long-envisioned ‘Homes of the Future.’ Hundreds of tech analysts foresee a future with “smart” devices and environments that make people’s lives more efficient. But they also note that current evidence about the uptake of smart systems is that the costs and necessary infrastructure changes to make it all work are daunting. And they add that people find comfort in the familiar, simple, “dumb” systems to which they are accustomed. Some 1,021 Internet experts, researchers, observers, and critics were asked about the “home of the future” in an online, opt-in survey. The result was a fairly even split between those who agreed that energy- and money-saving “smart systems” will be significantly closer to reality in people’s homes by 2020 and those who said such homes will still remain a marketing mirage."
June 28, 2012
UK Info Commissioner: Cookies - advice for members of the public
"What are cookies? - A cookie is a small file of letters and numbers that is downloaded on to your computer when you visit a website. Cookies are used by many websites and can do a number of things eg remembering your preferences, recording what you have put in your shopping basket, and counting the number of people looking at a website. The rules on cookies are covered by the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations. The Regulations also cover similar technologies for storing information, eg Flash cookies. The Regulations were revised in 2011, and the ICO is responsible for enforcing these new rules...Where to find information about controlling cookies:
June 25, 2012
Pew - Older adults and internet use
Older adults and internet use, by Kathryn Zickuhr, Mary Madden. June 6, 2012
"As of April 2012, 53% of American adults age 65 and older use the internet or email. Though these adults are still less likely than all other age groups to use the internet, the latest data represent the first time that half of seniors are going online. After several years of very little growth among this group, these gains are significant. As of February 2012, one third (34%) of internet users age 65 and older use social networking sites such as Facebook, and 18% do so on a typical day. By comparison, email use continues to be the bedrock of online communications for seniors. As of August 2011, 86% of internet users age 65 and older use email, with 48% doing so on a typical day. Looking at gadget ownership, we find that a growing share of seniors own a cell phone. Some 69% of adults ages 65 and older report that they have a mobile phone, up from 57% in May 2010. Even among those currently age 76 and older, 56% report owning a cell phone of some kind, up from 47% of this generation in 2010."
June 16, 2012
US Ignite Launches to Catalyze the Next Generation of Internet Applications
"US Ignite is an initiative to promote US leadership in developing applications and services for ultra-fast broadband and software-defined networks. It will foster the creation of novel applications and digital experiences that will transform healthcare, education and job skills training, public safety, energy, and advanced manufacturing. By serving as a coordinator and incubator of this ecosystem, US Ignite will accelerate the adoption of next-generation networks. US Ignite’s mission is threefold:
- Spur the development of next-generation applications and digital experiences specifically designed for advanced-technology networks
- Maximize the potential of the GENI project’s national testbed network, a platform initially connecting 14 campuses and 6 cities providing symmetrical speeds of at least 100 Mbps
- Establish the US Ignite Partnership, a non-profit, public-private organization, to ensure new applications offer high-impact public benefit and/or high potential for commercialization
- With support from the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy, the National Science Foundation, and the GENI Program Office, the US Ignite Initiative will leverage the combined resources of government, research institutions, foundations, and industry to foster an innovation ecosystem for gigabit application and service development."
June 15, 2012
UK Mail reports Google and Apple deploying advanced satellite surveillance
Mail Online: "Spy planes able to photograph sunbathers in their back gardens are being deployed by Google and Apple. The U.S. technology giants are racing to produce aerial maps so detailed they can show up objects just four inches wide. But campaigners say the technology is a sinister development that brings the surveillance society a step closer. Google admits it has already sent planes over cities while Apple has acquired a firm using spy-in-the-sky technology that has been tested on at least 20 locations, including London. Apple’s military-grade cameras are understood to be so powerful they could potentially see into homes through skylights and windows. The technology is similar to that used by intelligence agencies in identifying terrorist targets in Afghanistan."
EFF - How to Turn on Do Not Track in Your Browser
"In recent years, online tracking companies have begun to monitor our clicks, searches and reading habits as we move around the Internet. If you are concerned about pervasive online web tracking by behavioral advertisers, then you may want to enable Do Not Track on your web browser. Do Not Track is unique in that it combines both technology (a signal transmitted from a user) as well as a policy framework for how companies that receive the signal should respond. As more and more websites respect the Do Not Track signal from your browser, it becomes a more effective tool for protecting your privacy. EFF is working with privacy advocates and industry representatives through the W3C Tracking Protection Working Group to define standards for how websites that receive the Do Not Track signal ought to response in order to best respect consumer's choices. The following tutorial walks you through the enabling Do Not Track in the four most popular browsers: Safari, Internet Explorer 9, Firefox, and Chrome."
June 13, 2012
Patent Granted to License Textbook Content Shared on Web-based Systems
Ars Technica: "In a newly approved patent, an economics professor hopes to bring to the academic publishing world what seems to be forthcoming in the video game industry—new restrictions that would seemingly eliminate a secondary market for digital goods and prevent legal borrowing. Last week, the 2006 patent for a “Web-based system and method to capture and distribute royalties for access to copyrighted academic texts by preventing unauthorized access to discussion boards associated with copyrighted academic works” was approved by the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The patent was granted to Joseph Henry Vogel, a professor at the University of Puerto Rico-Río Piedras."
June 12, 2012
EPIC - FCC Issues Stronger Telemarketing Rules to Protect Consumers
EPIC: "The Federal Communications Commission's final rule amending the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (TCPA) regulations is now in effect. The rule requires "(1)prior express written consent for all autodialed or prerecorded telemarketing calls to wireless numbers and residential lines; (2) allow[s] consumers to opt out of future robocalls during a robocall; (3) limit[s] permissible abandoned calls on a per-calling campaign basis, in order to discourage intrusive calling campaigns; and (4) exempts prerecorded calls to residential lines made by health care-related entities governed by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996." EPIC has previously urged the Commission to require express consumer consent for telemarketing calls and to protect wireless subscribers from telemarketing. For more information, see EPIC: Telemarketing and the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA)."
June 11, 2012
Report - "When the Government Comes Knocking, Who Has Your Back?"
When the Government Comes Knocking, Who Has Your Back?
"When you use the Internet, you entrust your online conversations, thoughts, experiences, locations, photos, and more to companies like Google, AT&T and Facebook. But what happens when the government demands that these companies to hand over your private information? Will the company stand with you? Will it tell you that the government is looking for your data so that you can take steps to protect yourself? The Electronic Frontier Foundation examined the policies of 18 major Internet companies — including email providers, ISPs, cloud storage providers, and social networking sites — to assess whether they publicly commit to standing with users when the government seeks access to user data. We looked at their terms of service, privacy policies, and published law enforcement guides, if any. We also examined their track record of fighting for user privacy in the courts and whether they’re members of the Digital Due Process coalition, which works to improve outdated communications law. Finally, we contacted each of the companies with our conclusions and gave them an opportunity to respond and provide us evidence of improved policies and practices. These categories are not the only ways that a company can stand up for users, of course, but they are important and publicly verifiable."
June 10, 2012
Update on cybertheft of 6.5 million LinkedIn Password
Follow up to June 6, 2012 posting, LinkedIn Member Passwords Compromised, this update via the LinkedIn Blog: An Update On Taking Steps To Protect Our Members, June 9, 2012: "...In this post, we want to address questions we’ve been receiving and share what we’ve learned so far about the incident, how we’ve responded, and what we’re doing to protect our members going forward. First, it’s important to know that compromised passwords were not published with corresponding email logins. At the time they were initially published, the vast majority of those passwords remained hashed, i.e. encoded, but unfortunately a subset of the passwords was decoded. Again, we are not aware of any member information being published at any time in connection with the list of stolen passwords. The only information published was the passwords themselves."
June 09, 2012
American Banker - New Technology Emerges to Archive Web Pages
New Technology Emerges to Archive Web Pages by John Adams
"Smarsh's web archiving captures a web site's individual pages, and the content of those pages, in the original format. That provides a record to what was published online at any point in time. Archived web pages are rendered with the original design and experience. The interactive elements are still functional and the links between pages are preserved. That includes full websites, blogs, wikis, RSS feeds, audio and video files, as well as interactive elements such as YouTube Videos, slideshows, Javascript and Flash content. Each file is time-stamped and stored in Smarsh's data centers. Smarsh says the data centers are geographically diverse and SAS 70 Type II audited."
June 06, 2012
Acting General Counsel releases report on employer social media policies
News release: "NLRB Acting General Counsel Lafe Solomon today issued a third report on social media cases brought to the agency, this time focusing exclusively on policies governing the use of social media by employees. The Operations Management Memo details seven cases involving such policies. In six cases, the General Counsel’s office found some provisions of the employer’s social media policy to be lawful. In the seventh case, the entire policy was found to be lawful. Provisions are found to be unlawful when they interfere with the rights of employees under the National Labor Relations Act, such as the right to discuss wages and working conditions with co-workers. “I hope that this report, with its specific examples of various employer policies and rules, will provide additional guidance in this area,” Mr. Solomon said in releasing the memo. Two previous memos on social media cases, which involved discharges based on Facebook posts, issued in January 2012 and in August 2011."
June 05, 2012
2012 RJI Mobile Media News Consumption Survey
Donald W. Reynolds Journalism Institute at the University of Missouri - Mobile Media News Consumption Survey Executive Summary: Who uses mobile media devices?: "According to our findings, two-thirds of U.S. adults used at least one mobile media device in their daily lives during the first quarter of 2012. Smartphones and large media tablets are now the preferred mobile media devices. In the two years since Apple defined the large media tablet market with its iPad, nearly a third of all adult mobile device owners in the U.S. said they are using one. For news organizations and advertisers, users of these devices, especially those who own large media tablets, have appealing demographic profiles. They tend to be relatively affluent, well-educated and avid news consumers."
Presentation: Teens, Kindness and Cruelty on Social Network Sites
Presentation: Teens, Kindness and Cruelty on Social Network Sites by Amanda Lenhart, Pew Research Center, Youth Working Group, June 5, 2012. "Amanda spoke about how teens use technology and about youth social and emotional experiences in social media spaces."
June 02, 2012
FCC - Open Internet Advisory Committee Members Announced
"By this Public Notice, FCC Chairman Julius Genachowski announces the composition of the Open Internet Advisory Committee (OIAC). The OIAC’s members include representatives from community organizations, equipment manufacturers, content and application providers, venture capital firms, startups, Internet service providers, and Internet governance organizations, as well as professors in law, computer science, and economics. The OIAC is a Federal Advisory Committee. Called for by the Commission in the Open Internet Order, its mission is to track and evaluate the effects of the FCC’s Open Internet rules, and to provide any recommendations it deems appropriate to the FCC regarding policies and practices related to preserving the open Internet. The OIAC will observe market developments regarding the freedom and openness of the Internet and will focus in particular on issues addressed in the FCC’s Open Internet rules, such as transparency, reasonable network management practices, differences in treatment of fixed and mobile broadband services, specialized services, and technical standards."
June 01, 2012
Public Networks for Public Safety: A Workshop on the Present and Future of Mesh Networking
"The Berkman Center for Internet & Society is pleased to present this briefing document, which was developed as part of our March 30th, 2012, workshop on "Public Networks for Public Safety: A Workshop on the Present and Future of Mesh Networking.” This workshop provided a starting point for conversation about whether mesh networks could be adopted within consumer technologies to enhance public safety communications and empower and connect the public while simultaneously improving public safety. Participants in this initial convening, detailed on page 33 of the briefing document, included members of government agencies, academia, the telecommunications industry, and civil society organizations; their helpful inputs were integral to the final version of this document...the paper also synthesizes several strains of workshop discussion that probed big picture framing concerns that could inform the present and future of mesh. Specifically, it puts forth two related but distinct models for mesh: mesh in a technical sense and mesh as a metaphor or social layer construct, with a particular emphasis on the need for further conceptual development with regard to “social mesh.” The final section emphasizes key take-aways from the event, highlighting core principles and best practices that might both provide a theoretical underpinning for the future conceptual development of mesh networking technologies and social mesh models, respectively, and inform the real-world development of communications systems that involve either definition of mesh."
May 28, 2012
DHS National Operations Center Media Monitoring Capability Desktop Reference Binder 2011
Via EPIC FOIA release, Analyst’s Desktop Binder 2011 Redacted, Department of Homeland Security National Operations Center Media Monitoring Capability, Desktop Reference Binder.
"MMC [media monitoring capability] coverage focuses primarily on providing information on incidents of national significance, which are usually defined as catastrophic events that result in wide-scale damage or disruption to the nation’s critical infrastructure, key assets, or the Nation’s health; and require a coordinated and effective response by Federal, State, and Local entities. For the most part, coverage of international incidents is limited to that of terrorist activities and infectious diseases that impact a wide population of humans or animal stock, such as mad cow disease or H5N1, and catastrophic weather events around the globe (Category 5 Hurricanes, Tsunami, and Large Magnitude Earthquakes). An Item of Interest (IOI) is generated whenever an MMC search or alert produces information about an emergent incident that should be brought to the attention of the NOC [National Operations Center]."
Related - UK Mail Online - "The Department of Homeland Security has been forced to release a list of keywords and phrases it uses to monitor social networking sites and online media for signs of terrorist or other threats against the U.S."
May 27, 2012
Total cost of ownership of open source software: a report for the UK Cabinet Office
"The Cabinet Office and London School of Economics (LSE) have published research into the Total Cost of Ownership of Open Source Software, by Maha Shaikh and Tony Cornford, Version 8.5 Final, November 2011, Unclassified. The report has beejointly financed by the Cabinet Office and OpenForum Academy, together with some of its supporters, including Alfresco, Deloitte, IBM and Red Hat."
FTC Testifies on Efforts to Protect Consumer Privacy
News release: "The Federal Trade Commission testified before Congress about the agency’s efforts to protect consumer privacy, including the FTC’s support for implementation of a “Do Not Track” mechanism that would allow consumers to control the tracking of their online activities across websites, and other approaches recommended in its recent privacy report. In delivering Commission testimony before the Senate Committee on Commerce, Science and Transportation, FTC Chairman Jon Leibowitz said the current time is a “critical juncture” for consumer privacy, and described the FTC’s recent privacy report, including its call for final implementation of a Do Not Track mechanism. The testimony notes that the Commission recommends Congress consider enacting general privacy legislation, and that it enact data security and breach notification legislation and targeted legislation to address data brokers."
May 24, 2012
Disappearing Phone Booths - Privacy in the Digital Age
Disappearing Phone Booths - Privacy in the Digital Age, by Erica Newland, May 2012
"I will...explain why the confluence of at least four circumstances – (1) digital ubiquity, (2) the increasing number of parties that take part in our daily transactions, (3) the commodification and monetization of data, (4) and woefully out-of-date privacy laws – creates something of a perfect storm, leaving us as a nation poorly equipped, in our present state, to preserve any measure of a right to privacy. That is to say, I will be arguing that technology and policy both play powerful roles in framing what is possible and how we live our lives, and that changes in technology must be accompanied by changes to policy."
New Paper - Unveiling the Revolutionaries: Cyberactivism and Women's Role in the Arab Uprisings
"Over the course of 2011's momentous Arab Spring uprisings, young women in Egypt, Tunisia, Libya, Bahrain and Yemen used social media and cyberactivism to carve out central roles in the revolutionary struggles under way in their countries, according to a new study commissioned by Rice University’s Baker Institute for Public Policy. The study, Unveiling the Revolutionaries: Cyberactivism and Women’s Role in the Arab Uprisings [May 17, 2012], explores the activism of several key figures, including Egypt's Esraa Abdel Fattah, who became widely known as “Facebook girl,” as well Libya's Danya Bashir, Bahrain’s Zeinab and Maryam al-Khawaja and Tunisia's Lina Ben Mhenni, who became known as the uprising’s “Twitterati,” dubbed by influential media and pundits as “must-follows.” The paper was written by Courtney Radsch, a doctoral candidate in international relations at American University and an internationally recognized expert on social media, citizen journalism and activism in the Middle East."
May 23, 2012
Broken Promises of Privacy: Responding to the Surprising Failure of Anonymization
Ohm, Paul, Broken Promises of Privacy: Responding to the Surprising Failure of Anonymization (August 13, 2009). UCLA Law Review, Vol. 57, p. 1701, 2010; U of Colorado Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 9-12. Available at SSRN
"Computer scientists have recently undermined our faith in the privacy-protecting power of anonymization, the name for techniques for protecting the privacy of individuals in large databases by deleting information like names and social security numbers. These scientists have demonstrated they can often 'reidentify' or 'deanonymize' individuals hidden in anonymized data with astonishing ease. By understanding this research, we will realize we have made a mistake, labored beneath a fundamental misunderstanding, which has assured us much less privacy than we have assumed. This mistake pervades nearly every information privacy law, regulation, and debate, yet regulators and legal scholars have paid it scant attention. We must respond to the surprising failure of anonymization, and this Article provides the tools to do so."
May 11, 2012
Pew - Three-quarters of smartphone owners use location-based services
Mobile, Social Networking Three-quarters of smartphone owners use location-based services, by Kathryn Zickuhr, May 11, 2012
"A new report finds that 74% of smartphone owners use their phone to get real-time location-based information, and 18% use a geosocial service to “check in” to certain locations or share their location with friends. Over the past year, smartphone ownership among American adults has risen from 35% of adults in 2011 to 46% in 2012. This means that the overall proportion of U.S. adults who get location-based information has almost doubled over that time period, from 23% in May 2011 to 41% in February 2012. The percentage of adults who use geosocial services like Foursquare has likewise risen from 4% in 2011 to 10% in 2012."
May 09, 2012
Google - First Amendment Protection for Search Engine Results
Google - First Amendment Protection for Search Engine Results, April 20, 2012. Eugene Volokh and Donald M. Falk [This White Paper was commissioned by Google, but the views within it should not necessarily be ascribed to Google.]
"...search engines produce and deliver their speech through a different technology than that traditionally used for newspapers and books. The information has become much easier for readers to access, much more customized to the user’s interests, and much easier for readers to act on. The speech is thus now even more valuable to customers than it was before. But the freedom to distribute, select, and arrange such speech remains the same."
May 08, 2012
Inclusive Social Media Project: Participatory Evaluation
E-Democracy.org: "Our 2010-11 Inclusive Social Media pilot funded by the Ford Foundation built a foundation for taking our inclusive online engagement work to the next stage. “Knowing” what we are experiencing requires a reflective evaluation. Today, we are sharing the executive summary from our “participatory evaluation” and publishing the entire 60 page review (PDF).
May 07, 2012
Pew - Just-in-time Information through Mobile Connections
Just-in-time Information through Mobile Connections by Lee Rainie, Susannah Fox, May 7, 2012
"The rapid adoption of cell phones and, especially, the spread of internet-connected smartphones are changing people’s communications with others and their relationships with information. Users’ ability to access data immediately through apps and web browsers and through contact with their social networks is creating a new culture of real-time information seekers and problem solvers. The Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project has documented some of the ways that people perform just-in-time services with their cell phones. A new nationally representative survey by the Pew Internet Project has found additional evidence of this just-in-time phenomenon. Some 70% of all cell phone owners and 86% of smartphone owners have used their phones in the previous 30 days to perform at least one of the following activities: Coordinate a meeting or get-together; Solve an unexpected problem that they or someone else had encountered; Decide whether to visit a business, such as a restaurant; Find information to help settle an argument they were having; Look up a score of a sporting event -- 23% have used their phone to do that in the past 30 days; Get up-to-the-minute traffic or public transit information to find the fastest way to get somewhere; Get help in an emergency situation."
May 06, 2012
UK Guardian - Open access scientific publishing - Wikipedia founder to help in government's research scheme
Academic spring campaign aims to make all taxpayer-funded academic research available for free online: "The government has drafted in the Wikipedia founder Jimmy Wales to help make all taxpayer-funded academic research in Britain available online to anyone who wants to read or use it. The initiative, which has the backing of No 10 and should be up and running in two years, will be announced by the universities and science minister, David Willetts, in a speech to the Publishers Association on Wednesday. The move will embolden what has been dubbed the "academic spring" – a growing campaign among academics and research funders for open access in academic publishing. They want to unlock the results of research from behind the lucrative paywalls of journals controlled by publishing companies. Almost 11,000 researchers have signed up to a boycott of journals owned by the huge academic publisher Elsevier. Subscriptions to the thousands of research journals can cost a big university library millions of pounds each year – costs that have started to bite as budgets are squeezed. Harvard University, frustrated by the rising costs of journal subscriptions, recently encouraged its faculty members to make their research freely available through open access journals and to resign from publications that keep articles behind paywalls."
See also The Cost of Knowledge - 11212 Researchers Taking a Stand - see the list, updated regularly.
NSA: New Smartphones and the Risk Picture
NSA Fact Sheet, April 2012: Mobile phone platforms are susceptible to malicious attacks, both from the network and upon physical compromise. Understanding the vectors of such attacks, level of expertise required to carry them out, available mitigations, and impact of compromise provides a background for certain risk decisions. In general, comparing risks introduced by the new generation of mobile devices to those of traditional, widely-deployed desktop systems provides insight into how the risks to DoD networks are changing. Due to the larger cultural and technological shift to mobile devices, this may be more relevant than comparison of different smartphone brands."
May 05, 2012
Online Catalogs: What Users and Librarians Want
Online Catalogs: What Users and Librarians Want - An OCLC Report: "In 2008, OCLC conducted focus groups, administered a pop-up survey on WorldCat.org (OCLC’s freely available end user interface on the Web) and conducted a Web-based survey of librarians worldwide. The Online Catalogs report presents findings from these research efforts. The findings indicate, among other things, that although library catalogs are often thought of as discovery tools, the catalog’s delivery-related information is just as important to end users. In addition, the report presents findings on:
- The metadata elements that are most important to end users in determining if an item will meet his or her needs
- The enhancements end users would like to see made in online library catalogs to assist them in consistently identifying appropriate materials
- The enhancements librarians would recommend for online library catalogs to better assist them in their work."
April 29, 2012
New on LLRX - A Technical Examination of SOPA and PIPA
Via LLRX.com - A Technical Examination of SOPA and PIPA - The Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA) and Protect IP Act (PIPA) are the subject of this Infographic, by Spencer Belkofer, Lumin Consulting. See also his related Infographic on the Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act (CISPA).
comScore: Kindle Fire Captures more than Half of Android Tablet Market
News release: "The Kindle Fire, introduced to the market in November 2011, has seen rapid adoption among buyers of tablets. Within the Android tablet market, Kindle Fire has almost doubled its share in the past two months from 29.4 percent share in December 2011 to 54.4 percent share in February 2012, already establishing itself as the leading Android tablet by a wide margin. Samsung’s Galaxy Tab family followed with a market share of 15.4 percent in February, followed by the Motorola Xoom with 7.0 percent share. The Asus Transformer and Toshiba AT100 rounded out the top five with 6.3 percent and 5.7 percent market share, respectively."
Infographic - The Eye-Opening Effects of Staring at Your Screen
The Eye-Opening Effects of Staring at Your Screen by JuJu Kim. "It’s no secret that we spend more than six hours a day on average staring at digital screens. But what’s lesser known is the toll it can take on our eyes. Read on for the ailments too much screen-staring can cause (turns out, “Computer Vision Syndrome” is a thing), then discover some tips to protect your peepers."
April 26, 2012
Pew Presentation - News in a networked world
"At the International Journalism Festival in Perugia, Italy, Lee Rainie will discuss the Project’s latest findings about how people use the internet, smartphones, and social media tools to get news, share news, and create news. He will describe how the very definition of news is expanding in the age of “me media.” He will discuss the Project’s new research about how people use different platforms to get news about different topics: that is, they use different media channels to learn about the weather and learn about local government. He will also describe how social networks have become essential transmitters of news and evaluators of the meaning of news in people’s civic lives."
Pew - The Future of Money in a Mobile Age
The Future of Money in a Mobile Age by Aaron Smith, Janna Anderson, Lee Rainie - Apr 17, 2012
"Within the next decade, smart-device swiping will have gained mainstream acceptance as a method of payment and could largely replace cash and credit cards for most online and in-store purchases by smartphone and tablet owners, according to a new survey of technology experts and stakeholders. Many of the people surveyed by Elon University’s Imagining the Internet Center and the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project said that the security, convenience and other benefits of “mobile wallet” systems will lead to widespread adoption of these technologies for everyday purchases by 2020. Others—including some who are generally positive about the future of mobile payments—expect this process to unfold relatively slowly due to a combination of privacy fears, a desire for anonymous payments, demographic inertia, a lack of infrastructure to support widespread adoption, and resistance from those with a financial stake in the existing payment structure."
April 23, 2012
Social Metadata for Libraries, Archives and Museums, Part 3: Recommendations and Readings
Social Metadata for Libraries, Archives and Museums, Part 3: Recommendations and Readings, Karen Smith-Yoshimura OCLC Research and Rose Holley National Library of Australia
"Social media tools are needed to generate user-contributed content, which includes “social metadata”— information from users that helps people find, understand, or evaluate a site’s content. Social media and social metadata overlap; you cannot have social metadata without the social media functions that create it. Your objectives will determine which of the following recommendations apply. What’s needed to support a Facebook presence differs from what you’ll need to integrate social metadata and other user-generated content into your own site. We believe it is riskier to do nothing and become irrelevant to your user communities than to start using social media features. Given the wide variety of cultural heritage organizations, and the range of objectives and resources available, there is no one recommendation that would fit all types of institutions."
April 18, 2012
Human Rights and Technology Sales: How Corporations Can Avoid Assisting Repressive Regimes
Human Rights and Technology Sales: How Corporations Can Avoid Assisting Repressive Regimes, By Cindy Cohn, Trevor Timm, & Jillian C. York - April 2012
"The Electronic Frontier Foundation believes that it's time for
technology companies, especially those selling surveillance and filtering equipment, to step up and ensure that they aren’t assisting foreign governments in committing human rights violations against their own people...EFF proposes companies navigate these difficult issues by adopting a robust Know Your Customer program, similar to the one outlined in the current U.S. export controls or a program similar to that required by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act for other purposes. Putting the focus on user and potential (or actual) use of the technology for human rights abuses by government—rather than on the capabilities of the technology itself—presents a more direct path to stopping human rights abuses, and one with fewer collateral risks."
April 17, 2012
Twitter Introduces the Innovator's Patent Agreement
Twitter blog: "One of the great things about Twitter is working with so many talented folks who dream up and build incredible products day in and day out. Like many companies, we apply for patents on a bunch of these inventions. However, we also think a lot about how those patents may be used in the future; we sometimes worry that they may be used to impede the innovation of others. For that reason, we are publishing a draft of the Innovator’s Patent Agreement, which we informally call the “IPA”. The IPA is a new way to do patent assignment that keeps control in the hands of engineers and designers. It is a commitment from Twitter to our employees that patents can only be used for defensive purposes. We will not use the patents from employees’ inventions in offensive litigation without their permission. What’s more, this control flows with the patents, so if we sold them to others, they could only use them as the inventor intended."
April 15, 2012
LLRX: SOPA’s Evil Twin Sister – CISPA
Via LLRX.com - SOPA’s Evil Twin Sister – CISPA: Well known graphic artists Jake O'Neil and Spencer Belkofer created this infographic out of a sense of urgency to visualize the salient information with as many communities as possible. This bill, the Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act of 2011, has not garnered the media coverage of the Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA), but its high impact implications target key legal issues involving privacy and intellectual property.
April 14, 2012
Pew Report - Digital differences
Digital differences, by Kathryn Zickuhr, Aaron Smith. April 13, 2012: "When the Pew Internet Project first began writing about the role of the internet in American life in 2000, there were stark differences between those who were using the internet and those who were not. Today, differences in internet access still exist among different demographic groups, especially when it comes to access to high-speed broadband at home. The ways in which people connect to the internet are also much more varied today than they were in 2000. As a result, internet access is no longer synonymous with going online with a desktop computer.
- One in five American adults does not use the internet. Senior citizens, those who prefer to take our interviews in Spanish rather than English, adults with less than a high school education, and those living in households earning less than $30,000 per year are the least likely adults to have internet access.
- Among adults who do not use the internet, almost half have told us that the main reason they don’t go online is because they don’t think the internet is relevant to them. Most have never used the internet before, and don’t have anyone in their household who does.
- "About one in five say that they do know enough about technology to start using the internet on their own, and only one in ten told us that they were interested in using the internet or email in the future.
- The 27% of adults living with disability in the U.S. today are significantly less likely than adults without a disability to go online (54% vs. 81%). Furthermore, 2% of adults have a disability or illness that makes it more difficult or impossible for them to use the internet at all.
- Though overall internet adoption rates have leveled off, adults who are already online are doing more. And even for many of the “core” internet activities we studied, significant differences in use remain, generally related to age, household income, and educational attainment."
April 13, 2012
2012 Federal Media and Marketing Study Overview
2012 Federal Media and Marketing Study Overview, April 12, 2012, Fourth Annual Release
"Knowing where and how to reach senior decision-makers at civilian and defense agencies is a vital component to every marketing effort aimed at the federal government. This popular syndicated study combines actual media usage of mid- to senior-level federal decision makers with their demographics, job function and purchasing habits. Survey responses from more than 3,700 decision makers highlight their media usage spanning print, broadcast, social, mobile and online. Improve reach to these senior executives inside the federal government with the unique ability of this survey to slice and dice each demographic by multiple job functions or purchasing areas and then map each to specific media habits."
April 12, 2012
EPIC: Facebook Offers Revised “Download Your Information” Option
EPIC: "The New York Times reported that Facebook would provide users with a downloadable archive containing many types of data that the company stores about users. Although the new archive contains more user information than Facebook first offered in 2010, Max Schrems, the German law student and founder of Europe v. Facebook, said that Facebook is still only providing 39 of 84 data categories. EPIC called on Facebook to give users full access to all of the data that the company keeps about them through EPIC’s Know What They Know campaign. In comments on a settlement between Facebook and the Federal Trade Commission, EPIC recommended that the FTC require Facebook to give users full access to their data. For more information, see EPIC: Facebook Privacy and EPIC: Know What They Know.
April 10, 2012
New Paper - Salience vs. Commitment: Dynamics of Political Hashtags in Russian Twitter
Salience vs. Commitment: Dynamics of Political Hashtags in Russian Twitter by Vladimir Barash and John Kelly
"Building off our recent mapping of Russian Twitter, in this paper we analyze the dynamics of political hashtags representing a range of political issues and big news stories--from terrorist bombings, to pro-government issues, to topics preferred by the opposition. This work was made possible thanks to the generous support of the John D. & Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation. Social media sites like Twitter enable users to engage in the spread of contagious phenomena: everything from information and rumors to social movements and virally marketed products. In particular, Twitter has been observed to function as a platform for political discourse, allowing political movements to spread their message and engage supporters, and also as a platform for information diffusion, allowing everyone from mass media to citizens to reach a wide audience with a critical piece of news. Previous work suggests that different contagious phenomena will display distinct propagation dynamics, and in particular that news will spread differently through a population than other phenomena. We leverage this theory to construct a system for classifying contagious phenomena based on the properties of their propagation dynamics, by combining temporal and network features. Our system, applicable to phenomena in any social media platform or genre, is applied to a dataset of news-related and political hashtags diffusing through the population of Russian Twitter users. Our results show that news-related hashtags have a distinctive pattern of propagation across the spectrum of Russian Twitter users. In contrast, we find that political hashtags display a number of different dynamic signatures corresponding to different politically active sub-communities. Analysis using ‘chronotopes’ sharpens these findings and reveals an important propagation pattern we call ‘resonant salience.’"
Gartner Says Worldwide Media Tablets Sales to Reach 119 Million Units in 2012
News release: Worldwide media tablet sales to end users are forecast to total 118.9 million units in 2012, a 98 percent increase from 2011 sales of 60 million units, according to Gartner, Inc. Apple's iOS continues to be the dominant media tablet operating system (OS), as it is projected to account for 61.4 percent of worldwide media tablet sales to end users in 2012. Despite the arrival of Microsoft-based devices to this market, and the expected international rollout of the Kindle Fire, Apple will continue to be the market leader through the forecast period. "Despite PC vendors and phone manufacturers wanting a piece of the pie and launching themselves into the media tablet market, so far, we have seen very limited success outside of Apple with its iPad," said Carolina Milanesi, research vice president at Gartner. "As vendors struggled to compete on price and differentiate enough on either the hardware or ecosystem, inventories were built and only 60 million units actually reached the hands of consumers across the world. The situation has not improved in early 2012, when the arrival of the new iPad has reset the benchmark for the product to beat."
April 09, 2012
Microsoft Purchases Majority of AOL's Intellectual Property, Including Netscape Patents
Ben Kersey: "Microsoft and AOL ...signed a deal that would see MSFT pick up 800 of AOL’s patents for around $1 billion in cash. The deal is expected to close at the end of 2012, with Microsoft being able to leverage AOL’s remaining 300 patents under a non-exclusive license. As it turns out, there was an undisclosed term to the deal, and AllThingsD reports that Microsoft has picked up part of Netscape."
See also NYT: Microsoft's AOL Deal Intensifies Patent Wars, by Steve Lohr: "The lofty price Microsoft paid AOL for 800 patents - $1.3 million each - reflects the crucial role patents are playing in the business and legal strategies of technology companies."
April 08, 2012
OpenStreetMap -The Free Wiki World Map
Wikimedia - "Previous versions of our application used Google Maps for the nearby view. This has now been replaced with OpenStreetMap - an open and free source of Map Data that has been referred to as ‘Wikipedia for Maps.’ This closely aligns with our goal of making knowledge available in a free and open manner to everyone. This also means we no longer have to use proprietary Google APIs in our code, which helps it run on the millions of cheap Android handsets that are purely open source and do not have the proprietary Google applications. OpenStreetMap is used in both iOS and Android, thanks to the amazing Leaflet.js library. We are currently using Mapquest’s map tiles for our application, but plan on switching to our own tile servers in the near future."
WSJ Report - Selling You on Facebook
Selling You on Facebook: "Some of the most widely used apps on Facebook—the games, quizzes and sharing services that define the social-networking site and give it such appeal—are gathering volumes of personal information. A Wall Street Journal examination of 100 of the most popular Facebook apps found that some seek the email addresses, current location and sexual preference, among other details, not only of app users but also of their Facebook friends. One Yahoo service powered by Facebook requests access to a person's religious and political leanings as a condition for using it. The popular Skype service for making online phone calls seeks the Facebook photos and birthdays of its users and their friends...This appetite for personal data reflects a fundamental truth about Facebook and, by extension, the Internet economy as a whole: Facebook provides a free service that users pay for, in effect, by providing details about their lives, friendships, interests and activities. Facebook, in turn, uses that trove of information to attract advertisers, app makers and other business opportunities."
The Global Information Technology Report 2012
The Global Information Technology Report 2012 - Living in a Hyperconnected World - World Economic Forum, 2012
"We live in an environment where the Internet and its associated services are accessible and immediate, where people and businesses can communicate with each other instantly, and where machines are equally interconnected with each other. The exponential growth of mobile devices, big data, and social media are all drivers of this process of hyperconnectivity. Consequently, we are beginning to see fundamental transformations in society. Hyperconnectivity is redefining relationships between individuals, consumers and enterprises, and citizens and the state. It is introducing new opportunities to increase productivity and well-being by redefining the way business is done, generating new products and services, and improving the way public services are delivered. However, hyperconnectivity can also bring about new challenges and risks in terms of security, cybercrime, privacy, the flow of personal data, individual rights, and access to information. Traditional organizations and industry infrastructures are also facing challenges as industries converge. This will inevitably have consequences for policy and regulation because regulators will have to mediate the blurring lines between sectors and industries, and will be obligated to oversee more facets of each interaction in a pervasive way. For example, in terms of security and surveillance, hyperconnectivity is transforming the way people, objects, and even animals are being monitored. Experts also predict it will have an impact on inventory, transport and fleet management, wireless payments, navigation tools, and so on. The impact of ICT on different facets of life and work is growing. In this context, the way we monitor, measure, and benchmark the deployment and impacts of ICT must evolve to take into account the rapid changes and consequences of living in a hyperconnected world. Reflecting on this imperative of adaptation, a comprehensive review process of the NRI framework has been undertaken, guided by a process of high-level consultations with academic experts, policymakers, and representatives of the ICT industry. The results of this new framework are presented for the first time in this edition of the Report."
April 06, 2012
SmartMoney - 10 Things Online Data Collectors Won't Say
10 Things Online Data Collectors Won't Say - They know your online browsing secrets. We reveal their hidden tactics.
"If you're reading this on the Internet, chances are you're being followed. More than 200 data collection companies and ad networks use approximately 600 different tracking technologies to gather and sell information on people's web habits, according to Abine, an online privacy firm that tracks the trackers. The online advertising industry is a $31 billion business fueled largely by behind-the-scenes exchanges of consumers' personal online shopping and browsing habits. Web-based commercial data collectors work by quietly dropping bits of code called cookies on user computers, which allow collectors to track what people read, click or buy. That information, collected by companies such as BlueKai and DoubleClick (a Google subsidiary), is sold in real-time exchanges to ad networks, which then target segments of users with ads fitting their interests. Someone who just searched Expedia for information on Puerto Rico, for example, would be almost instantly hit with ads featuring San Juan hotels and resorts. Billions of these exchanges occur daily. Search engines and social networking sites such as Google and Facebook also track user data to generate targeted advertising. The result? The new cell phone or spring sandals users willed themselves not to buy show up in ads alongside their morning news."
April 04, 2012
Pew Survey - The rise of e-reading
The rise of e-reading, by Lee Rainie, Kathryn Zickuhr, Kristen Purcell, Mary Madden and Joanna Brenner
"One-fifth of American adults (21%) report that they have read an e-book in the past year, and this number increased following a gift-giving season that saw a spike in the ownership of both tablet computers and e-book reading devices such as the original Kindles and Nooks. In mid-December 2011, 17% of American adults had reported they read an e-book in the previous year; by February, 2012, the share increased to 21%. The rise of e-books in American culture is part of a larger story about a shift from printed to digital material. Using a broader definition of e-content in a survey ending in December 2011, some 43% of Americans age 16 and older say they have either read an e-book in the past year or have read other long-form content such as magazines, journals, and news articles in digital format on an e-book reader, tablet computer, regular computer, or cell phone. Those who have taken the plunge into reading e-books stand out in almost every way from other kinds of readers. Foremost, they are relatively avid readers of books in all formats: 88% of those who read e-books in the past 12 months also read printed books. Compared with other book readers, they read more books. They read more frequently for a host of reasons: for pleasure, for research, for current events, and for work or school. They are also more likely than others to have bought their most recent book, rather than borrowed it, and they are more likely than others to say they prefer to purchase books in general, often starting their search online."
Security of power grids: a European perspective
Security of power grids: a European perspective, Corrado Leita, Marc Dacier, Symantec Research Labs. April 2012
"Industrial control systems (ICS) are rapidly becoming a new major target of cyber-criminals. This was pointed out in multiple occasions by security experts and was confirmed by a recent survey carried out by Symantec. In this survey, 53% of the 1580 critical infrastructure companies that were interviewed admitted to having been targeted by cyber attacks. On average, the surveyed companies admitted to having been attacked 10 times in the last 5 years, with each of these attacks having an average cost of 850k USD. The survey provides a basis for a quantitative estimate of the extent of the problem and implies that the incidents reported by the press over the last several years are nothing but the tip of a considerably larger problem: the vast majority of incidents have never been disclosed. Still, the details of the publicly disclosed incidents give us a better understanding of the underlying issues we face. For instance, a recently discovered malware variant called Stuxnet which has been analyzed at length by Symantec was shown to be part of a highly sophisticated targeted attack aiming at tampering with devices involved in the control of high speed engines, and compromise the associated industrial process. The infection was only uncovered accidentally when an operational anomaly was discovered — Stuxnet has probably been operating undetected since June of 2009. Stuxnet, and other related threats discovered recently, show that industrial control systems are evolving, bringing powerful capabilities into the critical infrastructure environment along with new and yet undiscovered threats."
April 02, 2012
National Archives - Welcome to the 1940 census
"The 1940 census records were released by the US National Archives April 2, 2012, and brought online through a partnership with Archives.com. This website allows you full access to the 1940 census images, in addition to 1940 census maps and descriptions. Please visit Getting Started to determine the best way to begin your search.
- Find census maps and descriptions to locate an enumeration district. To find a person in the census, you first need to determine the appropriate enumeration district number. This can be found by searching census district maps and descriptions.
- Browse census images to locate a person in the 1940 census. Census images are organized by enumeration district number. Once you've located the correct one, you can begin to browse census images to look for your ancestor.
- Save, share, and download images to save your work and share with family members. When you locate a census image, you can easily save, share, or download the image for future reference. This image can be a great keepsake, or addition to your family tree!"
- See also U.S. Census Bureau Infographic - 1940-2010 How has America changed?
Institute for Legal Reform Study -The Plaintiffs' Bar Goes Digital
The Plaintiffs’ Bar Goes Digital - An Analysis of the Digital Marketing Efforts of Plaintiffs’ Attorneys & Litigation Firms, January 2012
"The U.S. tort system cost $264.6 billion in 2010, fueled in part by the plaintiffs’ bar's constant pursuit of new clients and cases. Like any big business, the plaintiffs’ bar is committed to clever marketing, and thus it is still positioning itself as working to ensure that anyone “can get justice in the courtroom, even when taking on the most powerful interests”. The 21st century twist on this marketing is the aggressive use of digital media. The plaintiffs’ bar contributes to the commercialization of the legal profession by using a sophisticated and complex combination of paid search advertising and high organic search optimization of websites to generate site traffic – all with the goal of collecting the personal contact information of potential plaintiffs...When combined with the growing popularity of social media, the industry may be on the cusp of a new era of expansion. Social media offers new opportunities and innovative trial attorneys are taking advantage of the new tactics with varying levels of transparency, including marketing efforts disguised as non-legal websites. Additionally, some firms have been criticized by the Wikipedia community for attempting to incorporate content from law firm sponsored websites."
April 01, 2012
FBI - Social Networking Risks Outlined in Latest Counterintelligence Brochure
Social Networking Risks Outlined in Latest Counterintelligence Brochure, March 2012
"Internet-based social networking sites have created a revolution in social connectivity. However, con artists, criminals, and other dishonest actors are exploiting this capability for nefarious purposes. So warns our Counterintelligence Division in its latest informative brochure, Internet Social Networking Risks, which not only depicts the hazards present online, but also describes common tactics used criminals and spies in the cyber world as well as counter-tactics and preventative measures you can employ to protect yourself. View the other brochures in our collection for information and security tips on topics such as insider threats, intellectual property protection, and keeping safe abroad."
March 31, 2012
House of Lords and the House of Commons Report - Privacy and injunctions
House of Lords - House of Commons - Joint Committee on Privacy and Injunctions Privacy and injunctions, Session 2010–12 - Report, together with formal minutes, minutes of evidence and appendices Ordered by the House of Lords and the House of Commons to be printed 12 March 2012
"A strong, free and vibrant press is essential to the good operation of democracy. Over the past 12 months, the culture and activities of the UK media have become the focus of widespread public concern, particularly in light of the phone hacking scandal. The balance between privacy and freedom of expression is at the heart of these debates about the role of the media. We have considered how this balance should be struck, who should determine where the balance lies and how decisions, once taken, can be enforced."
Attorney Guide to Using iOS 5 Devices in Litigation
How to Use iOS 5 Devices in Litigation, by Brian Malcom
You have an iPad. You're an attorney and, worse yet, a litigator. Now what? The iPad is nothing new. That sentence is shocking to read, but it is true. The iPad first hit stores in April 2010. The iPad 2 followed a year later, and is widely considered a success. Meanwhile, the third-generation iPad was released at the beginning of March. What the iPad has lost in novelty, it has gained in utility. The native iOS 5 software and the App Store contain useful tools and applications to help you, the litigator, get the most out of your iPad or iPhone. The following are some iPad and iOS features, applications, and tips that litigators might find useful."
March 28, 2012
U.S. Strategic Command and U.S. Cyber Command in Review of Defense Authorization Request for FY2013
Senate Armed Services Committee (SASC) hearing, March 27, 2012: testimony of General Keith B. Alexander, USA Commander, U.S. Cyber Command and Director, National Security Agency/Chief, Central Security Service
"The Fiscal Year 2013 President’s Budget for Cyber Command provides $182 million dollars and 937 personnel to perform our global mission. As demand to develop and integrate capabilities into cyber planning and operations continues to grow, we continue to work with the Department to shape our resource requirements and workforce to provide the necessary level of effort against growing mission sets and threats...The United States relies on access to cyberspace for its national and economic security...cyberspace is becoming more dangerous. The Intelligence Community’s world-wide threat brief to Congress in January raised cyber threats to just behind terrorism and proliferation in its list of the biggest challenges facing our nation...Out of necessity, more and more of the time and resources that every American spends on-line are being consumed by tasks to secure data, encrypt drives, create (and remember) passwords and keys, and repeatedly check for vulnerabilities, updates, and patches. Americans have digitized and networked more of their businesses, activities, and their personal lives, and with good reason they worry more about their privacy and the integrity of their data. So has our military."
March 27, 2012
Congressional Oversight of Agency Public Communications: Implications of Agency New Media Use
CRS - Congressional Oversight of Agency Public Communications: Implications of Agency New Media Use. Kevin R. Kosar, Analyst in American National Government, March 14, 2012
"This report intends to assist Congress in its oversight of executive branch agencies’ public communications. Here, “public communications” refers to agency communications that are directed to the public. Many, and perhaps most, federal agencies routinely communicate with the public. Agencies do so for many purposes, including informing the public of its rights and entitlements, and = informing the public of the agency’s activities. Agencies spent more than $900 million on contracts for advertising services in FY2010, a figure that does not include all agency communications expenditures. Congress frequently has investigated agency public communication activities. For example, in late February 2012 the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee’s Subcommittee on Contracting Oversight began investigating 11 federal agencies’ public communications activities and expenditures. Congressional oversight of agency public communications activities is not new; it has occurred frequently since at least the beginning of the 20th century. Congress has enacted three statutory restrictions on agency communications with the public. One limits agencies’ authority to hire publicity experts, another prohibits using appropriated funds to lobby Congress, and a third disallows using appropriated funds for “publicity or propaganda.” For a number of reasons, enforcing these restrictions has been challenging, not least of which is that these statutory prohibitions do not well clarify licit from illicit public communications. Many federal agencies have adopted new electronic communication technologies over the past two decades. These “new media” technologies include e-mail, websites, weblogs (or blogs), text messaging, and social media such as Facebook and Twitter. Agencies’ use of these new media has implications for congressional oversight of agency public communications. Most fundamentally, the ease of use of new media and the nature of digital communications further complicates congressional oversight and enforcement of the public communications restrictions."
March 24, 2012
Cisco Visual Networking Index: Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, 2011–2016
Cisco Visual Networking Index: Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, 2011–2016
- "Global mobile data traffic grew 2.3-fold in 2011, more than doubling for the fourth year in a row. The 2011 mobile data traffic growth rate was higher than anticipated.
- Last year's forecast projected that the growth rate would be 131 percent. This year's estimate is that global mobile data traffic grew 133 percent in 2011.
- Last year's mobile data traffic was eight times the size of the entire global Internet in 2000. Global mobile data traffic in 2011 (597 petabytes per month) was over eight times greater than the total global Internet traffic in 2000 (75 petabytes per month).
- Mobile video traffic exceeded 50 percent for the first time in 2011. Mobile video traffic was 52 percent of traffic by the end of 2011.
- Mobile network connection speeds grew 66 percent in 2011. Globally, the average mobile network downstream speed in 2011 was 315 kilobits per second (kbps), up from 189 kbps in 2010. The average mobile network connection speed for smartphones in 2011 was 1344 kbps, up from 968 kbps in 2010.
- In 2011, a fourth-generation (4G) connection generated 28 times more traffic on average than a non-4G connection. Although 4G connections represent only 0.2 percent of mobile connections today, they already account for 6 percent of mobile data traffic.
- The top 1 percent of mobile data subscribers generate 24 percent of mobile data traffic, down from 35 percent 1 year ago. According to a mobile data usage study conducted by Cisco, mobile data traffic has evened out over the last year and now approaches the 1:20 ratio that has been true of fixed networks for several years.
- Average smartphone usage nearly tripled in 2011. The average amount of traffic per smartphone in 2011 was 150 MB per month, up from 55 MB per month in 2010.
- Smartphones represent only 12 percent of total global handsets in use today, but they represent over 82 percent of total global handset traffic. In 2011, the typical smartphone generated 35 times more mobile data traffic (150 MB per month) than the typical basic-feature cell phone (which generated only 4.3 MB per month of mobile data traffic)."
March 23, 2012
The Web Is Dead? No. Experts expect apps and Web to converge in the cloud
Pew: The Web Is Dead? No. Experts expect apps and the Web to converge in the cloud; but many worry that simplicity for users will come at a price, Janna Quitney Anderson, Elon University - Lee Rainie, Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project, March 23, 2012
"According to estimates by Cisco, by 2016 there will be 10 billion mobile Internet devices in use globally. The world population is expected to be 7.3 billion in 2016, so that’s 1.4 devices per person on the planet. Smartphone traffic will grow to 50 times the size it is today by 2016. In fact, Cisco’s "Visual Networking Index,” released in February, reports there will be so much traffic generated between 2015 and 2016 by smartphones, tablets, and laptops that the amount of Internet data movement added for that year alone will be three times the estimated size of the entire mobile Internet in 2012."
March 22, 2012
Resources on Tracking Price of Gasoline
Via Bill Lucey:
March 21, 2012
Firefox enables HTTPS safe searching as default setting
Follow up to New 'HTTPS Everywhere' Version Warns Users About Web Security Holes see the following from privacy researcher Christopher Soghoian - Firefox switching to HTTPS Google search by default (and the end of referrer leakage).
"A few days ago, Mozilla's developers quietly enabled Google's HTTPS encrypted search as the default search service for the "nightly" developer trunk of the Firefox browser (it will actually use the SPDY protocol). This change should reach regular users at some point in the next few months...This is a big deal for the 25% or so of Internet users who use Firefox to browse the web, bringing major improvements in privacy and security. First, the search query information from these users will be shielded from their Internet service providers and governments who might be using Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) equipment to monitor the activity of users or censor and filter search results. Second, the search query information will also be shielded from the websites that consumer visit after conducting a search. This information is normally leaked via the "referrer header"."
March 19, 2012
Pew Research Center - State of the News Media 2012
"In 2011, the digital revolution entered a new era. The age of mobile, in which people are connected to the web wherever they are, arrived in earnest. More than four in ten American adults now own a smartphone. One in five owns a tablet. New cars are manufactured with internet built in. With more mobility comes deeper immersion into social networking. For news, the new era brings mixed blessings. New research released in this report, The State of the News Media 2012, finds that mobile devices are adding to people’s news consumption, strengthening the lure of traditional news brands and providing a boost to long-form journalism. Eight in ten who get news on smartphones or tablets, for instance, get news on conventional computers as well. People are taking advantage, in other words, of having easier access to news throughout the day – in their pocket, on their desks and in their laps. At the same time, a more fundamental challenge that we identified in this report last year has intensified — the extent to which technology intermediaries now control the future of news. Two trends in the last year overlap and reinforce the sense that the gap between the news and technology industries is widening. First, the explosion of new mobile platforms and social media channels represents another layer of technology with which news organizations must keep pace. Second, in the last year a small number of technology giants began rapidly moving to consolidate their power by becoming makers of “everything” in our digital lives. Google, Amazon, Facebook, Apple and a few others are maneuvering to make the hardware people use, the operating systems that run those devices, the browsers on which people navigate, the e-mail services on which they communicate, the social networks on which they share and the web platforms on which they shop and play. And all of this will provide these companies with detailed personal data about each consumer."
Pew: Teens, Smartphones & Texting
Teens, Smartphones & Texting - "Texting volume is up while the frequency of voice calling is down. About one in four teens say they own smartphones." Amanda Lenhart Senior Research Specialist, Pew Internet Project
"Teens are fervent communicators. Straddling childhood and adulthood, they communicate frequently with a variety of important people in their lives: friends and peers, parents, teachers, coaches, bosses, and a myriad of other adults and institutions. This report examines the tools teens use to communicate, with a particular focus on mobile devices, and then places the use of those tools in the broader context of how teens choose to communicate with people in their lives. The volume of texting among teens has risen from 50 texts a day in 2009 to 60 texts for the median teen text user. In addition, smartphones are gaining teenage users. Some 23% of all those ages 12-17 say they have a smartphone and ownership is highest among older teens: 31% of those ages 14-17 have a smartphone, compared with just 8% of youth ages 12-13."
March 17, 2012
Pew - Presentation on The State of Mobile America
"Director Lee Rainie [provided] a look at some of the most recent survey results obtained by the Pew Internet Project on mobile computing and the use of handheld devices at the NFAIS workshop, Mobile Devices and the delivery of information: An Update.
March 15, 2012
FBI FAct Sheet on Internet Fraud
FBI Fact Sheet on Internet Fraud: Includes information on: Avoiding Internet Auction Fraud, Avoiding Non-Delivery of Merchandise, Avoiding Credit Card Fraud, Avoiding Investment Fraud, Avoiding Business Fraud, Avoiding the Nigerian Letter or “419” Fraud, Common Fraud Scams, Investment-Related Scams, Internet Scams, and Fraud Target: Senior Citizens.
March 14, 2012
Federal Reserve survey provides information on mobile financial services
News release: "One out of five American consumers used their mobile phone to access their bank account, credit card, or other financial account in the 12 months ending in January 2012 and an additional one out of five indicated they would likely use mobile banking at some point in the future, according to a Federal Reserve Board survey, Consumers and Mobile Financial Services, March 2012. The survey's findings suggest that the use of mobile banking is poised to expand further over the next year, with usage possibly increasing to one out of three mobile phone users by 2013. However, the survey indicates that many consumers remain skeptical of the benefit of mobile banking and the level of security associated with the technology. The use of mobile banking is highly correlated with age, according to the survey results. People between 18 and 29 account for approximately 44 percent of mobile banking users, relative to 22 percent of all mobile phone users. Conversely, people age 60 and over account for only 6 percent of all mobile banking users, but 24 percent of mobile phone users. The survey showed a significantly higher level of mobile banking uptake among African Americans (16 percent) and Hispanics (17 percent), relative to 11 percent and 13 percent of mobile phone users, respectively."
March 12, 2012
Pew - Social networking sites and politics
Social networking sites and politics, by Lee Rainie, Aaron Smith, Mar 12, 2012
"Chatter in people’s social networks about political issues prompts a share of disagreements among friends and the sites yield surprising revelations about people’s views; 18% of users have shunned “friends” who have different ideas and 16% have found friends whose beliefs match their own."
March 10, 2012
Internet Memory Foundation - non-profit actively supports preservation of Internet as new media for heritage and cultural purpose
"Based in Amsterdam and Paris, the Internet Memory Foundation (formerly European Archive) is a non-profit institution. Since 2004, it actively supports the preservation of Internet as a new media. The foundation is currently archiving dozens of Terabytes of data per months and is developing several technologies to support the growth and use of the Internet Memory. The foundation has developed a wide range of collaborations, both with cultural institutions and research team to fulfill its mission."
March 08, 2012
Exploring Russian Cyberspace: Digitally-Mediated Collective Action and the Networked Public Sphere
Alexanyan, Karina, Barash, Vladimir, Etling, Bruce, Faris, Robert, Gasser, Urs, Kelly, John, Palfrey, John G. and Roberts, Hal, Exploring Russian Cyberspace: Digitally-Mediated Collective Action and the Networked Public Sphere (March 2, 2012). Berkman Center Research Publication No. 2012-2.
"This paper summarizes the major findings of a three-year research project to investigate the Internet’s impact on Russian politics, media and society. We employed multiple methods to study online activity: the mapping and study of the structure, communities and content of the blogosphere; an analogous mapping and study of Twitter; content analysis of different media sources using automated and human-based evaluation approaches; and a survey of bloggers; augmented by infrastructure mapping, interviews and background research. We find the emergence of a vibrant and diverse networked public sphere that constitutes an independent alternative to the more tightly controlled offline media and political space, as well as the growing use of digital platforms in social mobilization and civic action. Despite various indirect efforts to shape cyberspace into an environment that is friendlier towards the government, we find that the Russian Internet remains generally open and free, although the current degree of Internet freedom is in no way a prediction of the future of this contested space."
March 02, 2012
Pew - Nearly half of American adults are smartphone owners
Smartphone users now outnumber users of more basic mobile phones within the national adult population, Aaron Smith Senior Research Specialist, Pew Internet Project
"46% of American adults now own a smartphone of some kind, up from 35% in May 2011; Smartphone owners now outnumber users of more basic phones. Nearly half (46%) of American adults are smartphone owners as of February 2012, an increase of 11 percentage points over the 35% of Americans who owned a smartphone last May. As in 2011, our definition of a smartphone owner includes anyone who said yes to either of the following two questions:
- 45% of cell owners say that their phone is a smartphone, up from 33% in May 2011
- 49% of cell owners say that their phone operates on a smartphone platform common to the US market1, up from 39% in May 2011
- Taken together, just over half of cell owners (53%) said yes to one or both of these questions and are classified as smartphone owners. Since 88% of US adults are now cell phone owners, that means that a total of 46% of all American adults are smartphone users. Two in five adults (41%) own a cell phone that is not a smartphone, meaning that smartphone owners are now more prevalent within the overall population than owners of more basic mobile phones."
Pew - The emerging information landscape - 8 realities of the "new normal"
"Pew Director Lee Rainie gave a keynote at the NFAIS annual conference about the way the internet and mobile connectivity have transformed the worlds of networked individuals. He discussed how normal life has changed in the past decade because of three revolutions in technology: 1) the spread of broadband; 2) the rise of mobile connectivity; and 3) the emergence of technological social networks. He discussed trends and likely future developments in technology that will shape the way people learn, share, and create information. The slides in PDF are here."
March 01, 2012
Global Digital Communication: Texting, Social Networking Popular Worldwide
Pew - Global Digital Communication: Texting, Social Networking Popular Worldwide
"Cell phones are owned by overwhelmingly large majorities of people in most major countries around the world, and they are used for much more than just phone calls. In particular, text messaging is a global phenomenon – across the 21 countries surveyed, a median of 75% of cell phone owners say they text. Texting is widespread in both wealthy nations and the developing world. In fact, it is most
common among cell phone owners in two of the poorest nations surveyed: Indonesia and Kenya. Many also use their mobile phones to take pictures or video. A median of 50% use their cell phones in this way in the 21 countries polled. Fully 72% of Japanese cell phone owners take pictures or video, as do roughly six-in-ten in Mexico (61%), Spain (59%) and Egypt (58%). Fewer users access the internet via cell phone, although more than four-inten mobile phone owners use their device to go online in Israel (47%), Japan (47%) and the United States (43%)."
NASA Cybersecurity: An Examination of the Agency’s Information Security
NASA Cybersecurity: An Examination of the Agency’s Information Security - Testimony before the Subcommittee on Investigations and Oversight, House Committee on Science, Space, and Technology, February 29, 2012 - Statement of Paul K. Martin, NASA Inspector General: "My testimony today highlights five issues that we believe, based on our extensive audit and investigative work, constitute NASA’s most serious challenges in the admittedly difficult task of protecting the Agency’s information and systems from inadvertent loss or malicious theft. These challenges are:
- Lack of full awareness of Agency-wide IT security posture;
- Shortcomings in implementing a continuous monitoring approach to IT security;
- Slow pace of encryption for NASA laptop computers and other mobile devices;
- Ability to combat sophisticated cyber attacks; and
- Transition to cloud computing."
February 29, 2012
Pew - Millennials will benefit and suffer due to their hyperconnected lives
Millennials will benefit and suffer due to their hyperconnected lives - by Janna Anderson, Lee Rainie, February 29, 2012
"Teens and young adults brought up from childhood with a continuous connection to each other and to information will be nimble, quick-acting multitaskers who count on the Internet as their external brain and who approach problems in a different way from their elders, according to a new survey of technology experts. Many of the experts surveyed by Elon University’s Imagining the Internet Center and the Pew Internet Project said the effects of hyperconnectivity and the always-on lifestyles of young people will be mostly positive between now and 2020. But the experts in this survey also predicted this generation will exhibit a thirst for instant gratification and quick fixes, a loss of patience, and a lack of deep-thinking ability due to what one referred to as “fast-twitch wiring.”
February 28, 2012
Microsoft Paper Focuses on Evolved Security, Privacy and Reliability Strategies for Cloud and Big Data
News release: "Today at the RSA Conference 2012, Scott Charney, corporate vice president of Microsoft Trustworthy Computing, shared his vision for the road ahead as society and computing intersect in an increasingly interconnected world. In a new paper, Trustworthy Computing (TwC) Next, Charney encouraged industry and governments to develop more effective privacy principles focused on use and accountability, improve end-to-end reliability of cloud services through increased fault modeling and standards efforts, and adopt more holistic security strategies including improved hygiene and greater attention to detection and containment."
Google - Our Mobile Planet: Global Smartphone Users
Our Mobile Planet: Global Smartphone Users, Google, February 2012
"Smartphone ownership has jumped globally - increasing 11% to 44% of the total population in Spain and by 7% to 38% of the total population in the US. Smartphone owners are always using their device - in France, 90% use their mobile devices to access the web every day. Smartphone owners are using their device everywhere - in Germany, 67% of smartphone owners use their mobile device while on public transport. Smartphone owners are not just browsing, they are taking action - in the UK, 84% of smartphone owners look for local information on their mobile and 78% take action afterwards such as calling or visiting the business."
February 26, 2012
Report - Youth and Digital Media: From Credibility to Information Quality
Youth and Digital Media: From Credibility to Information Quality - New Report and Infographic, the Berkman Center, by Urs Gasser, Sandra Cortesi, Momin Malik, & Ashley Lee.
"Building upon a process- and context-oriented information quality framework, this paper seeks to map and explore what we know about the ways in which young users of age 18 and under search for information online, how they evaluate information, and how their related practices of content creation, levels of new literacies, general digital media usage, and social patterns affect these activities. A review of selected literature at the intersection of digital media, youth, and information quality — primarily works from library and information science, sociology, education, and selected ethnographic studies — reveals patterns in youth’s information-seeking behavior, but also highlights the importance of contextual and demographic factors both for search and evaluation. Looking at the phenomenon from an information-learning and educational perspective, the literature shows that youth develop competencies for personal goals that sometimes do not transfer to school, and are sometimes not appropriate for school. Thus far, educational initiatives to educate youth about search, evaluation, or creation have depended greatly on the local circumstances for their success or failure. "
February 25, 2012
Illustrated Guide on Web Tracking and Options to Search More Safely
DuckDuckGo: An introduction to the anonymous search engine
In an effort to educate Internet users about privacy, DuckDuckGo’s founder, Gabriel Weinberg, has been known to create educational and informative sites, including DontTrack.us, which informs users about the potential dangers of searching with Google.
Measuring Broadband America - A Report on Consumer Wireline BroadbandPerformance in the U.S.
FCC Measuring Broadband America - A Report on Consumer Wireline Broadband Performance in the U.S.: "presents the results of the first nationwide performance study of residential wireline broadband service in the United States. The study examined service offerings from 13 of the largest wireline broadband providers using automated, direct measurements of broadband performance delivered to the homes of thousands of volunteers during March 2011. This report highlights the major findings of the study, while the separate Technical Appendix provides a detailed description of the methodology and describes the specific tests that were performed. The Commission is also making available the results of all tests run in March 2011, as well as the complete raw data set of results from all tests taken during the study period of February to June 2011."
February 23, 2012
Bioethics Commission Posts Additional Documents on Public Health Service STD Studies in Guatemala
"Today the Presidential Commission for the Study of Bioethical Issues posted on its website hundreds of supporting documents related to its investigation into the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS) studies conducted in Guatemala in the 1940s. The documents include a spreadsheet that Commission staff painstakingly created to document the research subjects in Guatemala. In addition, the Commission has posted a Spanish translation of its report, "Ethically Impossible" STD Research in Guatemala from 1946 to 1948. As the world is now aware, the PHS research involved intentionally exposing and infecting vulnerable populations to sexually transmitted diseases without the subjects’ consent. The revelation of the research led to an apology from President Obama to the President of Guatemala. It also resulted in a request from President Obama to the Commission for a thorough fact finding investigation into the U.S. PHS studies...The Commission completed its historical investigation and sent its final report to the White House last September. The full report posted now includes hyperlinks to the supporting historical documents cited in the endnotes."
FTC Commissioner Warns of International Threats to Internet Freedom
Via WSJ, this commentary by FTC Commission Robert K. McDowell: "On Feb. 27, a diplomatic process will begin in Geneva that could result in a new treaty giving the United Nations unprecedented powers over the Internet. Dozens of countries, including Russia and China, are pushing hard to reach this goal by year's end. As Russian Prime Minister Vladimir Putin said last June, his goal and that of his allies is to establish "international control over the Internet" through the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), a treaty-based organization under U.N. auspices. If successful, these new regulatory proposals would upend the Internet's flourishing regime, which has been in place since 1988. That year, delegates from 114 countries gathered in Australia to agree to a treaty that set the stage for dramatic liberalization of international telecommunications. This insulated the Internet from economic and technical regulation and quickly became the greatest deregulatory success story of all time...Russia, China and their allies within the 193 member states of the ITU want to renegotiate the 1988 treaty to expand its reach into previously unregulated areas. Reading even a partial list of proposals that could be codified into international law next December at a conference in Dubai is chilling..."
February 21, 2012
Internet Governance and the Domain Name System: Issues for Congress
Internet Governance and the Domain Name System: Issues for Congress. Lennard G. Kruger, Specialist in Science and Technology Policy, February 9, 2012
"Currently, an important aspect of the Internet is governed by a private sector, international organization called the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN), which manages and oversees some of the critical technical underpinnings of the Internet such as the domain name system and Internet Protocol (IP) addressing. ICANN makes its policy decisions using a multistakeholder model of governance, whereby a “bottom-up” collaborative process is open to all constituencies of Internet stakeholders. National governments have recognized an increasing stake in ICANN policy decisions, especially in cases where Internet policy intersects with national laws addressing such issues as intellectual property, privacy, law enforcement, and cybersecurity. Some governments around the world are advocating increased intergovernmental influence over the way the Internet is governed. For example, specific proposals have been advanced that would create an Internet governance entity within the United Nations (U.N.). Other governments (including the United States), as well as many other Internet stakeholders, oppose these proposals and argue that ICANN’s multistakeholder model, while not perfect and needing improvement, is the most appropriate way to govern the Internet."
February 20, 2012
Encyclopedia of the future of news, by Nieman Journalism Lab
"Encyclo is an encyclopedia of the future of news, produced by the Nieman Journalism Lab at Harvard University...our main site emphasizes new developments and the latest news. We think there’s great value in a resource that steps back a bit from the daily updates and focuses on background and context. What is it about Voice of San Diego that people find interesting? How has The New York Times been innovating? What model is Politico trying to achieve? Those kinds of questions are why we decided to build Encyclo — a resource on the most important organizations and issues in journalism’s evolution...Our initial focus is on the companies and organizations that are having a big impact on the future of news. That includes a lot of traditional news organizations doing innovative work (like The New York Times, The Atlantic, The Guardian, and CNN) and a lot of newcomers whose business models are made possible by the Internet (like Talking Points Memo, GlobalPost, and West Seattle Blog). Some are nonprofits focusing on high-end investigative and watchdog work..."
Google's new fiber backbone to provide fastest overall Internet access in U.S.
Google Fiber Blog: "We’ve measured utility poles; we’ve studied maps and surveyed neighborhoods; we’ve come up with a comprehensive set of detailed engineering plans; and we’ve eaten way too much barbecue. Now, starting [February 6, 2012], we’re ready to lay fiber. As we build out Google Fiber, we’ll be taking thousands of miles of cables and stretching them across Kansas City, Kansas and Kansas City, Missouri. Each cable contains many thin glass fibers, each about the width of a human hair. We’ll be taking these cables and weaving them into a fiber backbone — a completely new high speed infrastructure that will ultimately be carrying Kansas Citians’ data at speeds more than 100 times faster [emphasis added] than what most Americans have today. At first, we’ll focus on building this solid fiber backbone. Then, as soon as we have an infrastructure that is up and running, we’ll be able to connect Google Fiber into homes across Kansas City!"
February 19, 2012
Field Guide to Web Applications 2012 Edition
Official Google Code Blog, Pete LePage, Developer Advocate: "...the Chrome Developer Relations team launched several new resources, including the Field Guide to Web Applications. It’s a new resource that is designed to help web developers create great web apps. We’ve heard loud and clear from users that they want more and better web apps, and we hope this new field guide will enable you to create those web apps. Our fictitious author Bert Appward guides you through topics like the properties of web applications, design fundamentals, tips for creating great experiences, and a few case studies that put best practices to use. Whether you're building your first web app or are just looking for ways to improve your existing apps, I hope you'll find the field guide useful."
February 16, 2012
Department of Transportation Proposes 'Distraction' Guidelines for Automakers
Follow up to postings on driving distractions and texting, this news: "U.S. Transportation Secretary Ray LaHood today announced the first-ever federally proposed guidelines to encourage automobile manufacturers to limit the distraction risk for in-vehicle electronic devices. The proposed voluntary guidelines would apply to communications, entertainment, information gathering and navigation devices or functions that are not required to safely operate the vehicle. Issued by the Department’s National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), the guidelines would establish specific recommended criteria for electronic devices installed in vehicles at the time they are manufactured that require visual or manual operation by drivers. The announcement of the guidelines comes just days after President Obama’s FY 2013 budget request, which includes $330 million over six years for distracted driving programs that increase awareness of the issue and encourage stakeholders to take action."
February 12, 2012
Who Advertises on News Sites and How Much Those Ads are Targeted
Digital Advertising and News Who advertises on news sites and how much those ads are targeted
"Between 2011 and 2015, revenue from digital advertising in the United States is expected to grow by 40% and to overtake all other platforms by 2016. Yet how much of that growth will go to underwrite news remains in doubt and throws into question the financial future of journalism as audience continue to migrate online. What will happen pivots in part on whether the news industry can move into the more lucrative areas of digital advertising, particularly using consumer data to target ads, persuading major legacy advertisers to also advertise online and moving into new revenue areas. A new study of advertising in news by the Pew Research Center's Project for Excellence in Journalism finds that, currently, even the top news websites in the country have had little success getting advertisers from traditional platforms to move online. The digital advertising they do get appears to be standard ads that are available across many websites. And with only a handful of exceptions, the ads on news sites tend not to be targeted based on the interests of users, the strategy that many experts consider key to the future of digital revenue. Of the 22 news operations studied for this report, only three showed significant levels of targeting. A follow-up evaluation six months later found that two more sites had shown some movement in this direction, but only some, from virtually no targeting to a limited amount on inside pages. By contrast, highly targeted advertising is already a key component of the business model of operations such as Google and Facebook. These are some of the findings of the study, which analyzed the advertising in 22 different news operations and 5,381 ads representing a cross section of media. Researchers compared website ads to the advertising in legacy platforms. They also measured the level of ad customization online by having different researchers visit the sites at the same time. In addition, the report also contains a companion report by Professor Joseph Turow of the University of Pennsylvania's Annenberg School for Communication that offers a primer on digital advertising."
Paper - A Methodology for Internal Web Ethics
A Methodology for Internal Web Ethics, Michalis N. Vafopoulos, Petros Stefaneas, Ioannis Anagnostopoulos, Kieron O'Hara. February 11, 2012
"The vigorous impact of the Web in time and space arises from the fact that it motivates massive creation, editing and distribution of information by Users with little knowledge. This unprecedented continuum provides novel opportunities for innovation but also puts under jeopardy its survival as a stable construct that nurtures a complex system of connections. We examine the Web as an ethics determined space by demonstrating Hayek’s theory of freedom in a three-leveled Web: technological, contextualized and economic. Our approach accounts for the co-dependence of code and values, and assumes that the Web is a self-contained system that exists in and by itself. This view of internal Web ethics directly connects the concept of freedom with issues like centralization of traffic and data control, rights on visiting log file, custom User profiles and the interplay among function, structure and morality of the Web. It is also demonstrated, in the case of Net Neutrality, that generic freedom-coercion trade-offs are incomplete in treating specific cases at work."
February 11, 2012
Senate Cmte. on Foreign Relations Report: Latin American Governments Need to "Friend" Social Media
Latin American Governments Need to "Friend" Social Media and Technology, by Carl Meacham, the Senate Foreign Relations Committee staffer for Latin America and the Caribbean, October 5, 2011
"In 2011, social media usage is booming and will likely continue to do so in the coming years. Earlier this month, it was reported that Facebook now has more than 800 million active users worldwide. Likewise, Twitter reports that it has 100 million active users, which marks an 82% increase in activity from 2010. With more than 50% of the world’s population under 30 years of age, the social media and technology resources that are so popular within this demographic will continue to revolutionize communications in the future. These technologies can effect political change, improve government efficiency, and contribute to economic growth. Through the wave of demonstrations occurring in the Arab world that began in December 2010, known as the Arab Spring, the world witnessed how regular citizens can use social media and information platforms like Facebook, Twitter, and Google to mobilize against repressive governments. Despite Latin America’s broad social and economic progress, many countries in the region still face challenges to democracy similar to those recently seen in the Middle East. In the extreme cases, countries like Venezuela, Cuba, and Nicaragua are led by authoritarian leaders who curtail civil and political freedoms. But, in general, the region’s governments still have much work to do to ensure the rule of law, to maintain the security of their citizens, and to address a myriad of other social challenges. Though many Latin American governments still face these problems, Latin America does have the advantage of more mobile phone subscriptions, Internet users, broadband access, and secure Internet servers than the Middle East.
February 10, 2012
Lifehacker- Plan Your Next Road Trip with The Ingenious US Interstates Subway Map
lifehacker: "The U.S. Interstates as a Subway Map infographic is a subway-style map of America's interstate highways, and it's pretty handy for quickly planning a cross-country trip. You can see at a glance how the highways connect and the major cities along the way. Although the map's lines aren't geographically precise, for planning a trip, this design by Cameron Booth may work even better than traditional maps' more accurate road representations. For example, if you're driving from Teaneck, NJ to San Francisco, CA you already know you're going west so all you need to find is that straight red line for I-80 cutting across the map. Also really useful are the map's circles representing the cities along the way—"stops," if you will, and "transfers" for other highways. Here's the full map. Click to expand or right-click to save to disk. Update: High-res posters (36 inches by 24 inches) are available for purchase for $39 plus $10 shipping on Cameron's site."
February 09, 2012
CDT - Congress Demands Drones Over America
News release: "Congress is demanding drones in the air over the United States – without considering the civil liberties issues. Within the span of three days last week, the House and then the Senate passed a law – H.R. 658 – requiring the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to speed up, within 90 days, its current licensing process for government use of drones domestically and to open the national airspace to drone aircraft for commercial and private use by October 2015. While the law requires the FAA to develop guidance on drone safety, the law says absolutely nothing about the privacy or transparency implications of filling the sky with flying robots. As CDT and others have pointed out, drones are powerful surveillance devices capable of being outfitted with facial recognition cameras, license plate scanners, thermal imaging cameras, open WiFi sniffers, and other sensors. Drones’ unique ability to hover hundreds or thousands of feet in the air – undetected, for many hours – enables constant, pervasive monitoring over a wide area. Without clear privacy rules, public and private use of drones can usher in an era of unparalleled physical surveillance. Without transparency requirements, citizens will not even have the basic right to know who owns the drone watching them from above. Congress, the FAA, industry bodies, and the American people all should play a role in ensuring that drones are used responsibly."
Top 10 Law School Home Pages of 2011
Top 10 Law School Home Pages of 2011, Roger Skalbeck, Georgetown University Law Center, 2 J.L. (1 J. Legal Metrics) 25-52 (2012)
"For the third consecutive year, the website home pages for all ABA-accredited law schools are evaluated and ranked based on objective criteria. For 2011, law school home pages advanced in some areas. For instance, there are now thirteen sites using the HTML5 doctype, up from a single site in 2010. In addition, seventeen schools achieved a perfect score for three tests focused on website accessibility, up from eight in 2010. Nonetheless, there’s enough diversity in coding practices and content to help separate the great from the good. For this year’s survey, twenty-four elements of each home page are assessed across three broad categories: Design Patterns & Metadata; Accessibility & Validation; and Marketing & Communications. Most elements require no special design skills, sophisticated technology or significant expenses. For interpreting these results, the author does not try to decide if any whole is greater or less than the sum of its parts."
February 08, 2012
BSEE and NOAA to complete Arctic oil spill response mapping tool
News release: "The Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (BSEE) and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) announced today they are partnering to enhance the Environmental Response Management Application (ERMA®) for the Arctic region by summer 2012. ERMA® is the same interactive online mapping tool used by federal responders during the Deepwater Horizon oil spill. This effort will help address numerous challenges in the Arctic where increasing ship traffic and proposed energy development are increasing the risk of oil spills and chemical releases."
The public can view the tool online, which currently covers the Gulf of Mexico region, by visiting here."
CDW-G's Federal Mobility Report - Security Edition 2012
"CDW-'s new Federal Mobility Report examines how Federal employees use mobile devices today, the challenges they face and the benefits they enjoy. More than half of Federal employees use at least one mobile device at work, according to CDW-G's research, and many are using personal devices. The Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) trend is likely to continue, following the November 2011 executive order that asked agencies to limit the number of Information Technology (IT) devices they issue to employees, including mobile devices such as laptops and smartphones, in order to cut costs. In this report, CDW-G examines the current BYOD status, how agency IT professionals manage mobile devices – both personal and agency-owned – and the steps they are taking to mitigate very real security concerns."
February 06, 2012
FTC Warns Marketers That Mobile Apps May Violate Fair Credit Reporting Act
News release: "The Federal Trade Commission warned marketers of six mobile applications that provide background screening apps that they may be violating the Fair Credit Reporting Act. The FTC warned the apps marketers that, if they have reason to believe the background reports they provide are being used for employment screening, housing, credit, or other similar purposes, they must comply with the Act. According to the FTC, some of the apps include criminal record histories, which bear on an individual's character and general reputation and are precisely the type of information that is typically used in employment and tenant screening."
February 05, 2012
UK MPs urge internet providers to tackle on-line extremism
"The UK Home Affairs Committee publishes its report into The Roots of Violent Radicalisation today, the result of a wide-ranging inquiry that began in May 2011. The Committee concludes that the internet is one of the most significant vehicles for promoting violent radicalism - more so than prisons, universities or places of worship, although direct, personal contact with radicals is in many cases also a significant factor. Witnesses told the Committee that the internet played a part in most, if not all, cases of violent radicalisation.
FBI Report on DNSChanger Malware
Report: "DNS (Domain Name System) is an Internet service that converts user-friendly domain names into the numerical Internet protocol (IP) addresses that computers use to talk to each other. When you enter a domain name, such as www.fbi.gov, in your web browser address bar, your computer contacts DNS servers to determine the IP address for the website. Your computer then uses this IP address to locate and connect to the website. DNS servers are operated by your Internet service provider (ISP) and are included in your computer’s network configuration. DNS and DNS Servers are a critical component of your computer’s operating environment—without them, you would not be able to access websites, send e-mail, or use any other Internet services. Criminals have learned that if they can control a user’s DNS servers, they can control what sites the user connects to on the Internet. By controlling DNS, a criminal can get an unsuspecting user to connect to a fraudulent website or to interfere with that user’s online web browsing. One way criminals do this is by infecting computers with a class of malicious software (malware) called DNSChanger. In this scenario, the criminal uses the malware to change the user’s DNS server settings to replace the ISP’s good DNS servers with bad DNS servers operated by the criminal. A bad DNS server operated by a criminal is referred to as a rogue DNS server."
See also Recovering from a Trojan Horse or Virus and Half of Fortune 500s, US Govt. Still Infected with DNSChanger Trojan
February 02, 2012
Facebook, Inc. Files for IPO with SEC
via SEC: Facebook, Inc. Form S-1, February 1, 2012
- "We had 845 million MAUs as of December 31, 2011, an increase of 39% as compared to 608 million MAUs as of December 31, 2010.
- We had 483 million daily active users (DAUs) on average in December 2011, an increase of 48% as compared to 327 million DAUs in December 2010.
- We had more than 425 million MAUs who used Facebook mobile products in December 2011.
- There were more than 100 billion friend connections on Facebook as of December 31, 2011.
- Our users generated an average of 2.7 billion Likes and Comments per day during the three months ended December 31, 2011."
- Reuters: "It's the year's hottest initial public offering, but some wealth managers find themselves having a hard time recommending Facebook to their clients."
EPIC Seeks Public Release of Google's Privacy Report
"EPIC has filed a Freedom of Information Act request with the Federal Trade Commission for the Privacy Report that Google was recently required to submit to the agency. The Commission had previously investigated Google after EPIC filed a complaint regarding Google's Buzz product, which transformed private user contacts into publicly available social network data. Last fall the Commission reached a settlement with Google and, as a result, the company is subject to a consent order that requires it to file regular reports with the Commission. EPIC has requested that Google's first report, filed on January 26, 2012, be released to the public. Because of Google's plan to change its business practice on March 1, 2012, EPIC has asked the FTC to expedite the disclosure of the report. For more information see EPIC: In re Google Buzz."
Pew: Why most Facebook users get more than they give
Report: Social Networking, Web 2.0 - Why most Facebook users get more than they give by Keith Hampton, Lauren Sessions Goulet, Cameron Marlow, Lee Rainie. February 3, 2012
"The typical Facebook user in our sample was moderately active over our month of observation, in their tendency to send friend requests, add content, and “like” the content of their friends. However, a proportion of Facebook participants – ranging between 20% and 30% of users depending on the type of activity – were power users who performed these same activities at a much higher rate; daily or more than weekly. As a result of these power users, the average Facebook user receives friend requests, receives personal messages, is tagged in photos, and receives feedback in terms of “likes” at a higher frequency than they contribute. What’s more, power users tend to specialize. Some 43% of those in our sample were power users in at least one Facebook activity: sending friend requests, pressing the like button, sending private messages, or tagging friends in photos. Only 5% of Facebook users were power users on all of these activities, 9% on three, and 11% on two. Because of these power users, and their tendency to specialize on specific Facebook activities, there is a consistent pattern in our sample where Facebook users across activities tend to receive more from friends than they give to others."
January 31, 2012
UK Houses of Parliament - Open Access to Scientific Information
Open Access to Scientific Information, Published 25 January 2012 | POST Notes 397, by Chandrika Nath
"The internet has transformed the nature of scientific research, opening up new ways to collect, use and disseminate scientific information. This has led to increased demand for access to such information. Open Access (OA) to scientific journal publications means making them freely available online, rather than charging readers to view them. OA to research data means making research data more widely available for re-use by others to support research, innovation and wider public use."
See also Boycott Against Scientific Journal Publisher Gathering Supporters
January 30, 2012
Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting & Conformance
"DMARC, which stands for "Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting & Conformance", is a technical specification created by a group of organizations that want to help reduce the potential for email-based abuse by solving a couple of long-standing operational, deployment, and reporting issues related to email authentication protocols. DMARC standardizes how email receivers perform email authentication using the well-known SPF and DKIM mechanisms. This means that senders will experience consistent authentication results for their messages at AOL, Gmail, Hotmail, Yahoo! and any other email receiver implementing DMARC. We hope this will encourage senders to more broadly authenticate their outbound email which can make email a more reliable way to communicate."
January 29, 2012
Reporters Without Borders - World Press Freedom Index 2011-2012
World Press Freedom Index 2011-2012 - "Syria, Bahrain and Yemen get worst ever rankings - “This year’s index sees many changes in the rankings, changes that reflect a year that was incredibly rich in developments, especially in the Arab world,” Reporters Without Borders said today as it released its 10th annual press freedom index. “Many media paid dearly for their coverage of democratic aspirations or opposition movements. Control of news and information continued to tempt governments and to be a question of survival for totalitarian and repressive regimes. The past year also highlighted the leading role played by netizens in producing and disseminating news." “Crackdown was the word of the year in 2011. Never has freedom of information been so closely associated with democracy. Never have journalists, through their reporting, vexed the enemies of freedom so much. Never have acts of censorship and physical attacks on journalists seemed so numerous. The equation is simple: the absence or suppression of civil liberties leads necessarily to the suppression of media freedom. Dictatorships fear and ban information, especially when it may undermine them."
Report - Most Federal Judges Warn Jurors About Social Media
Jurors’ Use of Social Media During Trials and Deliberations - A Report to the Judicial Conference Committee on Court Administration and Case Management, Meghan Dunn, Federal Judicial Center November 22, 2011
"Most federal judges have taken steps to ensure that jurors do not use social media to discuss the trial in which they are involved, a recently published survey indicates. The Federal Judicial Center was asked by a committee of the policy-making Judicial Conference of the United States to survey federal judges on the issue. Its report says that 94 percent of the 508 judges who responded said they have specifically barred jurors from any case-connected use of social media. “The most common strategy is incorporating social media use into jury instructions – either the model jury instruction provided by (the Conference’s Committee on Court Administration and Case Management) or judges’ own personal jury instructions,” the report said. “Also common are the practice of reminding jurors on a regular basis not to use social media to communicate during trial or deliberations, explaining the reasons behind the ban on social media, and confiscating electronic devices in the courtroom,” the report added. Only 30 of the 508 judges reported instances of detected social media use by jurors during trials or deliberations. The survey questionnaire was sent to all active and senior federal district judges, 952 in all. The response rate was 53 percent."
January 28, 2012
International Privacy Day: Top Concerns of Activists and Data Protection Authorities
EFF: "This January 28 marks International Privacy Day. Different countries around the world are celebrating this day with their own events. This year, we are honoring the day by calling attention to recent international privacy threats and interviewing data protection authorities, government officials, and activists to gain insight into various aspects of privacy rights and related legislation in their own respective countries. As part of International Privacy Day, the EFF asked data protection authorities, politicians, and activists about privacy related issues and concerns for 2012. In addition to the individuals highlighted in our previous posts, EFF heard back from the Council of Europe, the European Data Protection Supervisor (EDPS), and activists from Canada, France and Spain. In various ways, all of the responses focused on government surveillance or data protection laws. For the Council of Europe and European Data Protection Supervisor, the focus was on data protection agreements, while the activists were mindful of the ever-increasing power of government authorities to surveil their citizens."
Twitter announces new policy to withhold tweets in specific countries
Via CDT: "Earlier this week, Twitter announced that it will begin making certain Tweets inaccessible to users in countries where the content of those Tweets is illegal. In announcing its new policy, Twitter was acknowledging the challenge that all global social media sites face: governments ask tech companies to comply with local content laws and if these companies refuse to comply, they risk being blocked from the country entirely, further limiting information that citizens can access. If the company has employees on the ground, refusal also risks legal charges against employees. This, of course, raises a well-worn question: are human rights better served when a platform restricts some content in order to remain in a country, or when it resigns itself to a nationwide block of its service?"
Via EFF: What Does Twitter’s Country-by-Country Takedown System Mean for Freedom of Expression?
Via Chilling Effects, database of Cease and Desist Orders sent to Twitter
January 25, 2012
Commission proposes a comprehensive reform of the data protection rules
News release: The European Commission has today [January 24, 2012] a comprehensive reform of the EU's 1995 data protection rules to strengthen online privacy rights and boost Europe's digital economy. Technological progress and globalisation have profoundly changed the way our data is collected, accessed and used. In addition, the 27 EU Member States have implemented the 1995 rules differently, resulting in divergences in enforcement. A single law will do away with the current fragmentation and costly administrative burdens, leading to savings for businesses of around €2.3 billion a year. The initiative will help reinforce consumer confidence in online services, providing a much needed boost to growth, jobs and innovation in Europe."
January 24, 2012
NARA OIG Management Letter on Network Outage
National Archives Office of Inspector General Management Letter No. 12-01, Network Outage
"On September 13,2011 NARA experienced an internet outage from a cut fiber-optic cable lasting approximately 32 hours and significantly affecting NARA's operations. During that time, NARA staff were not able to access home and shared drives, email, the Internet, and numerous critical applications needed to perform their jobs. In addition, NARA's customers were not able to access agency services because the outage affected NARA's external websites as well. This Management Letter brings two separate issues to your attention discovered as a result of this outage; NARA has no failover Internet connection, and NARA's continuity of operations (COOP) site may not be able to independently operate if there is an incident at All. NARA does not have a failover Internet connection to restore Internet and other services within a timely manner. According to the Executive for Business Support Services, when NARA implemented the Trusted Internet Connection (TIC) the Internet was no longer provided by a separate telecommunications circuit into one or more of our facilities. Instead it is provided through the MPLS wide area network (WAN) which is provided and managed by a service provider. According to the service provider, if NARA had diversity (i.e. dual access) in the network, the outage would have been prevented. The service provider reported they are looking into a diversity option.NARA officials overseeing the network architecture should have known the design of the network created a single point of failure, and taken action to address this risk before NARA's mission and business capabilities were impacted."
How College Students Manage Technology While in the Library during Crunch Time
How College Students Manage Technology While in the Library during Crunch Time, Alison J. Head and Michael B. Eisenberg, Project Information Literacy Research Report, University of Washington's Information School, October 12, 2011
"The paper presents findings from 560 interviews with undergraduates on 10 campuses distributed across the US, as part of Project Information Literacy (PIL). Overall, the findings suggest that students use a “less is more” approach to manage and control all of the IT devices and information systems available to them while they are in the library during the final weeks of the term. In the hour before we approached them for an interview, more respondents had checked for messages (e.g., Facebook, email, texts, IMs) more than any other task while they were in the library. A majority of respondents who had checked for messages during the previous hour had also prepared assignments and/or studied for courses. More respondents reported using library equipment, such as computers and printers, more than they had used any other library resource or service. Over half the sample considered their laptop their most essential IT device and most had a Web browser and, to a lesser extent, a word processing application running at the time of the interviews. Most students were using one or two Web sites at the time of the interviews, but there was little overlap among the Web sites they were using. A large majority of the respondents could be classified as “light” technology users, i.e., students who use one or two IT devices to support one or two primary activities (at the time of the interviews). A preliminary theory is introduced that describes how studentsʼ technology usage may be influenced by locale (i.e., the campus library) and circumstance (i.e., crunch time). Recommendations are made for how campus-wide stakeholders—faculty, librarians, higher education administrators, and commercial publishers—can work together to improve pedagogies for 21st century undergraduates."
Fortune 100 Best Companies to Work For
"Fat paychecks, sweet perks, fun colleagues, and over 70,000 jobs ready to be filled -- these employers offer dream workplaces. Like Google, which reclaims the top spot this year to become a three-time champion. Meet this year's top 100."
Related - "YouTube (owned by Google) Traffic Statistics
- 48 hours of video are uploaded every minute, resulting in nearly 8 years of content uploaded every day
- Over 4 billion videos are viewed a day
- Users upload the equivalent of 240,000 full-length films every week
- More video is uploaded to YouTube in one month than the 3 major US networks created in 60 years
- 70% of YouTube traffic comes from outside the US
- YouTube is localized in 25 countries across 43 languages
- YouTube's demographic is broad: 18-54 years old
- YouTube reached over 700 billion playbacks in 2010
- 800M unique users visit YouTube each month"
January 23, 2012
Report - Made in heaven or marriage from hell? Social media and the financial sector
Made in heaven or marriage from hell? Social media and the financial sector, Cicero Consulting, January 2012
"Social media is revolutionising the way we all communicate. Despite this the financial sector has been slow to embrace the opportunities that social media provides. Within this research report we explore and analyse current perceptions and future perspectives within the financial sector towards social media."
January 22, 2012
Tablet and E-Book Reader Ownership Nearly Double Over the Holiday Gift-Giving Period
Tablet and E-book reader Ownership Nearly Double Over the Holiday Gift-Giving Period, Lee Rainie Director, Pew Internet Project
"The share of adults in the United States who own tablet computers nearly doubled from 10% to 19% between mid-December and early January and the same surge in growth also applied to e-book readers, which also jumped from 10% to 19% over the same time period. The number of Americans owning at least one of these digital reading devices jumped from 18% in December to 29% in January. These findings are striking because they come after a period from mid-2011 into the autumn in which there was not much change in the ownership of tablets and e-book readers. However, as the holiday gift-giving season approached the marketplace for both devices dramatically shifted. In the tablet world, Amazon’s Kindle Fire and Barnes and Noble’s Nook Tablet were introduced at considerably cheaper prices than other tablets. In the e-book reader world, some versions of the Kindle and Nook and other readers fell well below $100."
January 17, 2012
LLRX - Deep Web Research 2012
Via LLRX - Deep Web Research 2012: Marcus P. Zillman's extensive research over the years into the "invisible" or "deep" web indicates that it covers somewhere in the vicinity of 1 trillion plus pages of information located throughout the Internet in various files and formats that current search engines either cannot locate, or have difficulty accessing. The current search engines find hundreds of billions of pages at the time of this publication. His guide provides extensive and targeted resources to facilitate both a better understanding of the history of deep web research as well to effectively and productively search for and locate these often undiscovered but critical documents.
January 15, 2012
Pew - Real Time Charitable Giving
Real Time Charitable Giving - Why mobile phone users texted millions of dollars in aid to Haiti earthquake relief and how they got their friends to do the same - Aaron Smith, Pew Internet Project, Senior Research Specialist
"Charitable donations from mobile phones have grown more common in recent years. Two thirds (64%) of American adults now use text messaging, and 9% have texted a charitable donation from their mobile phone. And these text donors are emerging as a new cohort of charitable givers. The first-ever, in-depth study on mobile donors—which analyzed the “Text to Haiti” campaign after the 2010 earthquake—finds that these contributions were often spur-of-the-moment decisions that spread virally through friend networks. Three quarters of these donors (73%) contributed using their phones on the same day they heard about the campaign, and a similar number (76%) say that they typically make text message donations without conducting much in-depth research beforehand. Yet while their initial contribution often involved little deliberation, 43% of these donors encouraged their friends or family members to give to the campaign as well. In addition, a majority of those surveyed (56%) have continued to give to more recent disaster relief efforts—such as the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan—using their mobile phones. These are among the findings of a new study produced by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project and Harvard’s Berkman Center for the Internet & Society, in partnership with the John S. and James L. Knight Foundation and the mGive Foundation."
ProgrammableWeb's database of 100 government APIs released in 2011
Programmable Web Services Directory of over 100 government [local, state and federal] APIs released in 2011.
January 12, 2012
EU investigates consumer credit websites - a market underperforming for consumers
News release: "Were you ever about to sign a contract for a personal loan, credit card, or other consumer credit and discovered that it was all working out more expensive than you had first expected? An EU-wide investigation of websites offering consumer credit took place to check whether consumers are receiving the information to which they are entitled under EU consumer law1 before signing a consumer credit contract. National enforcement authorities checked more than 500 websites across the 27 Member States plus Norway and Iceland. They flagged 70% (393) of sites for further investigation in relation to the following main problems: the advertising did not include the required standard information; the offers omitted key information that is essential for making a decision; the costs were presented in a misleading way. National enforcement authorities will now contact financial institutions and credit intermediaries about suspected irregularities and ask them to clarify or take corrective action. The sweep operation checked in particular how business is applying the Consumer Credit Directive (recently transposed in Member States), which aims to make it easier for consumers to understand and compare credit offers."
The Gov Doc Kids Group and Free Government Information
The Gov Doc Kids Group and Free Government Information - Tom Adamich, Martha Childers, Katy Davis, John H. Faria and Antoinette W. Satterfield. The IFLA World Library and Information Congress
"Free government information fuels innovation among all the world's children and has the potential to enhance every aspect of their lives. Join us as members of the Gov Doc Kids Group present tried-and-true, effective means of opening the doors of government information to children. We will explore international and country websites."
January 09, 2012
Nilsen Wire - Report: Consumer Media Usage Across TV, Online, Mobile and Social
News release: "Almost one in three U.S. TV households – 35.9 million – owns four or more televisions, according to Nielsen’s State of the Media: Consumer Usage Report. Across the ever-changing U.S. media landscape, TV maintains its stronghold as the most popular device, with 290 million Americans and 114.7 households owning at least one. In contrast, 211 million Americans are online and 116 million (ages 13+) access the mobile Web. For more insights on usage and trends across TV, mobile, online, and social media download Nielsen’s State of the Media: Consumer Usage Report."
December 31, 2011
Mobile Apps Continue to Gain Users
comScore Reports November 2011 U.S. Mobile Subscriber Market Share: "For the three-month average period ending in November, 234 million Americans age 13 and older used mobile devices. Device manufacturer Samsung ranked as the top OEM with 25.6 percent of U.S. mobile subscribers (up 0.3 percentage points), followed by LG with 20.5 percent share and Motorola with 13.7 percent share. Apple strengthened its position at #4 with 11.2 percent share of total mobile subscribers (up 1.4 percentage points), while RIM rounded out the top five with 6.5 percent share...In November, 72.6 percent of U.S. mobile subscribers used text messaging on their mobile device, up 2.1 percentage points. Downloaded applications were used by 44.9 percent of subscribers (up 3.3 percentage points), while browsers were used by 44.4 percent (up 2.3 percentage points). Accessing of social networking sites or blogs increased 2.1 percentage points to 33.0 percent of mobile subscribers. Game-playing was done by 29.7 percent of the mobile audience (up 1.2 percentage points), while 21.7 percent listened to music on their phones (up 1.0 percentage points)."
Paper - Revolutions in the Arab World: The Long View
Revolution in the Arab World: "In the first article, Dr. Laleh Khalili compares the Arab Spring with other revolutions in the twentieth century, pointing out how difficult it is to ascertain what the effects of revolutions might be. Next, Dr. Jillian Schwedler also takes a historical approach to the study of revolution by looking systematically at protests in Jordan over several decades with a focus on law, urban space, and spectacle. Third, Dr. William Zartman focuses particularly on the events in Tunisia, commenting particularly on different groups vying for leadership. Fourth, Gamal Eid writes about how youth have used social media to rally support and organize protests in Egypt." The Center for Contemporary Arab Studies (CCAS)
December 25, 2011
ComScore: Top 10 Need-to-Knows About Social Networking and Where It’s Headed
It’s a Social World: Top 10 Need-to-Knows About Social Networking and Where It’s Headed, December 21, 2011
"The importance of social networking in today’s online experience cannot be overstated. Social networking is the most popular online activity worldwide accounting for nearly 1 in every 5 minutes spent online in October 2011, and reaches 82 percent of the world’s Internet population, representing 1.2 billion users around the globe. This report analyzes the current state of social networking activity around the globe, providing key insights into how social networking has influenced the digital landscape and implications for marketers operating in this social world."
December 23, 2011
Pew - The civic and community engagement of religiously active Americans
The civic and community engagement of religiously active Americans - "Those who are active in church, religious, or spiritual organizations are often more deeply involved in their communities than those who are not members of such groups. And their tech use helps them tie to all kinds of groups" by Jim Jansen Senior Fellow, Pew Internet
"Religiously active Americans are more trusting of others, and they are more involved in groups and in their communities – they also feel better about their locales. Some 40% of Americans say they are active in a church, religious, or spiritual organization. Compared with those who are not involved with such organizations, religiously active Americans are more trusting of others, are more optimistic about their impact on their community, think more highly of their community, are more involved in more organizations of all kinds, and devote more time to the groups to which they are active."
December 21, 2011
State of the Federal Web Report
State of the Federal Web Report, December 16, 2011. Produced by the .gov Reform Task Force
"This report presents a summary of data and findings about the state of Federal websites, collected as part of the .gov Reform Initiative. The report is intended to highlight—for the first time—the size and scope of websites in the Federal Executive Branch, how agencies are managing them, and opportunities for improvement. Though not a comprehensive assessment of every Federal Executive Branch website, this data provides a high-level overview and is the first step to more effectively collecting data to make better decisions about our Federal web operations. The .gov Reform Task Force and its partners will use this data to develop a Federal Web Strategy and create tools, best practices, and other resources that will make Federal websites more efficient and useful for citizens...The .gov Reform Initiative is part of the President Obama's Campaign to Cut Waste and Executive Order 13571, Streamlining Service Delivery and Improving Customer Service, which call for agencies to improve customer service and manage their web operations more efficiently. Read more about the .gov Reform Initiative."
FTC Guidance - Cookies: Leaving a Trail on the Web
"Have you ever wondered why some online ads you see are targeted to your tastes and interests, or how websites remember your preferences from visit to visit? The answer may be in the “cookies." A cookie is information saved by your web browser, the software program you use to visit the web. Cookies can be used by companies that collect, store and share bits of information about your online activities to track your behavior across sites. Cookies also can be used to customize your browsing experience, or to deliver ads targeted to you. OnGuardOnline.gov wants you to know how cookies are used and how you can control information about your browsing activities. Here are answers to some commonly asked questions about cookies – what they are, what they do, and how you can control them."
December 20, 2011
EPIC: Senate Open Investigation Into Google Search
EPIC: "Senator Herb Kohl (D-WI) and Mike Lee (R-UT), Chairman and Ranking member of the Judiciary Antitrust Subcommittee, have sent a letter to FTC Chairman John Liebowitz, expressing concern about Google's business practices and the company's impact on competition in Internet search and commerce. In September, EPIC wrote to the FTC and described how Google biased YouTube search rankings to give preferential treatment to its own content following the acquisition of the Internet's largest video service provider. The EPIC letter preceded a Senate hearing on The Power of Google: Serving Consumers or Threatening Competition? EPIC testified before the Senate Antitrust Subcommittee in 2009 on Google's growing dominance of essential Internet services."
December 19, 2011
Research: Reading Digits in Natural Images with Unsupervised Feature Learning
Reading Digits in Natural Images with Unsupervised Feature Learning, Yuval Netzer, Tao Wang, Adam Coates, Alessandro Bissacco, Bo Wu1, Andrew Y. Ng
"Detecting and reading text from natural images is a hard computer vision task that is central to a variety of emerging applications. Related problems like document character recognition have been widely studied by computer vision and machine learning researchers and are virtually solved for practical applications like reading handwritten digits. Reliably recognizing characters in more complex scenes like
photographs, however, is far more difficult: the best existing methods lag well behind human performance on the same tasks. In this paper we attack the problem of recognizing digits in a real application using unsupervised feature learning methods: reading house numbers from street level photos. To this end, we introduce a new benchmark dataset for research use containing over 600,000 labeled digits cropped from Street View images. We then demonstrate the difficulty of recognizing these digits when the problem is approached with hand-designed features. Finally, we employ variants of two recently proposed unsupervised feature learning methods and find that they are convincingly superior on our benchmarks."
December 16, 2011
Cal-Tech: High-Energy Physicists Set Record for Network Data Transfer
News release: "Researchers have set a new world record for data transfer, helping to usher in the next generation of high-speed network technology. At the SuperComputing 2011 (SC11) conference in Seattle during mid-November, the international team transferred data in opposite directions at a combined rate of 186 gigabits per second (Gbps) in a wide-area network circuit. The rate is equivalent to moving two million gigabytes per day, fast enough to transfer nearly 100,000 full Blu-ray disks—each with a complete movie and all the extras—in a day."
December 15, 2011
TRUSTe Privacy Index Shows Online Privacy Policies Are Lengthy, Complicated
News release: "TRUSTe, the leading online privacy solutions provider, released its first privacy index as part of its new "Privacy Pulse" information series tracking changes and trends in online privacy. In the 2011 Website Edition of its Privacy Index, TRUSTe analyzed the privacy policies of the top 100 U.S. websites (as ranked by Alexa Sept. 2011) to evaluate privacy practices by measuring key policy attributes, as well as the type of disclosures contained in them. TRUSTe found that while nearly 100 percent of websites today include a privacy policy, existing policies are highly complex, lengthy and written in language that is confusing for the average person to understand. Additionally, the vast majority of privacy policies are not readily transparent regarding third-party usage of data or consumer choices."
Blueprint for a Secure Cyber Future: The Cybersecurity Strategy for the Homeland Security Enterprise
"The Blueprint for a Secure Cyber Future builds on the Department of Homeland Security Quadrennial Homeland Security Review Report’s strategic framework by providing a clear path to create a safe, secure, and resilient cyber environment for the homeland security enterprise. With this guide, stakeholders at all levels of government, the private sector, and our international partners can work together to develop the cybersecurity capabilities that are key to our economy, national security, and public health and safety. The Blueprint describes two areas of action: Protecting our Critical Information Infrastructure Today and Building a Stronger Cyber Ecosystem for Tomorrow. The Blueprint is designed to protect our most vital systems and assets and, over time, drive fundamental change in the way people and devices work together to secure cyberspace. The integration of privacy and civil liberties protections into the Department’s cybersecurity activities is fundamental to safeguarding and securing cyberspace."
The Atlantic Council: The New US “Blueprint” for National Cyber Security
December 14, 2011
EFF Position on Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA)
How SOPA Affects Students, Educators, and Libraries: "...Libraries represent another educational group that could face fallout from SOPA. The Library Copyright Alliance, a group whose members include the American Library Association and two other major library organizations, has also written a letter to the House of Representatives raising major issues with the bill. Alarmingly, the librarians point to “three pending copyright infringement lawsuits against universities and their libraries relating to their use of digital technology,” reflecting “a growing tension between rights holders and libraries, and some rights holders’ increasingly belligerent enforcement mentality.” That same enforcement mentality, under SOPA, could lead to criminal prosecutions of libraries, even for activities that are a fair use and conducted without the intention of commercial gain."
EFF - The OPEN Act: The Good, the Bad, and a Practice in Participatory Government
December 13, 2011
TIME's Person of the Year - The Protestor
The Protester, by Kurt Andersen: "It's remarkable how much the protest vanguards share. Everywhere they are disproportionately young, middle class and educated. Almost all the protests this year began as independent affairs, without much encouragement from or endorsement by existing political parties or opposition bigwigs. All over the world, the protesters of 2011 share a belief that their countries' political systems and economies have grown dysfunctional and corrupt — sham democracies rigged to favor the rich and powerful and prevent significant change. They are fervent small-d democrats. Two decades after the final failure and abandonment of communism, they believe they're experiencing the failure of hell-bent megascaled crony hypercapitalism and pine for some third way, a new social contract."
"TIME's Person of the Year is bestowed by the editors on the person or persons who most affected the news and our lives, for good or ill, and embodied what was important about the year. See who made the grade over TIME's first eight decades."
December 11, 2011
Brookings - Ten Facts about Mobile Broadband
Ten Facts about Mobile Broadband, Darrell M. West, Vice President and Director, Governance Studies - December 08, 2011. The Brookings Institution
"Mobile broadband is reshaping society, communications, and the global economy. With smart phone usage surpassing that of personal computers, there has been a sea change in the way consumers access and share information.Powerful mobile devices and sophisticated digital applications enable users to build businesses, access financial and health care records, conduct research, and complete transactions anywhere. This revolution in how consumers and businesses access information represents a fundamental turning point in human history. For the first time, people are able to reach the Internet in a relatively inexpensive and convenient manner. Regardless of geographic location, they can use mobile broadband for communications, education, health care, public safety, disaster preparedness, and economic development. In this report, I review ten facts about mobile broadband. I show how the mobile economy is reshaping the global landscape. Both in developed and emerging markets, there are major opportunities to create jobs, and create social and economic connections. With the mobile industry generating $1.3 trillion in revenues, it is important to understand how telephony is affecting the way people relate to one another."
NYT Timeline Predicting the Future of Computing
Predicting the Future of Computing: "Since no supercomputer can yet predict the future, we need your help. Readers are invited to make predictions and collaboratively edit this timeline, which is divided into three sections: a sampling of past advances, future predictions that you can push forward or backward in time (but not, of course, into the past), and a form for making and voting on predictions. The most prescient prophet might receive an iPad 2 in 2050. But if the past is any guide, this prediction will almost surely be wrong."
See also Everyone Speaks Text Message: "For the vast majority of the world, the cellphone, not the Internet, is the coolest available technology. And they are using those phones to text rather than to talk. Though most of the world’s languages have no written form, people are beginning to transliterate their mother tongues into the alphabet of a national language. Now they can text in the language they grew up speaking."
The 2011 Fortune 500 and Social Media Adoption: Have America's Largest Companies Reached a Social Media Plateau?
The 2011 Fortune 500 and Social Media Adoption: Have America's Largest Companies Reached a Social Media Plateau? Nora Ganim Barnes, Ph.D. and Justina Andonian - Center for Marketing Research, Charlton College of Business, University of Massachusetts Dartmouth
"One hundred and fourteen (23%) of the primary corporations listed on the 2011 F500 have a public-facing corporate blog with a post in the past 12 months. These include two of the top five corporations (Wal-Mart and Exxon). Three companies in the top 5 in 2011 without a public-facing blog are: Chevron, Conoco Philips, and Fannie Mae...Two hundred eighty-nine (58%) of the 2011 F500 are now on Facebook."
December 07, 2011
Americans and Mobile Computing: Key Trends in Consumer Research
Americans and Mobile Computing: Key Trends in Consumer Research, by Aaron Smith. December 7, 2011 at the Government Mobility Forum
"The Gadget Landscape - The Rise of Ubiquitous Mobile Connectivity How Americans Use Their Phones - Engagement With Mobile Activities and Applications
The Meaning of Mobile - What is the Value Users Place on Their Mobile Devices?"
CSC Cloud Usage Index
"Independent research firm TNS surveyed more than 3,500 cloud computing users in eight countries around the world to find answers to these and other timely questions. The survey focused on capturing user information about outcomes and experiences rather than predictions and intentions. While much remains to be discovered about how cloud can transform enterprises, the findings of the CSC commissioned Cloud Usage Index are nonetheless informative — and often surprising."
News release: "A survey of information technology (IT) decision makers around the globe found that the shift to cloud computing is driven primarily by a desire to connect employees through the multitude of computing devices in use today. Turning conventional wisdom on its head, 33 percent of survey respondents cited accessibility to information through multiple devices as the most important reason for their decision to adopt cloud computing."
Infographic of the Cloud Usage Index
December 06, 2011
Bill Lucey: "Most Popular Online News Stories for 2011"
"It’s that time of year, again, when news organizations are scrambling to determine which stories and screaming headlines attracted the most attention from its readers. As a way to get the ball rolling, I contacted some leading news organizations and asked them to provide the online story that generated the most page views on their Web Sites over the last year. Here, then [are several of the] responses that came back from those organizations considerate enough to return my emails.
- "The New York Times: The story with the most page views on NYTimes.com between January 1 through Dec 5, 2011 was Sustainable Love By Tara Parker-Pope, an essay on what makes a happy marriage. The article appeared in the Times' print edition on January 2, 2011.
- The Wall Street Journal: The most popular story at WSJ.com for 2011 was an essay entitled: Why Chinese Mothers Are Superior which were excerpts from author Amy Chua’s new book: "Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother", a book that caused a great deal of controversy earlier this year.
- ABC: According a company spokesperson, the top story for 2011 on ABCNews.com was a story about the 50 most popular women on the Internet. The article was originally published on May 6, 2010. The two other top stories for 2011 at ABCNews.com was the killing of Osama bin Laden published on May 1, 2011; and the obituary of former Apple CEO Steve Jobs, published on October 5, 2011.
December 05, 2011
OECD Broadband Portal
"The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets in the OECD. The OECD has indentified five main categories which are important for assessing broadband markets."
Penetration | Usage | Coverage | Prices | Services and speeds
December 04, 2011
NIST Cloud Computing Program
"Cloud computing is a model for enabling convenient, on-demand network access to a shared pool of configurable computing resources (e.g., networks, servers, storage, applications, and services) that can be rapidly provisioned and released with minimal management effort or service provider interaction. This cloud model promotes availability and is composed of five essential characteristics (On-demand self-service, Broad network access, Resource pooling, Rapid elasticity, Measured Service); three service models (Cloud Software as a Service (SaaS), Cloud Platform as a Service (PaaS), Cloud Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)); and, four deployment models (Private cloud, Community cloud, Public cloud, Hybrid cloud). Key enabling technologies include: (1) fast wide-area networks, (2) powerful, inexpensive server computers, and (3) high-performance virtualization for commodity hardware." Draft Documents as follows:
Harvard Law/Computer Scientist Declares PCs Dead
"The following op-ed by Harvard Law School Professor Jonathan Zittrain appeared in the Nov. 30 edition of the Technology Review - The PC is dead. Rising numbers of mobile, lightweight, cloud-centric devices don't merely represent a change in form factor. Rather, we're seeing an unprecedented shift of power from end users and software developers on the one hand, to operating system vendors on the other—and even those who keep their PCs are being swept along. This is a little for the better, and much for the worse. The transformation is one from product to service. The platforms we used to purchase every few years—like operating systems—have become ongoing relationships with vendors, both for end users and software developers. I wrote about this impending shift, driven by a desire for better security and more convenience, in my 2008 book The Future of the Internet—and How to Stop It."
December 01, 2011
Pew Report: The internet as a diversion and destination
The internet as a diversion and destination - On a typical day, 53% of young adults go online just for fun and to pass the time, by Lee Rainie. December 2, 2011
"Americans are increasingly going online just for fun and to pass the time. On any given day, 53% of all the young adults ages 18-29 go online for no particular reason except to have fun or to pass the time. Many of them go online in purposeful ways, as well. But the results of a survey by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project show that young adults’ use of the internet can at times be simply for the diversion it presents. Indeed, 81% of all young adults in this age cohort report they have used the internet for this reason at least occasionally."
November 30, 2011
FTC Issues FY 2011 National Do Not Call Registry Data Book
News release: "The Federal Trade Commission today issued the National Do Not Call Registry Data Book for Fiscal Year 2011. The FTC's National Do Not Call Registry provides consumers with an easy way to stop unwanted telemarketing calls...According to the Data Book, at the end of FY 2011 (September 30, 2011), the Do Not Call Registry contained 209,722,924 actively registered phone numbers, up from 201,542,535 at the end of FY 2010. In addition, the number of consumer complaints about unwanted telemarketing calls increased from 1,633,819 at the end of FY 2010 to 2,272,662 at the end of FY 2011. In its third year of publication, the Data Book contains a wealth of information about the Registry for FY 2011, including:
- The number of active registrations and consumer complaint figures since the Registry began in 2003;
- FY 2011 complaint figures by month and complaint type;
- FY 2011 registration and complaint figures for all 50 states and the District of Columbia by population;
- The number of entities accessing the Registry by fiscal year; and
- An appendix on registration and complaint data by consumer state and area code."
Report - The Consumer Benefits of Expanding Shared Use of the Public Airwaves
News release: "Our analysis of The Consumer Benefits of Expanding Shared Use of the Public Airwaves, which we are releasing today demonstrates that spectrum made available for shared use without a license (unlicensed spectrum), has played a central and critical role in growth of wireless broadband data service. In fact, the shared use model has performed as well as, if not better than, the exclusive licensed model, even though unlicensed spectrum was considered to be “junk” by commercial operators. Using unlicensed technologies like Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, consumers receive higher quality service at lower prices.
- Consumers “extend” broadband service to their mobile devices at home and directly access hundreds of thousands of public and private hot spots across the U.S. This adds over $25 billion per year in value to broadband service.
- The efficient use of shared spectrum allows cellular wireless providers to “offload” more than one-third of their data traffic, dramatically reducing the number of cell sites they have to build and operate. This lowers the cost of service by at least another $25 billion per year.
- Intensive intra-firm communications, remote metering and monitoring, tagging of assets and goods, pay and go billing, and a host of others machine-to-machine applications, all of which rely on shared use spectrum, save businesses tens of billions of dollars per year."
Protecting and promoting the UK in a digital world
The UK Cyber Security Strategy - Protecting and promoting the UK in a digital world, November 2011
"Our vision is for the UK in 2015 to derive huge economic and social value from a vibrant, resilient and secure cyberspace, where our actions, guided by our core values of liberty, fairness, transparency and the rule of law, enhance prosperity, national security and a strong society."
November 29, 2011
Facebook Settles FTC Charges That It Deceived Consumers By Failing To Keep Privacy Promises
News release: "The social networking service Facebook has agreed to settle Federal Trade Commission charges that it deceived consumers by telling them they could keep their information on Facebook private, and then repeatedly allowing it to be shared and made public. The proposed settlement requires Facebook to take several steps to make sure it lives up to its promises in the future, including giving consumers clear and prominent notice and obtaining consumers' express consent before their information is shared beyond the privacy settings they have established. The FTC's eight-count complaint against Facebook is part of the agency's ongoing effort to make sure companies live up to the privacy promises they make to American consumers. It charges that the claims that Facebook made were unfair and deceptive, and violated federal law."
November 27, 2011
Digitized: Audubon’s Birds of America, accompanied by his Ornithological Biography
"The University of Pittsburgh is fortunate to own one of the rare, complete sets of John James Audubon’s Birds of America. It is considered to be the single most valuable set of volumes in the collections of the University Library System (ULS). Indeed, only 120 complete sets are known to exist. While Audubon was creating Birds of America, he was also working on a companion publication, namely, his Ornithological Biography. Both of these sets were acquired by William M. Darlington in the mid-nineteenth century and later donated, as part of his extensive library, to the University of Pittsburgh. Recognizing that the Darlington Library includes significant historical materials, such as rare books, maps, atlases, illustrations, and manuscripts, the ULS charted an ambitious course to digitize a large portion of Mr. Darlington’s collection, including the Birds of America. We are pleased to present our complete double elephant folio set of Audubon’s Birds of America, accompanied by his Ornithological Biography, through this Web site. Together these sets constitute an unprecedented online combination."
Pew: Why Americans use social media
Why Americans use social media - Social networking sites are appealing as a way to maintain contact with close ties and reconnect with old friends, by Aaron Smith, Senior Research Specialist, 11/14/2011
"Two-thirds of online adults (66%) use social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, MySpace or LinkedIn. These internet users say that connections with family members and friends (both new and old) are a primary consideration in their adoption of social media tools. Roughly two thirds of social media users say that staying in touch with current friends and family members is a major reason they use these sites, while half say that connecting with old friends they’ve lost touch with is a major reason behind their use of these technologies."
November 25, 2011
Consumer Reports - 10 tips to prevent ID theft while holiday shopping
"Consumer Reports' Guide to online security outlines some of the most common Net threats—such as phishing, online scams, and computer viruses. (See: Best ways to stay safe online.) But our latest security report also notes that mobile phones and social media sites can also present a rising amount of ID theft risks since more consumers are using their smart phones to shop and sharing news of online bargains on Facebook. (See: Mobile phones: The new risk and Concerns about Facebook.) The Consumer Federation of America, a non-profit association of almost 300 consumer organizations, has compiled a list of 10 tips for having an ID theft-free holiday season (PDF) on its website, IDTheftInfo.org."
November 24, 2011
Mapping the Mal Web - The world’s riskiest domains
Mapping the Mal Web - The world’s riskiest domains, by Barbara Kay, CISSP, Secure by Design Group and Paula Greve, Director of Research, McAfee Labs
"McAfee has found overall web risk is up from last year. We saw increasing risk in some already risky portions of the web, such as .INFO; some significant reductions in risk within last year’s riskiest TLDs, especially Singapore (.SG) and Venezuela (.VE); and some new areas of concern, including Vietnam (.VN), Armenia (.AM), and Poland (.PL)...Next time you search for a celebrity photo or “how to” hint, pay special attention to the top-level domains (TLDs), the last few characters at the end of the URL in the search results. In this year’s Mapping the Mal Web study, McAfee found that web risk climbed to a record 6.2% of more than 27 million live domains we evaluated for this report. If users don’t click with care, simply viewing a page can return much more than they bargained for. This year, more websites contain malicious code that steals passwords and identity information, takes advantage of security holes in browsers, or secretly installs the ingredients that turn computers into zombies...
FCC Launches the Small Biz Cyber Planner
News release: "The FCC is launching the Small Biz Cyber Planner, an online resource to help small businesses create customized cybersecurity plans. This is the result of an unprecedented public-private partnership between government experts and private IT and security companies, including DHS, NCSA, NIST, The U.S. Chamber of Commerce, The Chertoff Group, Symantec, Sophos, Visa, Microsoft, HP, McAfee, The Identity Theft Council, ADP and others. The online tool is available at FCC.gov/cyberplanner. By almost any measure small businesses have an outsized impact on our economy and it is critically important that small businesses, a vibrant engine for job and idea creation, are secure using the many broadband enabled tools they need to efficiently run their businesses. According to a survey released in October, 2011 by Symantec and the National Cyber Security Alliance (NCSA), two-thirds of U.S. small businesses rely on broadband Internet for their day-to-day operations...This effort is part of an ongoing program to raise awareness about the cybersecurity risks to small businesses and to help these businesses become cyber-secure. Earlier this year, the FCC and a coalition of public and private-sector partners developed a cybersecurity tip sheet, which includes tips to educate business owners about basic steps they can take immediately to protect their companies. The tip sheet is available at FCC.gov/cyberforsmallbiz".
November 17, 2011
The Top 25 US Public Libraries’ Collective Collection, as Represented in WorldCat
The Top 25 US Public Libraries' Collective Collection, as Represented in WorldCat "characterizes the combined collections of the top 25 US public libraries, as represented in the WorldCat database. These libraries account for more than 34 million holdings in WorldCat across 13.5 million distinct publications. The report considers overlap vs. uniqueness of holdings for these libraries, and compares their collective collection with the collective holdings of the rest of the US public libraries whose holdings are represented in WorldCat. It also compares their collective collection to the collective WorldCat holdings of ARL member libraries, and to all US academic libraries represented in WorldCat.">The Top 25 US Public Libraries' Collective Collection, as Represented in WorldCat characterizes the combined collections of the top 25 US public libraries, as represented in the WorldCat database. These libraries account for more than 34 million holdings in WorldCat across 13.5 million distinct publications. The report considers overlap vs. uniqueness of holdings for these libraries, and compares their collective collection with the collective holdings of the rest of the US public libraries whose holdings are represented in WorldCat. It also compares their collective collection to the collective WorldCat holdings of ARL member libraries, and to all US academic libraries represented in WorldCat."
Pew: 46% - Paying for Apps
"Just under half (46%) of cell phone and tablet users who have downloaded apps say they have paid for an app at some point, according to a survey conducted July 25-Aug. 26, 2011 by the Pew Internet & American Life project. That number is statistically equivalent to the 47% who reported doing so in May 2010. However, the number of people who have downloaded an application has grown, so only 16% of all U.S. adults have ever paid for an app -- this compares with 13% who said so in May 2010. This is a small but statistically significant increase."
Digital Trends: "What app developers might find interesting is that it appears owners of tablets are more likely to pay for an app than those downloading to a smartphone. Furthermore, those with tablets are more likely to spend a greater amount on an app than those who buy an app for use on a smartphone."
2011 Cisco Connected World Technology Report
News release: "Demonstrating the increasing role of the network in people's lives, an international workforce study announced today by Cisco revealed that one in three college students and young professionals considers the Internet to be as important as fundamental human resources like air, water, food and shelter. The 2011 Cisco Connected World Technology Report also found that more than half of the study's respondents say they could not live without the Internet and cite it as an "integral part of their lives" – in some cases more integral than cars, dating, and partying. These and numerous other findings provide insight into the mindset, expectations, and behavior of the world's next generation of workers and how they will influence everything from business communications and mobile lifestyles to hiring, corporate security, and companies' abilities to compete."
November 16, 2011
OCLC Research Library Partnership Rapid Capture Webinar Recording Now Available
"This webinar featured innovative ways to increase access to special collectons. The report, Rapid Capture: Faster Throughput in Digitization of Special Collections, focused on the actual moment of digitization of non-book materials and on innovative ways to speed things up. But speeding things up in one part of the process often uncovers bottlenecks in other parts. In this webinar, experts from special collections and archives offered up creative ways to speed up other parts of the process to provide greater access to special collections..."
"Although this webinar was held exclusively for OCLC Research Library Partners, its slides and chat transcript and recording are available publicly for the benefit of all on the OCLC Research website. The webinar recording is also available in iTunes."
November 15, 2011
Pew - How Mainstream Media Outlets Use Twitter
How Mainstream Media Outlets Use Twitter Content Analysis Shows an Evolving Relationship - November 14, 2011
"For nearly every news organization, Twitter has become a regular part of the daily news outreach. But there are questions about how those organizations actually use the technology: How often do they tweet? What kind of news do they distribute? To what extent is Twitter used as a new reporting tool or as a mechanism for gathering insights from followers? To answer some of these questions, the Pew Research Center’s Project for Excellence in Journalism and The George Washington University’s School of Media and Public Affairs collaborated on a study of Twitter feeds from 13 major news organizations. The research, which examined more than 3,600 tweets over the course of a week, reveals that these news organizations use Twitter in limited ways—primarily as an added means to disseminate their own material. Both the sharing of outside content and engagement with followers are rare. The news content posted, moreover, matches closely the news events given priority on the news organizations’ legacy platforms."
November 14, 2011
DoD IA Policy Chart - Build and Operate a Trusted Global Information Grid
"Building, operating and securing the Global Information Grid (GIG) for the Department of Defense is a complex and ongoing challenge. The Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense (DASD) for Cyber Identity and Information Assurance has developed a strategy for meeting this challenge, which is available here: Build and Operate a Trusted GIG - Identity & Information Assurance Related Policies and Issuances - Developed by the DoD CIO, IIA Deputate. Last Updated: October 18, 2011. In the CIIA Strategy, the primary goal areas are as listed as follows:
- Organize for unity of purpose and speed of action (shortened to "Organize" in the chart).
- Enable secure mission driven access to information and services (shortened to "Enable" in the chart).
- Anticipate and prevent successful attacks on data and networks (shortened to "Anticipate" in the chart).
- Prepare for and operate through cyber degradation or attack (shortened to "Prepare" in the chart)."
- The Information Assurance Technology Analysis Center (IATAC) is a U.S. Department of Defense Information Analysis Center (IAC) sponsored by the Defense Technical Information Center (DTIC), and Assistant Secretary of Defense Research and Engineering (ASDR&E). IATAC is hosted by Booz Allen Hamilton."
November 13, 2011
European Security Agency Report - Risks and benefits of emerging life-logging applications
- To log or not to log? - Risks and benefits of emerging life-logging applications, November 11, 2011 via European Network and Information Security Agency (ENISA) - "European Union (EU) agency which acts as a centre of expertise for the EU Member States and European institutions. It gives advice and recommendations on good practice, and acts as a “switchboard” for exchanging knowledge and information. The agency also facilitates contacts between the European institutions, the Member States, and private business and industry."
- "Recording aspects of one’s life, or life-logging, has a long established history in human society, but it is undergoing transformational change in terms of depth, volume and type of data. Before the 20th century, life-logging was restricted to recordings on paper media and involved written accounts, such as books, diaries, or collections of letters between people as well as person-constructed images such as drawings or paintings. By the 20th century, the media had broadened to include still photographic images, sound and moving images and most families kept at least an image life-log in the form of a photo album. By the end of the 20th century, most of these life-log data were digitally recorded with both the resolution and frequency of recording dramatically increasing year on year. Paper diaries and letters gave way to blogs, e-mail, and social networking status updates with the significant difference that the latter were potentially recorded forever and with a vastly more complete history than the episodic fragments of days gone by."
- Appendix I Scenario Building and Analysis Template, accompanying the deliverable "To log or not to log? - Risks and benefits of emerging life-logging applications".
File To log or not to log? - Risks and benefits of emerging life-logging applications [Appendix II]
- Appendix II Risk Assessment Spreadsheet, accompanying the deliverable "To log or not to log? - Risks and benefits of emerging life-logging applications"
Veterans Job Bank and Military Skills Translator
"The Veterans Job Bank powered by NRD.gov provides Veterans with a central source for identifying Veteran-committed employment opportunities and assists America’s employers in identifying qualified Veterans. A key part of the White House’s ongoing commitment to improve access to employment opportunities for transitioning Service Members and Veterans, it facilitates access to hundreds of thousands of private-sector job openings specifically targeted at Veterans. The Veterans Job Bank returns job opportunities based on search criteria entered by the user. Powered by a Google search, jobs are drawn from various job boards that have posted or specifically tagged jobs for Veterans."
See also Military Skills Translator, via Military.com: "Find civilian jobs that are similar to your military occupation, their salaries, the civilian training required and their future outlook."
November 10, 2011
Pew: Teens, kindness and cruelty on social network sites
Teens, kindness and cruelty on social network sites by Amanda Lenhart, Mary Madden, Aaron Smith, Kristen Purcell, Kathryn Zickuhr, Lee Rainie. Nov 9, 2011
"Social media use has become so pervasive in the lives of American teens that having a presence on a social network site is almost synonymous with being online. Fully 95% of all teens ages 12-17 are now online and 80% of those online teens are users of social media sites. We focused our attention in this research on social network sites because we wanted to understand the types of experiences teens are having there and how they are addressing negative behavior when they see it or experience it. As they navigate challenging social interactions online, who is influencing their sense of what it means to be a good or bad “digital citizen”? How often do they intervene to stand up for others? How often do they join in the mean behavior? Many log on daily to their social network pages and these have become spaces where much of the social activity of teen life is echoed and amplified—in both good and bad ways."
November 06, 2011
The Socialbot Network: When Bots Socialize for Fame and Money
The Socialbot Network: When Bots Socialize for Fame and Money -
Yazan Boshmaf, Ildar Muslukhov, Konstantin Beznosov, Matei Ripeanu -
University of British Columbia Vancouver, Canada
"Online Social Networks (OSNs) have become an integral part of today's Web. Politicians, celebrities, revolutionists, and others use OSNs as a podium to deliver their message to millions of active web users. Unfortunately, in the wrong hands, OSNs can be used to run astroturf campaigns to spread misinformation and propaganda. Such campaigns usually start by infilrating a targeted OSN on a large scale. In this paper, we evaluate how vulnerable OSNs are to a large-scale infiltration by socialbots: computer programs that control OSN accounts and mimic real users. We adopt a traditional web-based botnet design and built a Socialbot Network (SbN): a group of adaptive socialbots that are orchestrated in a command-and-control fashion. We operated such an SbN on Facebook|a 750 million user OSN|for about 8 weeks. We collected data related to users' behavior in response to a large-scale infiltration where socialbots were used to connect to a large number of Facebook users. Our results show that (1) OSNs, such as Facebook, can be infiltrated with a success rate of up to 80%, (2) depending on users' privacy settings, a successful infiltration can result in privacy breaches where even more users' data are exposed when compared to a purely public access, and (3) in practice, OSN security defenses, such as the Facebook Immune System, are not effective enough in detecting or stopping a large-scale infiltration as it occurs."
New Paper: Why parents help their children lie to Facebook about age: Unintended consequences of the COPPA
"The Berkman Center for Internet & Society is pleased to share a new paper published in First Monday, Why parents help their children lie to Facebook about age: Unintended consequences of the ‘Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act,’ authored by Berkman community members danah boyd, Eszter Hargittai, Jason Schultz, and John Palfrey.
Abstract from the authors: Facebook, like many communication services and social media sites, uses its Terms of Service (ToS) to forbid children under the age of 13 from creating an account. Such prohibitions are not uncommon in response to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA), which seeks to empower parents by requiring commercial Web site operators to obtain parental consent before collecting data from children under 13. Given economic costs, social concerns, and technical issues, most general–purpose sites opt to restrict underage access through their ToS. Yet in spite of such restrictions, research suggests that millions of underage users circumvent this rule and sign up for accounts on Facebook. Given strong evidence of parental concern about children’s online activity, this raises questions of whether or not parents understand ToS restrictions for children, how they view children’s practices of circumventing age restrictions, and how they feel about children’s access being regulated. In this paper, we provide survey data that show that many parents know that their underage children are on Facebook in violation of the site’s restrictions and that they are often complicit in helping their children join the site. Our data suggest that, by creating a context in which companies choose to restrict access to children, COPPA inadvertently undermines parents’ ability to make choices and protect their children’s data. Our data have significant implications for policy–makers, particularly in light of ongoing discussions surrounding COPPA and other age–based privacy laws."
November 01, 2011
Pew - Half of adult cell phone owners have apps on their phones
Half of adult cell phone owners have apps on their phones - The percent who download apps nearly doubles in two years, but just 46% of downloaders have paid for an app...The growth in apps downloading is a reflection of the broader trend toward mobile devices the Pew Internet Project has identified over the past decade. Americans have embraced mobile connectivity in the form of laptops, smartphones, tablet computers, and e-readers, while desktop computers have become less popular over time." Kristen Purcell, Associate Director for Research, Pew Internet Project, November 2, 2011
October 31, 2011
Paper shares some information addressing questions of judges' personal use of social networks
Judicial Ethics and Social Networking Sites: "Michael Crowell
UNC School of Government, September 2011 (Revised)
"One of the significant developments in communication in the last few years is the astounding growth of social networking websites. Increasing numbers of people join Facebook or LinkedIn or Twitter or other on-line social networks as a means to notify others of news in their lives, to learn what their friends and relatives and acquaintances are doing, and to generally stay in touch with other people with whom they have something in common. Businesses, organizations and government agencies use social networks to communicate information about their products and services and get limited feedback. For individuals, and for some kinds of organizations, the appeal of such sites is the opportunity for ongoing back-and-forth communication among large groups of people. Typically a social network allows someone to post a profile and photographs, videos, music, etc., and invite others to become “friends” or “fans.” Some information may be shared with the whole world; other parts may be restricted to a select, small group. For some time now state bar regulatory agencies have been addressing the effect of electronic communication on traditional ethical rules for lawyers ― the extent to which law firm websites constitute advertising, whether e-mail inquiries establish an attorney/client relationship, and so on. Likewise, judges hearing cases have faced new legal issues involving electronic discovery and searches of computers. Judges are becoming familiar, too, with problems of jurors communicating with the outside world and conducting their own research via their Blackberries, smart phones and other devices. Compared to the information available on those other electronic communication issues, there is relatively little reference material for judges concerning their own social networking and the Code of Judicial Conduct. The purpose of this paper is to share some information addressing questions of judges’ personal use of social networks. I welcome any additional material anyone knows about."
October 28, 2011
NIST Publishes Guide for Monitoring Security in Information Systems
Information Security Continuous Monitoring (ISCM) for Information Systems and Organizations (NIST Special Publication [SP] 800-137)
"Information security continuous monitoring (ISCM) is defined as maintaining ongoing awareness of information security, vulnerabilities, and threats to support organizational risk management decisions. This publication specifically addresses assessment and analysis of security control effectiveness and of organizational security status in accordance with organizational risk tolerance. Security control effectiveness is measured by correctness of implementation and by how adequately the implemented controls meet organizational needs in accordance with current risk tolerance (i.e., is the control implemented in accordance with the security plan to address threats and is the security plan adequate).3 Organizational security status is determined using metrics established by the organization to best convey the security posture of an organization’s information and information systems, along with organizational resilience given known threat information."
October 27, 2011
DOE IG - The Department's Unclassified Cyber Security Program – 2011
DOE IG Evaluation Report - The Department's Unclassified Cyber Security Program – 2011, DOE/IG-0856 October 2011
"The Department had taken steps over the past year to address previously identified cyber security weaknesses and enhance its unclassified cyber security program. While these were positive steps, additional action is needed to further strengthen the Department's unclassified cyber security program and help address threats to its information and systems. For example, our FY 2011 evaluation disclosed that corrective actions had been completed for only 11 of the 35 cyber security weaknesses identified in our FY 2010 review. In addition, we identified numerous weaknesses in the areas of access controls, vulnerability management, web application integrity, contingency planning, change control management, and cyber security training. While many of the same or similar issues had been noted in prior FISMA reports, the number of weaknesses identified represented a 60 percent increase over our FY 2010 review."
Research Study - All Your Clouds are Belong to us – Security Analysis of Cloud Management Interfaces
All Your Clouds are Belong to us – Security Analysis of Cloud Management Interfaces - Juraj Somorovsky, Mario Heiderich, Meiko Jensen, Jörg Schwenk, Nils Gruschka, Luigi Lo Iacono. In Proceedings of the ACM Cloud Computing Security Workshop (CCSW), 2011.
"Cloud Computing resources are handled through control interfaces. It is through these interfaces that the new machine images can be added, existing ones can be modified, and instances can be started or ceased. Effectively, a successful attack on a Cloud control interface grants the attacker a complete power over the victim’s account, with all the stored data included. In this paper, we provide a security analysis pertaining to the control interfaces of a large Public Cloud (Amazon) and a widely used Private Cloud software (Eucalyptus). Our research results are alarming: in regards to the Amazon EC2 and S3 services, the control interfaces could be compromised via the novel signature wrapping and advanced XSS techniques. Similarly, the Eucalyptus control interfaces were vulnerable to classical signature wrapping attacks, and had nearly no protection against XSS. As a follow up to those discoveries, we additionally describe the countermeasures against these attacks, as well as introduce a novel ”black box” analysis methodology for public Cloud interfaces."
October 18, 2011
EFF Posts Cell Phone Guide for Protestors
"Protesters of all political persuasions are increasingly documenting their protests -- and encounters with the police -- using electronic devices like cameras and cell phones. The following tips apply to protesters in the United States who are concerned about protecting their electronic devices when questioned, detained, or arrested by police. These are general guidelines; individuals with specific concerns should talk to an attorney."
October 17, 2011
Social Media Report: Spending Time, Money and Going Mobile
"Social media not only connects consumers with each other, but also with just about every place they go and everything they watch and buy. Nielsen’s new Social Media Report looks at trends and consumption patterns across social media platforms in the U.S. and other major markets, exploring the rising influence of social media on consumer behavior. Highlights of Nielsen’s “State of the Media: The Social Media Report”
- Social networks and blogs continue to dominate Americans’ time online, now accounting for nearly a quarter of total time spent on the Internet
- At over 53 billion total minutes during May 2011, Americans spend more time on Facebook than they do on any other website
- Tumblr is an emerging player in social media, nearly tripling its audience from a year ago
- Nearly 40 percent of social media users access social media content from their mobile phone
- Internet users over the age of 55 are driving the growth of social networking through the Mobile Internet
- 70 percent of active online adult social networkers shop online, 12 percent more likely than the average adult Internet user
- Across a sample of 10 global markets, social networks and blogs are the top online destination in each country, accounting for the majority of time spent online and reaching at least 60 percent of active Internet users."
October 16, 2011
How Tablets, Smartphones and Connected Devices are Changing U.S. Digital Media Consumption Habits
Digital Omnivores: How Tablets, Smartphones and Connected Devices are Changing U.S. Digital Media Consumption Habits, comScore, October 2011.
"Today’s digital media environment is rapidly evolving, driven by the proliferation of devices people use to consume content both at home, at work and on the go. Not too long ago, consumers depended solely on
their desktop computer or laptop to connect online. Now, a growing number of consumers are likely to access a wide variety of digital content across a multitude of devices on a daily basis. With smartphones, tablets and other connected devices, consumers have become digital omnivores – not just because of the media they consume, but also in how they consume it. Cross-platform consumption has created a vastly different digital landscape, and it is one that requires insight into both the individual usage of devices as well as the nature of their complementary use. As consumers move toward an increasingly fragmented device diet, stakeholders across the industry are confronted with a growing number of questions, challenges and opportunities. What is the extent to which these devices have penetrated and are changing consumers’ media consumption habits? How does one efficiently and effectively reach these digital omnivores in a meaningful way? As this report analyzes the impact of devices that connect consumers beyond the computer, it aims to shed light on the direction of the ever-evolving digital media landscape."
Markey to Amazon: Don’t Hold a Kindle Fire Sale on Privacy
News release: "Concerned that the pairing of the new Kindle Fire tablet with its must-use Silk browser means Amazon could track each Web click of Kindle Fire users Congressman Edward J. Markey (D-Mass.) [October 14, 2011] sent a letter to Amazon’s CEO asking for responses to questions about tablets users’ privacy and security...In May 2011, Reps. Markey and Joe Barton (R-Texas) introduced the Do Not Track Kids Act of 2011, bipartisan legislation that amends the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act of 1998 to extend, enhance and update the provisions relating to the collection, use and disclosure of children’s personal information. The legislation also establishes new protections for the personal information of children and teens."
October 11, 2011
Tracking the Trackers: Where Everybody Knows Your Username
Tracking the Trackers: Where Everybody Knows Your Username by Jonathan Mayer, posted on October 11, 2011
Click the local Home Depot ad and your email address gets handed to a dozen companies monitoring you. Your web browsing, past, present, and future, is now associated with your identity. Swap photos with friends on Photobucket and clue a couple dozen more into your username. Keep tabs on your favorite teams with Bleacher Report and you pass your full name to a dozen again. This isn't a 1984-esque scaremongering hypothetical. This is what's happening today."
October 07, 2011
Six Provocations for Big Data
Six Provocations for Big Data, Danah Boyd and Kate Crawford
"The era of Big Data has begun. Computer scientists, physicists, economists, mathematicians, political scientists, bio-informaticists, sociologists, and many others are clamoring for access to the massive quantities of information produced by and about people, things, and their interactions. Diverse groups argue about the potential benefits and costs of analyzing information from Twitter, Google, Verizon, 23andMe, Facebook, Wikipedia, and every space where large groups of people leave digital traces and deposit data. Significant questions emerge. Will large-scale analysis of DNA help cure diseases? Or will it usher in a new wave of medical inequality? Will data analytics help make people’s access to information more efficient and effective? Or will it be used to track protesters in the streets of major cities? Will it transform how we study human communication and culture, or narrow the palette of research options and alter what ‘research’ means? Some or all of the above? This essay offers six provocations that we hope can spark conversations about the issues of Big Data. Given the rise of Big Data as both a phenomenon and a methodological persuasion, we believe that it is time to start critically interrogating this phenomenon, its assumptions, and its biases. (This paper was presented at Oxford Internet Institute’s A Decade in Internet Time: Symposium on the Dynamics of the Internet and Society on September 21, 2011.)"
October 05, 2011
Cell Phone and Texting Laws
Governors Highway Safety Administration, Cell Phone Laws and Texting, October 2011 - "This chart outlines all state cell phone and text messaging laws. Some local jurisdictions may have additional regulations. Enforcement type is shown in parenthesis.
- Handheld Cell Phones: 9 states, D.C. and the Virgin Islands prohibit all drivers from using handheld cell phones while driving. Except for Maryland, all laws are primary enforcement—an officer may cite a driver for using a handheld cell phone without any other traffic offense taking place.
- All Cell Phone Use: No state bans all cell phone use (handheld and hands-free) for all drivers, but many prohibit all cell phone use by certain drivers - Novice Drivers: 30 states and D.C. ban all cell phone use by novice drivers. School Bus Drivers: Bus drivers in 19 states and D.C. may not use a cell phone when passengers are present.
- Text Messaging: 34 states, D.C. and Guam ban text messaging for all drivers. 31 states, D.C., and Guam have primary enforcement; the others, secondary. Novice Drivers: An additional 7 states prohibit text messaging by novice drivers. School Bus Drivers: 3 states restrict school bus drivers from texting while driving.
- Some states such as Maine, N.H. and Utah treat cell phone use and texting as part of a larger distracted driving issue. In Utah, cellphone use is an offense only if a driver is also committing some other moving violation (other than speeding)."
October 04, 2011
Account Deactivation and Content Removal: Guiding Principles and Practices for Companies and Users
Account Deactivation and Content Removal: Guiding Principles and Practices for Companies and Users, Erica Newland, Caroline Nolan, Cynthia Wong, and Jillian York. The Berkman Center for Internet & Society and. The Center for Democracy & Technology, September 2011
"This report explores these dilemmas, and recommends principles, strategies, and tools that both user-generated content (UGC) platforms and users can adopt to mitigate the negative effects of account deactivation and content removal. We use select examples to highlight good company practices, including efforts to balance complex and often competing considerations—the enforcement of site guidelines, responses to government pressure, the free expression and privacy rights of users, and the potential risks faced by activists—in consistent, transparent, and accountable ways. Importantly, this report does not put forth a one-size-fits-all solution for the complex set of challenges raised by Terms of Use (ToU) enforcement. Platforms vary in terms of history, mission, content hosted, size, and user base, and no single set of practices will be an appropriate fit in every case. Moreover, while the examples in this report focus on platforms that host social media, the recommendations are broadly applicable to companies that host different types of user-generated content."
October 03, 2011
New Report: "Social Metadata for Libraries, Archives, and Museums, Part 1: Site Reviews"
Social Metadata for Libraries, Archives and Museums Part 1: Site Reviews - Karen Smith-Yoshimura, Program Officer OCLC Research; Cyndi Shein, Assistant Archivist Getty Research Institute
"This report provides an overview of social metadata to enable cultural heritage institutions to better utilize their users' expertise and enrich their descriptive metadata to improve their users' experiences. Metadata helps users locate resources that meet their specific needs. But metadata also helps us to understand the data we find and helps us to evaluate what we should spend our time on. Traditionally, staff at libraries, archives, and museums (LAMs) create metadata for the content they manage. However, social metadata—content contributed by users—is evolving as a way to both augment and recontextualize the content and metadata created by LAMs. Many cultural heritage institutions are interested in gaining a better understanding of social metadata and also learning how to best utilize their users' expertise to enrich their descriptive metadata and improve their users' experiences. In order to facilitate this, a 21-member RLG Partners Social Metadata Working Group reviewed 76 sites relevant to libraries, archives, and museums that supported such social media features as tagging, comments, reviews, images, videos, ratings, recommendations, lists, links to related articles, etc. In addition, working group members surveyed site managers, analyzed the survey results and discussed the factors that contribute to successful—and not so successful—use of social metadata. They also considered issues related to assessment, content, policies, technology, and vocabularies."
October 02, 2011
Federal Reserve Bank of NY RFP: Sentiment Analysis And Social Media Monitoring Solution
Federal Reserve Bank of New York - Sentiment Analysis And Social Media Monitoring Solution. Request for Proposal (Event-6994)
"Social media platforms are changing the way organizations are communicating to the public. Conversations are happening all the time and everywhere. There is need for the Communications Group to be timely and proactively aware of the reactions and opinions expressed by the general public as it relates to the Federal Reserve and its actions on a variety of subjects...Mandatory Minimum Solution Requirements: The solution must support content coming from different countries and geographical regions. It should also support multiple languages...The solution must be able to gather data from the primary social media platforms –Facebook, Twitter, Blogs, Forums and YouTube. It should also be able to aggregate data from various media outlets such as: CNN, WSJ, Factiva etc...The solution must provide real-time monitoring of relevant conversations. It should provide sentiment analysis (positive, negative or neutral) around key conversational topics. It must be able to provide summaries or high level overviews of a specific set of topics. It should have a configurable dashboard that can easily be accessed by internal analysts or management. The dashboard must support customization by user or group access. The solution should provide an alerting mechanism that automatically sends out reports or notifications based a predefined trigger... The solution must be able to integrate with existing FRBNY echnologies such as: Google Search appliance, Lotus notes suite and web trends. It must have support for single sign on or windows integrated authentication."
September 28, 2011
ACLU: How Long Is Your Cell Phone Company Hanging On To Your Data?
News release: "What do you think about when choosing a cell phone provider? Their prices? Their coverage area? Whether they have spiffy, high-tech phones? Whether their phones work overseas or in the subway? What about how long they retain information about you and under what circumstances they turn it over to law enforcement? All of the nation's major mobile carriers are retaining their customers' location data for at least a year, according to a chart the Department of Justice (DOJ) developed in 2010 — and that the ACLU of North Carolina received in response to our public records request about local law enforcement's use of cell phone location information. And location info's not all they hang onto. We gave a copy of this document to Wired.com, which has written about it here."
Pew: How people learn about their local community
How people learn about their local community: "Contrary to much of the conventional understanding of how people learn about their communities, Americans turn to a wide range of platforms to get local news and information, and where they turn varies considerably depending on the subject matter and their age, according to a survey by the Pew Research Center’s Project for Excellence in Journalism and Internet & American Life Project, produced in association with the John S. and James L. Knight Foundation that asks about local information in a new way. Most Americans, including more tech-savvy adults under age 40, also use a blend of both new and traditional sources to get their information. Overall, the picture revealed by the data is that of a richer and more nuanced ecosystem of community news and information than researchers have previously identified...local TV draws a mass audience largely around a few popular subjects; local newspapers attract a smaller cohort of citizens but for a wider range of civically oriented subjects."
Representatives Barton, Markey Urge FTC To Investigate Use Of “Supercookies”
News release: "Representatives Joe Barton (R-Texas) and Edward J. Markey (D-Mass.), Co-Chairmen of the House Bi-Partisan Privacy Caucus, sent a letter to the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) asking the agency to investigate so-called “supercookies”, files that can be installed on computers without a user's knowledge. Supercookies allow websites to collect detailed personal data about users, including websites previously visited. Even when consumers choose to delete regular cookies from their computers, supercookies persist. According to a report last month in The Wall Street Journal (“Latest in Web Tracking: Stealthy ‘Supercookies’, August 18, 2011), it was discovered that companies have been installing supercookies on users’ computers without their knowledge. Even technical experts at the websites in the report stated they had no knowledge that the secret files were being installed."
See also Tracking the Trackers: To Catch a History Thief, by Jonathan Mayer
September 27, 2011
CDT: Neutrality Rules Slated to Take Effect this Fall
News release: "Last week, the FCC published its final Open Internet rules in the Federal Register, which means they will formally go into effect later this fall. The publication caps off a two-year process at the Commission to get the rules in place. While the rules won’t change much in terms of day-to-day use of the Internet, it is good news for consumers and innovators that they will at long last be enforceable. The rules essentially preserve the status quo online. They prevent cable, DSL, and fiber carriers from favoring or disfavoring certain sites or applications over others and prevent mobile carriers from blocking websites or competing voice and video applications – leaving consumers to decide which services they might prefer. The only significant change will be that now, if carriers engage in discriminatory routing or network management practices, those whose traffic is affected will have a place to go to demand recourse. The rules themselves reflect a light-touch and flexible approach to preserving the competitive environment that currently exists on the Internet. The rules do not, as some critics declare, amount to “regulating the Internet,” and there is ample evidence that in the absence of rules carriers might discriminate (as a few have done already) against some lawful traffic."
CRS: Intelligence Issues for Congress
Intelligence Issues for Congress, Richard A. Best Jr., Specialist in National Defense, September 14, 2011
"Techniques for acquiring and analyzing information on small groups of plotters differ significantly from those used to evaluate the military capabilities of other countries, with a much higher need for situational awareness of third world societies. U.S. intelligence efforts are complicated by unfilled requirements for foreign language expertise. Intelligence on Iraqi weapons of mass destruction was inaccurate and Members have criticized the performance of the intelligence community in regard to current conditions in Afghanistan, Iran, and other areas. Improved analysis, while difficult to mandate, remains a key goal. Better human intelligence, it is widely agreed, is also essential, but very challenging to acquire. Intelligence support to military operations continues to be a major responsibility of intelligence agencies. The use of precision guided munitions depends on accurate, real-time targeting data; integrating intelligence data into military operations challenges traditional organizational relationships and requires innovative technological approaches."
Marine Corps Social Media Principles Manual
Marine Corp Social Media Principles
"The Marine Corps must continuously innovate to communicate in media-intensive environments, to remain the nation’s force in readiness. This mission is based on the Marine Corps Vision and Strategy 2025 and the public affairs tasks outlined in the Marine Corps Service Campaign Plan for 2009-2015. While building and launching a social media program or accessing a favorite social media site can sometimes be fast, easy, and inexpensive. Existing rules for public affairs as well as personal conduct still apply. The Marine Corps encourages Marines to explore and engage in social media communities at a level they feel comfortable with. The best advice is to approach online communication in the same way we communicate in person — by using sound judgment and common sense, adhering to the Marine Corps’ core values of honor, courage and commitment, following established policy, and abiding by the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ). The social media principles provided in this handbook are intended to outline how our core values should be demonstrated, to guide Marines through the use of social media whether personally involved or when acting on behalf of the Marine Corps."
September 25, 2011
BTN: Microsoft Becomes First Corporate User of Standard XML-Based Bank Statements
Microsoft Becomes First Corporate User of Standard XML-Based Bank Statements
'Microsoft collaborated with Bank of America Merrill Lynch, Citi and SWIFT to develop a unified format that lets it receive electronic bank statements from all its banking providers in the same format. Extensible Markup Language is a way of formatting, parsing and tagging data such that computer programs can read and act on the information. (For instance, a customer name might be tagged). The ISO 20022 standard [ppt] provides a common schema for such messages, so that everyone uses the same tags and formats. It was developed mainly by European banks to handle new payment structures for Single European Payments Area payments sent between banks. But the standard has taken time to mature and crystallize. "Even within 20022, there are still lots of different variants, based on what country you're working in and banks' data processing requirements once the payment or cash reporting gets to the back end," says Colin Kerr, Microsoft industry solutions manager. "That places a huge burden on the corporate treasury that has to work with multiple banks." Microsoft works with eight major banks around the world and another 90 banks locally."
September 22, 2011
Check Point Survey Reveals Nearly Half of Enterprises Are Victims of Social Engineering
News release: "Check Point® Software Technologies Ltd. announced the results of a new report revealing 48 percent of enterprises surveyed have been victims of social engineering, experiencing 25 or more attacks in the past two years, costing businesses anywhere from $25,000 to over $100,000 per security incident. The report, The Risk of Social Engineering on Information Security, shows phishing and social networking tools as the most common sources of socially-engineering threats – encouraging businesses to implement a strong combination of technology and user awareness to minimize the frequency and cost of attacks. Socially-engineered attacks traditionally target people with an implied knowledge or access to sensitive information. Hackers today leverage a variety of techniques and social networking applications to gather personal and professional information about an individual in order to find the weakest link in the organization. According to the global survey of over 850 IT and security professionals, 86 percent of businesses recognize social engineering as a growing concern, with the majority of respondents (51%) citing financial gain as the primary motivation of attacks, followed by competitive advantage and revenge."
Report Provides Guidelines for Dilemmas of Account Deactivation and Content Removal
"A report released today by the Center for Democracy & Technology and the Berkman Center for Internet & Society highlights the dilemmas companies and users face when enforcement of a website's Terms of Use policy results in deactivation of user accounts or removal of user-generated content. The report recommends principles, strategies, and tools that both companies and users can adopt to lessen the negative effects of account deactivation and content removal. The report, Account Deactivation and Content Removal: Guiding Principles and Practices for Companies and Users, outlines select examples of good company practices. Such practices feature rules and enforcement policies that are sensitive to users' free expression and privacy rights and to the potential risks faced by human rights activists, who are increasingly using social media tools in their work."
September 21, 2011
FTC Announces New and Improved OnGuardOnline Website
News release: "Want to know more about Internet safety and security? Visit the new and improved OnGuardOnline.gov for practical tips and resources on how to be safe, secure and responsible online. Created through a partnership of 16 federal agencies led by the Federal Trade Commission, it’s a great source of free information for your home, school, community group, or workplace. OnGuardOnline’s new features include a cybersecurity blog and information updates via e-mail. Also, the FTC has partnered with the Department of Homeland Security and other agencies in the Stop.Think.Connect Campaign™ to raise awareness of the need for stronger cybersecurity with new approaches to help increase online safety and security. The new OnGuardOnline blog offers cybersecurity news from around the government, how-to articles and videos, and insights from federal officials. Check back regularly for updates, or sign up to get an e-mail when a new post is up. You can copy information from the site, adapt it, post it, or link to it, and you can share your thoughts on the blog. Updating your website or blog? Link to OnGuardOnline. Editing a newsletter? Use our articles. Need hand-outs for a talk you’re giving? Print publications from the website, or order free materials from the FTC."
September 20, 2011
Illegal Internet Streaming of Copyrighted Content: Legislation in the 112th Congress
CRS - Illegal Internet Streaming of Copyrighted Content: Legislation in the 112th Congress, Brian T. Yeh, Legislative Attorney, August 29, 2011
"Technological developments related to the Internet benefit consumers who want convenient ways to view and hear information and entertainment content on a variety of electronic devices (such as televisions, radios, computers, mobile phones, video game consoles, and portable media players). New technologies offer the potential to help copyright holders promote their creative works for artistic, educational, and commercial reasons. However, new technologies may increase the risk of infringement of the copyright holders’ rights because they often provide faster, cheaper, and easier means of engaging in unauthorized reproduction, distribution, and public performance of copyrighted works than previous technologies. The widespread consumer use of high-speed Internet connections as well as increased reliance on data storage offered by “cloud computing” services may also contribute to infringement problems. One of these new technologies enables the “streaming” of copyrighted content over the Internet
from a website to an end user. There are many legitimate streaming websites such as Hulu, Netflix, YouTube, and HBO GO that offer on-demand streams of television programs, motion pictures, live sporting events, and sound recordings. However, streaming technology can also be misused for facilitating copyright infringement online."
September 19, 2011
Mobile Pew: 73% of Cellphone Owners Text
Americans and Text Messaging by Aaron Smith, September 19, 2011
"Some 83% of American adults own cell phones and three-quarters of them (73%) send and receive text messages. The Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project asked those texters in a survey how they prefer to be contacted on their cell phone and 31% said they preferred texts to talking on the phone, while 53% said they preferred a voice call to a text message. Another 14% said the contact method they prefer depends on the situation. Heavy text users are much more likely to prefer texting to talking. Some 55% of those who exchange more than 50 messages a day say they would rather get a text than a voice call. Young adults are the most avid texters by a wide margin. Cell owners between the ages of 18 and 24 exchange an average of 109.5 messages on a normal day—that works out to more than 3,200 texts per month—and the typical or median cell owner in this age group sends or receives 50 messages per day (or 1500 messages per month)."
September 18, 2011
Social Media and Disasters: Current Uses, Future Options, and Policy Considerations
CRS: Social Media and Disasters: Current Uses, Future Options, and Policy Considerations, Bruce R. Lindsay, Analyst in American National Goverment, September 6, 2011
"In the last five years social media have played an increasing role in emergencies and disasters. Social media sites rank as the fourth most popular source to access emergency information. They have been used by individuals and communities to warn others of unsafe areas or situations, inform friends and family that someone is safe, and raise funds for disaster relief. Facebook supports numerous emergency-related organizations, including Information Systems for Crisis Response and Management (ISCRAM), The Humanitarian Free and Open Source Software (FOSS) Project, as well as numerous universities with disaster-related programs. The use of social media for emergencies and disasters may be conceptualized as two broad categories. First, social media can be used somewhat passively to disseminate information and receive user feedback via incoming messages, wall posts, and polls. To date, this is how most emergency management organizations, including the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), use social media. A second approach involves the systematic use of social media as an emergency management tool. Systematic usage might include using the medium to conduct emergency communications
and issue warnings; using social media to receive victim requests for assistance; monitoring user activities to establish situational awareness; and using uploaded images to create damage estimates, among others. Many of these applications remain speculative, while other uses are still in their infancy. Consequently, most emergency management organizations have confined their use of social media to the dissemination of information."
FTC Seeks Comment on Proposed Revisions to Children's Online Privacy Protection Rule
News release: "The Federal Trade Commission is seeking public comment on proposed amendments to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Rule, which gives parents control over what personal information websites may collect from children under 13. The FTC proposes these amendments to ensure that the Rule continues to protect children’s privacy, as mandated by Congress, as online technologies evolve. The Commission proposes modifications to the Rule in five areas: definitions, including the definitions of “personal information” and “collection,” parental notice, parental consent mechanisms, confidentiality and security of children’s personal information, and the role of self-regulatory “safe harbor” programs."
UNC LifeTime Library - Now Offering Library Science Students Perpetual Online Access
Alex Campbell: "Incoming students at the University of North Carolina’s School of Information and Library Science this year are getting a new kind of welcome-to-campus perk: Free data storage, for keeps. The service, called LifeTime Library, works on students’ personal computers, allowing them to automatically archive files and folders. The data are preserved on the Web, where students can search for files by name or by date saved. Students can continue to use the online storage locker after they graduate, and the plan is for the program to remain free, said Gary Marchionini, the school’s dean. About 60 incoming students out of a total of 160 have signed up for the first year of the program, he said. The idea is to “help students learn to manage their digital lives,” Mr. Marchionini said. Dealing with large amounts of online data is a big part of what students learn at the School of Information and Library Science, and the LifeTime Library can serve as a teaching tool for students to figure out the best ways to organize reams of their own digital information."
September 17, 2011
UK Guardian - The death of books has been greatly exaggerated
Radical change is certainly producing some alarming symptoms: "According to Nielsen BookScan, the publishing industry standard for book sales data, book sales are pretty healthy, with one significant proviso which I'll come to. Ten years ago in 2001, 162m books were sold in Britain. Ten years later – a decade in which the internet bloomed, online gaming exploded, television channels proliferated, digital piracy rampaged and, latterly, recession gloomed – 229m books sold. So, a 42% increase in the number of books sold over the last 10 years...For one thing, people are buying more and more books in Amazonia, and more and more of them are on Amazon's ebook platform the Kindle. In May this year, Amazon announced that, for the first time, it was selling more Kindle versions of books than paperback and hardbacks combined, and (here's the thing that doesn't get quoted so often) sales of print books were still increasing."
See also: "Nielsen BookScan collects the retail sales information from point of sale systems in more than 31,500 bookshops around the world, BookScan is able to present sales information in a variety of ways, including by the market size and share of different book categories, and by individual publishers, specific imprints, authors and price points. In most countries, statistics are also available by actual sales price and consumer discount levels. And because every single title making a sale is reported, the information covers specialised categories and small imprints as well as data relating to the major players."
September 16, 2011
Announcing the World Wide Web Index
"The World Wide Web Foundation is very pleased to announce an exciting new initiative: the World Wide Web Index. We thank Google for a generous grant of US $1 million to the Foundation, which we are using to seed the creation of the Index...What is the Web Index? The Web Index will be the world’s first multi-dimensional measure of the Web and its impact on people in a large number of countries. It will be a composite index, incorporating political, economic, social, and developmental indicators, as well as indicators of Web connectivity and infrastructure."
September 15, 2011
Worldwide Web Consortium Launches Tracking Protection Working Group
"The Tracking Protection Working Group is chartered to improve user privacy and user control by defining mechanisms for expressing user preferences around Web tracking and for blocking or allowing Web tracking elements. The group seeks to standardize the technology and meaning of Do Not Track, and of Tracking Selection Lists." See in Input Documents as follows
September 14, 2011
University of Victoria Law Student Technology Survey 2011
Via Rich McCue: UVic Law Student Technology Survey 2011 - "In addition to the technology questions we’ve been asking UVic Law students over the past nine years, we decided for the second year in a row to ask some extra questions about the mobile technology that students are arriving at Law School equipped with. This survey was completed by 139 incoming and transferring law students, which is a strong 90% plus response rate. Executive Summary:
- 84% of incoming law students own “Smart Phones” that can browse the internet (up dramatically from 50% last year), with 42% of the total being iPhones, 13% Android and 27% Blackberry’s.
- 19% of students own tablet devices or ebook readers.
- 98% of students own laptops, and 16% own both a laptop and a desktop computer.
- 50% of student laptops are Mac’s, up from 44% last year.
- The average laptop price stayed basically the same as last year at $1,186, which is down from $1400 in 2007, and from $2,100 in 2004.
- The students’ average typing speed was was 60 wpm.
- 72% of all students bring their laptops to school almost every day.
- 55% of students use Gmail as their primary email account (up from 49% last year), 9% use UVic email and 22% Hotmail.
- 60% of students identified MS Word as their favorite tool for collaborative document editing (down from 67%). 30% favor Google Docs (up from 27%) and 2% OpenOffice.
- 58% of students report backing up their primary computer on a regular basis. 60% of those backing up do so to an external hard drive and 25% to a cloud storage solution.
- 97% of students use Facebook (up from 91%) and 92% (up from 80%) would like to see law school events and activities published on Facebook as well as through the online faculty calendar
September 06, 2011
Pew Report: 28% of American adults use mobile and social location-based services
28% of American adults use mobile and social location-based services: "55% of smartphone owners use their phones to get location-based directions or recommendations, while geosocial services and location-tagging features are less popular," by Kathryn Zickuhr, Research Specialist and Aaron Smith, Senior Research Specialist, 9/6/2011
September 04, 2011
Internet Access - Households and Individuals, 2011
Internet Access - Households and Individuals, 2011. Key Points:
- 45 per cent of Internet users used a mobile phone to connect to the Internet
- 6 million people accessed the Internet over their mobile phone for the first time in the previous 12 months
- The use of wireless hotspots almost doubled in the last 12 months to 4.9 million users
- 21 per cent of Internet users did not believe their skills were sufficient to protect their personal data
- 77 per cent of households had Internet access
- Get all the tables for this publication in the data section of this publication.
Keboard Typing Skills: Weak Link between user and devices
Weak typing - the lost art of the keyboard. by Janet Swift
:The keyboard is still the predominant way we interact with a computer. Voice input, touch screens and even whole body gestural input may be on the increase but most of us still type our commands or data into the machine. This makes is all the more surprising to observe how many programmers use just two fingers when confronted by a keyboard and use the time honoured "hunt and peck" technique. It isn't stylish and it isn't efficient. Imagine if a musician picked up a guitar say and then proceeded to play using just one string at a time. You'd have to conclude that while they might be musically brilliant they just hadn't taken the time to physically master the tools of their trade."
August 30, 2011
The Global Internet Speedup
"The Global Internet Speedup is the name for our collaborative effort to make the Internet faster through cooperation between recursive DNS services and Content Delivery Networks (CDNs). This collaboration is being done through an open IETF proposed standard called "edns-client-subnet" which helps better direct content to users thereby decreasing latency, decreasing congestion, increasing transfer speeds and helping the Internet to scale faster and further. Find out about how it works or who is involved."
Free interactive travel guides for mobile devices
Triposo - "We build free, interactive travel guides for mobile devices. To make our guides we use the content that is freely available from seven different sources, including Wikitravel, Wikipedia, World66 and Openstreetmap. Our mission is to make that content relevant for you. So we mix and mash and annotate - and we distill great, relevant travel guides out of it. We currently have over fifty different free travel guides for Android covering all major destinations. We also have a world guide: one app in which you can download all the travel guides you need. We have thirty travel guides for iPhone and the same number of travel guides optimized for iPad."
August 29, 2011
New beta of standalone version of Zotero, Open Source Reference Manager
Roy Rosenzweig Center for History and New Media: "Zotero is an easy-to-use yet powerful research tool that helps you gather, organize, and analyze sources (citations, full texts, web pages, images, and other objects), and lets you share the results of your research in a variety of ways. An extension to the popular open-source web browser Firefox, Zotero includes the best parts of older reference manager software (like EndNote)—the ability to store author, title, and publication fields and to export that information as formatted references—and the best parts of modern software and web applications (like iTunes and del.icio.us), such as the ability to interact, tag, and search in advanced ways. Zotero integrates tightly with online resources; it can sense when users are viewing a book, article, or other object on the web, and—on many major research and library sites—find and automatically save the full reference information for the item in the correct fields. Since it lives in the web browser, it can effortlessly transmit information to, and receive information from, other web services and applications; since it runs on one’s personal computer, it can also communicate with software running there (such as Microsoft Word). And it can be used offline as well (e.g., on a plane, in an archive without WiFi)."
August 28, 2011
Pew: 65% of online adults use social networking sites
65% of online adults use social networking sites - Women maintain their foothold on SNS use and older Americans are still coming aboard. Mary Madden, Senior Research Specialist, Kathryn Zickuhr, Research Specialist, 8/26/2011
"Two-thirds of adult internet users (65%) now say they use a social networking site like MySpace, Facebook or LinkedIn, up from 61% one year ago. That’s more than double the percentage that reported social networking site usage in 2008 (29%). And for the first time in Pew Internet surveys it means that half of all adults (50%) use social networking sites. The pace with which new users have flocked to social networking sites has been staggering; when we first asked about social networking sites in February of 2005, just 8% of internet users – or 5% of all adults – said they used them. Looking at usage on a typical day, 43% of online adults use social networking, up from 38% a year ago and just 13% in 2008. Out of all the “daily” online activities that we ask about, only email (which 61% of internet users access on a typical day) and search engines (which 59% use on a typical day) are used more frequently than social networking tools."
The PII Problem: Privacy and a New Concept of Personally Identifiable Information
The PII Problem: Privacy and a New Concept of Personally Identifiable Information (July 8, 2011). New York University Law Review, Vol. 86, 2011. Paul M. Schwartz and Daniel J. Solove.
Personally identifiable information (PII) is one of the most central concepts in information privacy regulation. The scope of privacy laws typically turns on whether PII is involved. The basic assumption behind the applicable laws is that if PII is not involved, then there can be no privacy harm. At the same time, there is no uniform definition of PII in information privacy law. Moreover, computer science has shown that in many circumstances non-PII can be linked to individuals, and that de-identified data can, in many circumstances, be re-identified. PII and non-PII are thus not immutable categories, and there is a risk that information deemed non-PII at one point in time can be transformed into PII at a later juncture. Due to the malleable nature of what constitutes PII, some commentators have even suggested that PII be abandoned as the means to define the boundaries of privacy law. In this Article, Professors Paul Schwartz and Daniel Solove argue that although the current approaches to PII are flawed, the concept of PII should not be abandoned. They develop a new approach called “PII 2.0,” which accounts for PII’s malleability. Based upon a standard rather than a rule, PII 2.0 is based upon a continuum of risk of identification. PII 2.0 regulates information that relates to either an “identified” or “identifiable” individual, and it establishes different requirements for each category. To illustrate their theory, Schwartz and Solove use the example of regulating behavioral marketing to adults and children. They show how existing approaches to PII impede the effective regulation of behavioral marketing and how PII 2.0 would resolve these problems."
Inside Higher Ed Reports on What Students Don't Know About Using the Web and Research
Inside Higher Ed: "The ERIAL (Ethnographic Research in Illinois Academic Libraries) project -- a series of studies conducted at Illinois Wesleyan, DePaul University, and Northeastern Illinois University, and the University of Illinois’s Chicago and Springfield campuses -- was a meta-exercise for the librarians in practicing the sort of deep research they champion. Instead of relying on surveys, the libraries enlisted two anthropologists, along with their own staff members, to collect data using open-ended interviews and direct observation, among other methods. The goal was to generate data that, rather than being statistically significant yet shallow, would provide deep, subjective accounts of what students, librarians and professors think of the library and each other at those five institutions. The resulting papers are scheduled to be published by the American Library Association this fall, under the title: “Libraries and Student Culture: What We Now Know.” One thing the librarians now know is that their students' research habits are worse than they thought."
Note: "The prevalence of Google in student research is well-documented, but the Illinois researchers found something they did not expect: students were not very good at using Google. They were basically clueless about the logic underlying how the search engine organizes and displays its results. Consequently, the students did not know how to build a search that would return good sources."
August 25, 2011
ACLU Guide to New Facebook Privacy Controls
"August 25, 2011 - Facebook is rolling out a series of changes to its privacy controls. We reviewed the changes in detail on Tuesday; now here’s how you can take advantage of these changes.
"Turn On “Profile Review” - One of the biggest changes to Facebook’s privacy controls is the option to review any content you’re tagged in (including photos, Places, and more) before that content is fed into your news feed. You can also review any tags that are added to photos or other content that you post yourself...."
Symantec Intelligence Report - August 2011
"Symantec Corp. announced the results of the August 2011 Symantec Intelligence Report, now combining the best research and analysis from the Symantec.cloud MessageLabs Intelligence Report and the Symantec State of Spam & Phishing Report. This month’s analysis reveals that once more spammers are seeking to benefit from fluctuations in the turbulent financial markets, most notably by sending large volumes of spam relating to certain “pink sheets” stocks in an attempt to “pump” the value of these stocks before “dumping” them at a profit. In a pump-and-dump stock scam, spammers promote certain stocks in order to inflate the price as much as possible so that they may then be sold before their valuation crashes back to reality. The spam for these scams tries to convince the prospective mark that the penny stock is actually worth more than its valuation, or that it will soon skyrocket. Most of these claims are either misleading or false. A successful pump-and-dump spam campaign will artificially drive up the price of the stock to a point where the scammers decide to sell their shares. This usually coincides with them ending the spam campaign, which in turn reduces the interest in the stock, helping to drive its valuation back to the original low price."
August 24, 2011
Commentary: Accessibility vs. access: How the rhetoric of “rare” is changing in the age of information abundance
Accessibility vs. access: How the rhetoric of “rare” is changing in the age of information abundance by Maria Popova.
"Over the past few years, the fledgling field of the digital humanities has made significant strides with a number of ambitious digitization projects bringing online rare cultural artifacts — manuscripts, canvases, celluloid, marginalia — that used to rot away in institutional archives. But while these efforts, both government-subsidized and privately initiated, may have made a wealth of information accessible, it’s an entirely different story to ask how many people these materials have reached — how many people have actually gained access to them — and it’s one that harks back to the shifting relationship between scarcity and value...Historically, the two main types of obstacles to information discovery have been barriers of awareness, which encompass all the information we can’t access because we simply don’t know about its existence in the first place, and barriers of accessibility, which refer to the information we do know is out there but remains outside of our practical, infrastructural or legal reach. What the digital convergence has done is solve the latter, by bringing much previously inaccessible information into the public domain, made the former worse in the process, by increasing the net amount of information available to us and thus creating a wealth of information we can’t humanly be aware of due to our cognitive and temporal limitations, and added a third barrier — a barrier of motivation."
August 23, 2011
International Bloggers and Internet Control
International Bloggers and Internet Control, Hal Roberts, Ethan Zuckerman, Jillian York, Robert Faris, and John Palfrey. Berkman Center for Internet & Society, August 2011
"The Internet is an increasingly contested space, particularly in countries with repressive governments. Infringements on Internet freedom, particularly through Internet filtering and surveillance, have inspired activists and technologists to develop technological counter-measures, most notably circumvention tools to defeat Internet filters and anonymity tools to help protect user privacy and avoid online surveillance efforts. The widely heralded role of online activism in the Arab spring and the increasing incidence of Internet filtering around the world have spurred greater interest in supporting the development and dissemination of these tools as a means to foster greater freedom of expression online and strengthen the hand of activists demanding political reform. However, despite the perceived importance of this field, relatively little is known about the demand for and usage patterns of these tools. In December 2010, we surveyed a sample of international bloggers to better understand how, where, why, and by whom these tools are being used."
August 22, 2011
Improvements in Patch and Configuration Management Controls Can Better Protect TSA’s Wireless Network and Devices
Department of Homeland Security Office of Inspector General, Improvements in Patch and Configuration Management Controls Can Better Protect TSA’s Wireless Network and Devices (Redacted) OIG-11-99 July 2011
"Overall, TSA has implemented effective physical and logical security controls to protect its wireless network and devices. We did not detect any high-risk vulnerabilities on its wireless network infrastructure or rogue or unauthorized wireless networks or devices attributed to TSA or the Federal Air Marshal Service. Although we identified signal leakage from TSA’s wireless network, we determined that this was not a security risk because of the mitigating controls implemented. However, we identified high-risk vulnerabilities involving patch and configuration controls. Improvements are needed to enhance the security of wireless components to fully comply with the department’s information security policies and better protect TSA’s and Federal Air Marshal Service’s wireless infrastructure against potential risks, threats, and exploits."
NMPA Reaches Resolution of Copyright Infringement Lawsuit Against YouTube Agreement
News release: "The National Music Publishers Association announced it has reached a resolution with YouTube in a copyright infringement lawsuit filed in 2007. As a result of this resolution, music publishers will have the opportunity to enter into a License Agreement with YouTube and receive royalties from YouTube for musical works in videos posted on the site. HFA's licensing and rights administration expertise was instrumental in making this opportunity possible. HFA will administer the license agreements which will be available to all music publishers regardless of affiliation."
August 21, 2011
Seeking Synchronicity: Revelations and Recommendations for Virtual Reference
Update, November 30, 2011: Seeking Synchronicity Webinar Recording Now Available
OCLC - "A new membership report from OCLC Research, in partnership with Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Seeking Synchronicity distills more than five years of virtual reference (VR) research into a readable summary that features memorable quotes that vividly illustrate very specific and actionable suggestions. Taken from a multi-phase research project that included focus group interviews, surveys, transcript analysis, and phone interviews, with VR librarians, users, and non-users, these findings are meant to help practitioners develop and sustain VR services and systems. The report asserts that the "R" in "VR" needs to emphasize virtual "Relationships" as well as "Reference". Among the topics addressed are:
- The exaggerated death of ready reference
- The importance of query clarification in VR
- Ways to boost accuracy and build better interpersonal relationships in VR
- What can be learned from VR transcripts
- How convenience is the "hook" that draws users into VR services
- Generational differences in how people perceive reference interactions and determine success
- The need for more and better marketing"
A pocket Congress – track elected officials, read the latest bills and laws
"The government apps and mobile sites allow you to access official information on various topics from the palm of your hand. Learn more about apps."
Congress – A Pocket Directory - Sunlight Labs - "track elected officials, read the latest bills and laws. Want to know more about Congress?: Find your representatives by your location; See how they vote, read up on bills; Stay on top of floor activity, committee hearings; Be notified of new events."
August 18, 2011
Trends in Circumventing Web-Malware Detection
Trends in Circumventing Web-Malware Detection. Moheeb Abu Rajab, Lucas Ballard, Nav Jagpal, Panayiotis Mavrommatis, Daisuke Nojiri, Niels Provos, Ludwig Schmidt. Google Technical Report rajab-2011a, July 2011
"Malicious web sites that compromise vulnerable computers are an
ever-present threat on the web. The purveyors of these sites are
highly motivated and quickly adapt to technologies that try to protect users from their sites. This paper studies the resulting arms race between detection and evasion from the point of view of Google’s Safe Browsing infrastructure, an operational web-malware detection system that serves hundreds of millions of users. We analyze data collected over a four year period and study the most popular practices that challenge four of the most prevalent web-malware detection systems: Virtual Machine client honeypots, Browser Emulator client honeypots, Classification based on domain reputation, and Anti-Virus engines. Our results show that none of these systems are effective in isolation. In addition to describing specific methods that malicious web sites employ to evade detection, we study trends over time to measure the prevalence of evasion at scale. Our results indicate that exploit delivery mechanisms are becoming increasingly complex and evasive."
A Guide to Facebook Security For Young Adults, Parents, and Educators
A Guide to Facebook Security For Young Adults, Parents, and Educators, Linda McCarthy, Keith Watson, and Denise Weldon-Siviy, August 2011. "This online guide explains how you can:
- Protect your Facebook account
- Avoid the scammers
- Use advanced security settings
- Recover a hacked Facebook account
- Stop imposters
August 17, 2011
Navy Publishes Slideshare on How to Use Google+
Federal Computer Week: "Although Google+ has attracted more than 10 million users since its recent debut, many people in government are wondering what it is and how it ought to be used. Thanks to the Navy, now there is an overview of the new site. The Navy recently published a 13-page online guide titled What’s the deal with Google+? on the SlideShare website, providing a basic introduction to the new social networking site and how it could be used by individuals. The Navy’s presentation had been viewed by 606 people as of Aug. 16."
August 16, 2011
McAfee White Paper on Global Cyberattacks
Revealed: Operation Shady RAT by Dmitri Alperovitch, Vice President, Threat Research, McAfee: "An investigation of targeted intrusions into more than 70 global companies, governments, and non-profit organizations during the last five years."
"...the targeted compromises we are focused on — known as advanced persistent threats (APTs) — are much more insidious and occur largely without public disclosures. They present a far greater threat to companies and governments, as the adversary is tenaciously persistent in achieving their objectives. The key to these intrusions is that the adversary is motivated by a massive hunger for secrets and intellectual property; this is different from the immediate financial gratification that drives much of cybercrime, another serious but more manageable threat. What we have witnessed over the past five to six years has been nothing short of a historically unprecedented transfer of wealth — closely guarded national secrets (including those from classified government networks), source code, bug databases, email archives, negotiation plans and exploration details for new oil and gas field auctions, document stores, legal contracts, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) configurations, design schematics, and much more has “fallen off the truck” of numerous, mostly Western companies and disappeared in the ever-growing electronic archives of dogged adversaries."
Pew: Americans and Their Cell Phones
Americans and their cell phones - Aaron Smith, Senior Research Specialist, 8/15/2011. "Mobile phones have become a near-ubiquitous tool for information-seeking and communicating: 83% of American adults own some kind of cell phone. These devices have an impact on many aspects of their owners’ daily lives. In a telephone survey conducted from April 26 to May 22, 2011 among a nationally representative sample of Americans, the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project found that, during the 30 days preceding the interview:
- Cell phones are useful for quick information retrieval (so much so that their absence can cause problems) – Half of all adult cell owners (51%) had used their phone at least once to get information they needed right away. One quarter (27%) said that they experienced a situation in the previous month in which they had trouble doing something because they did not have their phone at hand.
- Cell phones are an important tool in emergency situations – 40% of cell owners said they found themselves in an emergency situation in which having their phone with them helped.
- Cell phones can help stave off boredom – 42% of cell owners used their phone for entertainment when they were bored."
August 15, 2011
TeleNav survey examines Americans' attachment to mobile phones; finds iPhone users are least willing to let go of their devices
TeleNav survey examines Americans' attachment to mobile phones; finds iPhone users are least willing to let go of their devices
"Results of a recent national survey* commissioned by TeleNav, Inc. indicate that Americans are willing to give up some of life's greatest pleasures in order to hang on to their mobile phones. Not surprisingly, smartphone users were more attached to their devices than were feature phone users, with iPhone users leading the pack. In fact, iPhone users were more likely than their Android or BlackBerry counterparts to spend a week without their significant other, exercise or shoes—rather than go a week without their phone."
August 14, 2011
Pew Findings: Search and email remain the top online activities
Search and email still top the list of most popular online activities - Two activities nearly universal among adult internet users, by Kristen Purcell
"A May 2011 Pew Internet survey finds that 92% of online adults use search engines to find information on the Web, including 59% who do so on a typical day. This places search at the top of the list of most popular online activities among U.S. adults. But it is not alone at the top. Among online adults, 92% use email, with 61% using it on an average day. Since the Pew Internet Project began measuring adults’ online activities in the last decade, these two behaviors have consistently ranked as the most popular. Even as early as 2002, more than eight in ten online adults were using search engines, and more than nine in ten online adults were emailing."
August 12, 2011
Writing and Maintaining Secure Online Passwords
Haystack Logo...and how well hidden is YOUR needle?
"Every password you use can be thought of as a needle hiding in a haystack. After all searches of common passwords and dictionaries have failed, an attacker must resort to a “brute force” search – ultimately trying every possible combination of letters, numbers and then symbols until the combination you chose, is discovered.
If every possible password is tried, sooner or later yours will be found. The question is: Will that be too soon...or enough later? This interactive brute force search space calculator allows you to experiment with password length and composition to develop an accurate and quantified sense for the safety of using passwords that can only be found through exhaustive search. Please see the discussion below for additional information."
August 10, 2011
Mobile App Security Study: appWatchdog Findings
"Data (in)security is rapidly gaining consumer attention in major media. In 2011 major breaches at Sony, Epsilon and others have highlighted the risk consumers face from their data being compromised. Major corporations are now recognizing the urgency to implement strong and innovative security measures to ensure the security of their customers’ data. At the same time, both Apple and Google have seen stunning growth in the past few years and now dominate the smartphone market. Companies and app developers have leveraged these platforms to provide new mobile services, often bringing them to market very quickly. But what steps have the smartphone OS providers and app developers taken to secure the data on their customers’ smartphones? At viaForensics we believe in proactive forensics – applying the power of forensic methods proactively to improve digital security. With appWatchdog we utilize forensic techniques to investigate consumer mobile apps and understand what user data is stored and could be at risk. This white paper summarizes our findings for the first 100 tests, from November 2010 through June 2011."
August 08, 2011
Measuring Broadband America A Report on Consumer Wireline Broadband Performance in the U.S.
Measuring Broadband America - A Report on Consumer Wireline Broadband Performance in the U.S., FCC’s Office of Engineering and Technology and Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau
"This Report presents results of the first nationwide performance study of residential wireline (or “fixed,” as opposed to mobile) broadband service in the United States using measurement technology deployed in the consumer’s home, focusing on three technologies—digital subscriber line (DSL), cable, and fiber-to-the home. The study examined service offerings from 13 of the largest broadband providers1—which collectively account for approximately 86 percent of all U.S. wireline broadband connections—using automated, direct measurements of broadband performance delivered to the homes of thousands of volunteer broadband subscribers during March 2011.11 This Report focuses on major findings of this study, while a
separate Appendix provides a detailed description of the process by which the measurements were made and describes each test that was performed. In addition, the Commission is making available the following resources: electronic copies of the charts included in the Report; data sets for each of the charts in the Report; resources regarding the underlying methodology by which the data was collected and calculated; tabular results for each test performed and data sets for recorded data for March 2011; and the complete raw bulk data set for all tests run during the testing period.1"
CRS - Critical Infrastructures: Background, Policy, and Implementation
Critical Infrastructures: Background, Policy, and Implementation -
John D. Moteff, Specialist in Science and Technology Policy, July 11, 2011: "This report discusses in more detail the evolution of a national critical infrastructure policy and the institutional structures established to implement it. The report highlights five issues of Congressional concern: identifying critical assets; assessing vulnerabilities and risks; allocating resources; information sharing; and regulation."
August 07, 2011
Commentary - When Data Disappears
Dr. Kari Kraus, University of Maryland, via NYT: "..if we’re going to save even a fraction of the trillions of bits of data churned out every year, we can’t think of digital preservation in the same way we do paper preservation. We have to stop thinking about how to save data only after it’s no longer needed, as when an author donates her papers to an archive. Instead, we must look for ways to continuously maintain and improve it. In other words, we must stop preserving digital material and start curating it."
Study: Flash Cookies and Privacy II: Now with HTML5 and ETag Respawning
Flash Cookies and Privacy II: Now with HTML5 and ETag Respawning (July 29, 2011), Ayenson, Mika, Wambach, Dietrich James, Soltani, Ashkan, Good, Nathan and Hoofnagle, Chris Jay, Available at SSRN
In August 2009, we demonstrated that popular websites were using “Flash cookies” to track users. Some advertisers had adopted this technology because it allowed persistent tracking even where users had taken steps to avoid web profiling. We also demonstrated “respawning” on top sites with Flash technology. This allowed sites to reinstantiate HTTP cookies deleted by a user, making tracking more resistant to users’ privacy-seeking behaviors. In this followup study, we reassess the Flash cookies landscape and examine a new tracking vector, HTML5 local storage and Cache-Cookies via ETags. We found over 5,600 standard HTTP cookies on popular sites, over 4,900 were from third parties. Google-controlled cookies were present on 97 of the top 100 sites, including popular government websites. Seventeen sites were using HTML5, and seven of those sites had HTML5 local storage and HTTP cookies with matching values. Flash cookies were present on 37 of the top 100 sites. We found two sites that were respawning cookies, including one site – hulu.com – where both Flash and cache cookies were employed to make identifiers more persistent. The cache cookie method used ETags, and is capable of unique tracking even where all cookies are blocked by the user and “Private Browsing Mode” is enabled."
August 06, 2011
Report on Online Security in the Middle East and North Africa
"The Berkman Center is pleased to release Online Security in the Middle East and North Africa: A Survey of Perceptions, Knowledge, and Practice. This report describes the results of a survey of 98 bloggers in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) carried out in May 2011 in order to study bloggers’ perceptions of online risk and the actions they take to address digital communications security, including both Internet and cell phone use. Digital communication has become a more perilous activity, particularly for activists, political dissidents, and independent media. The recent surge in digital activism that has helped to shape the Arab spring has been met with stiff resistance by governments in the region intent on reducing the impact of digital organizing and independent media. No longer content with Internet filtering, many governments in the Middle East and around the world are using a variety of technological and offline strategies to go after online media and digital activists. The survey was implemented in the wake of the Arab spring and documents a proliferation of online security problems among the respondents. In the survey, we address the respondents’ perceptions of online risk, their knowledge of digital security practices, and their reported online security practices. The survey results indicate that there is much room for improving online security practices, even among this sample of respondents who are likely to have relatively high technical knowledge and experience."
Dow Jones circulation chief calculates highlights content for which customers will pay
Poynter: "Writing in the newsletter of the International News Marketing Association, Dow Jones senior vice president of circulation Lynne Brennen proposes five attributes to measure “a consumer’s willingness to pay.” She also assigned a percentage weighting to each. Keep in mind this is a measure not of what people would like to have as they consume news, but what they will actually pay for. What advertisers want is outside the scope of this particular exercise. Brennen’s big five and the weighting she assigned are:
- Broad reliability of content — 30 percent
- Vertical nature of content — 30 percent
- Longevity of content — 30 percent
- Immediacy of information — 8 percent
- Social “trustworthiness” — 2 percent
Upcoming hearing: The Power of Google: Serving Consumers or Threatening Competition?
“The Power of Google: Serving Consumers or Threatening Competition?” - Senate Judiciary Committee, Subcommittee on Antitrust, Competition Policy and Consumer Rights. DATE: September 21, 2011
August 05, 2011
Firefox Extension Defends Against Search Hijacking Schemes and Improves Web Security
News release: "The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF), in collaboration with the Tor Project, has launched an official 1.0 version of HTTPS Everywhere, a tool for the Firefox web browser that helps secure web browsing by encrypting connections to more than 1,000 websites. HTTPS Everywhere was first released as a beta test version in June of 2010. Today's 1.0 version includes support for hundreds of additional websites, using carefully crafted rules to switch from HTTP to HTTPS. HTTPS protects against numerous Internet security and privacy problems, including the search hijacking on U.S. networks that was revealed by an article published today in New Scientist magazine. The article, entitled US internet providers hijacking users' search queries, documents how a company called Paxfire has been intercepting and altering search traffic on a number of ISPs' networks. HTTPS can prevent such attacks."
August 02, 2011
Forum Guide to Ensuring Equal Access to Education Websites— Introduction to Electronic Information Accessibility Standards
Forum Guide to Ensuring Equal Access to Education Websites - Introduction to Electronic Information Accessibility Standards, July 2011
"This guide is designed for use by information technology administrators, data specialists, and program staff responsible for the “content” in data reports, as well as education leaders (e.g., administrators who prioritize tasks for technical and data staff), and other stakeholders who have an interest in seeing that our schools, school districts, and state education agencies operate in an effective and equitable manner for all constituents, regardless of disability status. It is intended to raise awareness in nontechnical audiences and suggest best practices for complying with Section 508 goals at an operational level in schools, school districts, and state education agencies. It is not intended to recreate technical resources that already exist to facilitate Section 508 compliance."
August 01, 2011
House Committee Approves Controversial Measure to Require Data Retention for All Internet Users
EPIC: "The House of Representatives Judiciary Committee voted to approve a bill that will require Internet Service Providers (ISPs) to retain data on every customer to allow the government to identify and track their online activity for one year. EPIC Director Marc Rotenberg testified against the bill at the subcommittee hearing, and his arguments were cited by committee members including Representative Jerrold Nadler (D-NY). After two days of deliberation, the bill was passed with an amendment to require ISPs to retain even more information: not only internet protocol addresses, but also customer names, addresses, phone records, type and length of service, and credit card numbers. This retention is a radical contradiction of the core American value that we are innocent until proven guilty, said Representative Jason Chaffetz (R-UT)."
Study: Faces of Facebook: Privacy in the Age of Augmented Reality
Faces of Facebook: Privacy in the Age of Augmented Reality - FAQ only - See also slides here. Alessandro Acquisti (Heinz College, Carnegie Mellon University), Ralph Gross (Heinz College, Carnegie Mellon University) Fred Stutzman (Heinz College, Carnegie Mellon University), August 2011
"We investigated the feasibility of combining publicly available Web 2.0 data with off-the-shelf face recognition software for the purpose of large-scale, automated individual re-identification. Two experiments demonstrated the ability of identifying strangers online (on a dating site where individuals protect their identities by using pseudonyms) and offline (in a public space), based on photos made publicly available on a social network site. A third proof-of-concept experiment illustrated the ability of inferring strangers' personal or sensitive information (their interests and Social Security numbers) from their faces, by combining face recognition, data mining algorithms, and statistical re-identification techniques. The results highlight the implications of the inevitable convergence of face recognition technology and increasing online self-disclosures, and the emergence of "personally predictable" information. They raise questions about the future of privacy in an "augmented" reality world in which online and offline data will seamlessly blend."
July 28, 2011
WSJ: Marketers are spying on Internet users
"Marketers are spying on Internet users -- observing and remembering people's clicks, and building and selling detailed dossiers of their activities and interests. The Wall Street Journal's What They Know series documents the new, cutting-edge uses of this Internet-tracking technology. The Journal analyzed the tracking files installed on people's computers by the 50 most popular U.S. websites, plus WSJ.com. The Journal also built an "exposure index" -- to determine the degree to which each site exposes visitors to monitoring -- by studying the tracking technologies they install and the privacy policies that guide their use."
New Prototype: WorldCat Identities Network
"The WorldCat Identities Network gives users the opportunity to visually explore the interconnectivity and relationships between WorldCat Identities. The WorldCat Identities Network uses the WorldCat Identities Web Service and the WorldCat Search API to create an interactive Related Identity Network Map for each Identity in the WorldCat Identities database. The Identity Maps can be used to explore the interconnectivity between WorldCat Identities. WorldCat Identities creates a summary page for every name in WorldCat, including people, things (e.g., the Titanic), fictitious characters (e.g., Harry Potter), and corporations (e.g., IBM). This application was developed primarily by JD Shipengrover, Senior Web & User Interface Designer, and Senior Software Engineer Jeremy Browning. The prototype is available from the WorldCat Identities Network activity page."
July 26, 2011
Pew: 71% of online adults now use video-sharing sites
Video, Web 2.0 - 71% of online adults now use video-sharing sites by Kathleen Moore, July 26, 2011
"Fully 71% of online Americans use video-sharing sites such as YouTube and Vimeo, up from 66% a year earlier. The use of video-sharing sites on any given day also jumped five percentage points, from 23% of online Americans in May 2010 to 28% in May 2011. Rural internet users are now just as likely as users in urban and suburban areas to have used these sites, and online African-Americans and Hispanics are more likely than internet-using whites to visit video-sharing sites."
NARA Guidance on Managing Mixed-Media Files
NARA Bulletin 2011-04, July 18, 2011. TO: Heads of Federal Agencies; SUBJECT: Guidance on Managing Mixed-Media Files; EXPIRATION DATE: July 31, 2014
"What is the purpose of this Bulletin? Agencies frequently manage files with records created or received in more than one type of medium. This Bulletin provides agencies with guidance about the records management implications when records in various types of media are intermixed in one file. This Bulletin also reminds agencies of lifecycle management requirements for electronic records as described in 36 CFR 1236.20 and for audiovisual, cartographic, and related records per 36 CFR 1237. This Bulletin is not intended to address scheduling of these records."
July 25, 2011
Report - Google Street View cars grabbed locations of phones, PCs
CNET: "Google's Street View cars collected the locations of millions of laptops, cell phones, and other Wi-Fi devices around the world, a practice that raises novel privacy concerns, CNET has confirmed. The cars were supposed to collect the locations of Wi-Fi access points. But Google also recorded the street addresses and unique identifiers of computers and other devices using those wireless networks and then made the data publicly available through Google.com until a few weeks ago."
July 24, 2011
OCLC Report: Seeking Synchronicity: Revelations and Recommendations for Virtual Reference
News release: "A ground-breaking membership report from OCLC Research suggests that by transforming virtual reference (VR) service encounters into relationship-building opportunities, librarians can better leverage the positive feelings people have for libraries. This is critically important in a crowded online space where the biggest players often don’t have the unique experience and specific strengths offered by librarians. The report — Seeking Synchronicity: Revelations and Recommendations for Virtual Reference — demonstrates that today’s students, scholars and citizens are not just looking to libraries for answers to specific questions—they want partners and guides in a lifelong information-seeking journey. Seeking Synchronicity: Revelations and Recommendations for Virtual Reference, from OCLC Research, in partnership with Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, and additionally funded by the Institute of Museum and Library Services (IMLS), distills more than five years of VR research into a readable summary featuring memorable quotes that vividly illustrate very specific and actionable suggestions. Taken from a multiphase research project that included focus group interviews, online surveys, transcript analysis and phone interviews, with VR librarians, users and non-users, these findings are meant to help practitioners develop and sustain VR services and systems. The report asserts that the “R” in “VR” needs to emphasize virtual “Relationships” as well as “Reference.”
Looks Too Good To Be True.com webstie
"While the Internet can be a safe and convenient place to do business, scammers are out there in "cyber world" targeting unsuspecting consumers. The Looks Too Good To Be True.com website was built to educate you, the consumer, and help prevent you from becoming a victim of an Internet fraud scheme. The website was developed and is maintained by a joint federal law enforcement and industry task force. Funding for the site has been provided by the United States Postal Inspection Service and the Federal Bureau of Investigation. Key partners include the National White Collar Crime Center, Monster.com, Target and members of the Merchants Risk Council."
July 21, 2011
ASCI Survey: Low Customer Satisfaction for Facebook Opens Door for Google+
News release: "The social media market is primed for a new player that allows users to connect with friends, according to the 2011 American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI) E-Business Report, produced in partnership with customer experience analytics firm ForeSee Results. Despite a small improvement this year, Facebook (+3% to 66) is the lowest-scoring site, not only in the social media category, but of all measured companies in this report. The survey was conducted last month, before the widespread introduction of Facebook’s biggest competitor, Google+, but Facebook’s low score indicates that Google+ could easily pounce and gain market share if they can provide a superior customer experience."
ForeSee Results Annual E-Business Report for the American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI), July 19, 2011
Lackluster Response to Social Media - "Users are underwhelmed when it comes to social media websites, as last-place Facebook watches first-place Google win the e-business satisfaction race" - July 2011 and Historical ACSI Scores
July 20, 2011
Google Effects on Memory: Cognitive Consequences of Having Information at Our Fingertips
Google Effects on Memory: Cognitive Consequences of Having Information at Our Fingertips - Betsy Sparrow, Jenny Liu, Daniel M. Wegner. Science DOI: 10.1126/science.1207745, Published Online 14 July 2011. See also Google's Effects on Memory, PBS NewsHour via YouTube.
"The advent of the Internet, with sophisticated algorithmic search engines, has made accessing information as easy as lifting a finger. No longer do we have to make costly efforts to find the things we want. We can "Google" the old classmate, find articles online, or look up the actor who was on the tip of our tongue. The results of four studies suggest that when faced with difficult questions, people are primed to think about computers and that when people expect to have future access to information, they have lower rates of recall of the information itself and enhanced recall instead for where to access it. The Internet has become a primary form of external or transactive memory, where information is stored collectively outside ourselves."
July 19, 2011
Pew Study - College students and technology
College students and technology by Aaron Smith, Lee Rainie, Kathryn Zickuhr - July 19, 2011
When it comes to general internet access, young adults of all stripes are much more likely than the general population to go online. Fully 92% of 18-24 year olds who do not attend college are internet users, comparable to the rate for community college students and just slightly lower than the rate for undergraduate and graduate students (nearly 100% of whom access the internet). Undergraduate and graduate students differentiate themselves more clearly when it comes to home broadband access, as more than nine in ten undergraduate (95%) and graduate students (93%) are home broadband users—well well above the national adult average of 66%."
July 17, 2011
.gov Reform Effort: Improving Federal Websites
"The .gov reform effort is part of President Obama's Campaign to Cut Waste, identifying unnecessary websites that can be consolidated into other websites to reduce costs and improve the quality of service to the American public. The President signed Executive Order 13571, "Streamlining Service Delivery and Improving Customer Service," April 27, 2011, which requires federal agencies to take specific steps to strengthen customer service, including how they deliver services and information on federal ".gov" websites."
Federal Executive Branch Internet Domains: Listing of all 1759 Federal Agency Internet Domains
July 16, 2011
Google Effects on Memory: Cognitive Consequences of Having Information at Our Fingertips
Google Effects on Memory: Cognitive Consequences of Having Information at Our Fingertips. Betsy Sparrow1, Jenny Liu, Daniel M. Wegner. Science DOI: 10.1126/science.1207745
"The advent of the Internet, with sophisticated algorithmic search engines, has made accessing information as easy as lifting a finger. No longer do we have to make costly efforts to find the things we want. We can "Google" the old classmate, find articles online, or look up the actor who was on the tip of our tongue. The results of four studies suggest that when faced with difficult questions, people are primed to think about computers and that when people expect to have future access to information, they have lower rates of recall of the information itself and enhanced recall instead for where to access it. The Internet has become a primary form of external or transactive memory, where information is stored collectively outside ourselves."
July 14, 2011
Department of Defense Strategy for Operating in Cyberspace
Department of Defense Strategy for Operating in Cyberspace, July 2011
"...the Department of Defense (DoD) depends on cyberspace to function. It is difficult to overstate this reliance; DoD operates over 15,000 networks and seven million computing devices across hundreds of installations in dozens of countries around the globe. DoD uses cyberspace to enable its military, intelligence, and business operations, including the movement of personnel and material and the command and control of the full spectrum of military operations. The Department and the nation have vulnerabilities in cyberspace. Our reliance on cyberspace stands in stark contrast to the inadequacy of our cybersecurity – the security of the technologies that we use each day. Moreover, the continuing growth of networked systems, devices, and platforms means that cyberspace is embedded into an increasing number of capabilities upon which DoD relies to complete its mission. Today, many foreign nations are working to exploit DoD unclassified and classified networks, and some foreign intelligence organizations have already acquired the capacity to disrupt elements of DoD’s information infrastructure. Moreover, non-state actors increasingly threaten to penetrate and disrupt DoD networks and systems. We recognize that there may be malicious activities on DoD networks and systems that we have not yet detected."
July 11, 2011
Pew Internet - 35% of American adults own a smartphone
35% of American adults own a smartphone - One quarter of smartphone owners use their phone for most of their online browsing. Aaron Smith, Senior Research Specialist, 7/11/2011. "Several groups have higher than average levels of smartphone adoption, including:
- The financially well-off and well-educated – 59% of adults living in a household earning income of $75,000 or more are smartphone owners; 48% of those with a college degree own smartphones.
- Those under the age of 45 – 58% of Americans between the ages of 25 and 34 now own a smartphone as do 49% of those ages 18-24 and 44% of those ages 35-44. Even among those with a household income of $30,000 or less, smartphone ownership rates for those ages 18-29 are equal to the national average.
- African-Americans and Latinos – 44% of blacks and Latinos are smartphone users.
July 09, 2011
EFF: Prosecutors Demand Laptop Password in Violation of Fifth Amendment
"The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) urged a federal court in Colorado today to block the government's attempt to force a woman to enter a password into an encrypted laptop, arguing in an amicus brief that it would violate her Fifth Amendment privilege against self-incrimination. A defendant in this case, Ramona Fricosu, is accused of fraudulent real estate transactions. During the investigation, the government seized an encrypted laptop from the home she shares with her family, and then asked the court to compel Fricosu to type the password into the computer or turn over a decrypted version of her data. But EFF told the court today that the demand is contrary to the Constitution, forcing Fricosu to become a witness against herself. "Decrypting the data on the laptop can be, in and of itself, a testimonial act -- revealing control over a computer and the files on it," said EFF Senior Staff Attorney Marcia Hofmann. "Ordering the defendant to enter an encryption password puts her in the situation the Fifth Amendment was designed to prevent: having to choose between incriminating herself, lying under oath, or risking contempt of court."
July 05, 2011
American Bar Association - Initial Draft Proposals on Lawyers' Use of Technology and Client Development
Jamie S. Gorelick and Michael Traynor, Co-Chairs - ABA Commission on Ethics 20/20 - Re: For Comment: Initial Draft Proposals on Lawyers' Use of Technology and Client Development. Date: June 29, 2011
"The Commission is pleased to release its initial proposals relating to lawyers’ use of technology-based client development tools. As the accompanying report explains, the Commission concluded that no new restrictions are necessary in this area, but that lawyers would benefit from more guidance on how to use new client development tools in a manner that is consistent with the profession’s core values. To that end, the Commission is proposing amendments to Rules 1.18 (Duties to Prospective Clients), 7.2 (Advertising), and 7.3 (Direct Contact with Prospective Clients) that would clarify how lawyers can use new technology to disseminate important information about legal services and develop clients."
Commentary - Information Literacy On Campus
Benjamin Rossi - analyst at Basex: "For students, doing research is the bread and butter of their academic life. Conducting research doesn’t just mean searching for information effectively; it means being able to judge the reliability of sources, place information within various contexts, and synthesize different information sources while developing one’s thesis. Encompassing a wide variety of competencies, research is one of the most important skills that students learn in preparation for participation in the knowledge economy. Increasingly, however, students find that the overwhelming abundance of easily accessible but undifferentiated information on the Web hinders their ability to do the kind of deep, exploratory research that broadens their education and hones critical thinking."
July 04, 2011
Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement; Safeguarding Unclassified DoD Information
Federal Register Volume 76, Number 125 (Wednesday, June 29, 2011)]
"The purpose of this proposed DFARS rule is to implement adequate security measures to safeguard unclassified DoD information within contractor information systems from unauthorized access and disclosure, and to prescribe reporting to DoD with regard to certain cyberintrusion events that affect DoD information resident on or transiting through contractor unclassified information systems. This rule addresses the safeguarding requirements specified in Executive Order 13556, Controlled Unclassified Information. On-going efforts, currently being led by the National Archives and Records Administration regarding controlled unclassified information, may also require future DFARS revisions in this area. This case does not address procedures for Government sharing of cyber security threat information with industry; this issue will be addressed separately through follow-on rulemaking procedures as appropriate."
July 03, 2011
New Research - Mobile Phones, Brain Tumours and the Interphone Study: Where Are We Now?
Follow up to previous postings on cell phones and radiation levels, a new study - Mobile Phones, Brain Tumours and the Interphone Study: Where Are We Now?
"Conclusions: Although there remains some uncertainty, the trend in the accumulating evidence is increasingly against the hypothesis that mobile phone use can cause brain tumours in adults."
June 29, 2011
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development's proposed online copyright protection plan
OECD draft Communiqué on Principles for Internet Policy-Making, June 29, 2011
"The policy-making principles in this communiqué are designed to help preserve the fundamental openness of the Internet while concomitantly meeting certain public policy objectives, such as the protection of privacy, security, children online, and intellectual property, as well as the reinforcement of trust in the Internet. Effective protection of intellectual property rights plays a vital role in spurring innovation and furthers the development of the Internet economy. Internet policy making principles need to take into account the unique social, technical and economic aspects of the Internet environment. It is clear that the open and accessible nature of the Internet needs to be supported for the benefit of freedom of expression, and to facilitate the legitimate sharing of information, knowledge and exchange of views by users including research and development that has brought about widespread innovation to our economies."
OECD Internet Economy (Home)
EFF Declines to Endorse OECD Draft Communiqué on Principles for Internet Policy-Making: "We oppose legal and policy frameworks that encourage Internet intermediaries to filter and block online content or disconnect Internet users under a “graduated response” system after alleged copyright violations. Civil society calls on OECD member states to defend free expression and support due process and procedural safeguards in the protection of intellectual property rights."
June 28, 2011
Facts from the FTC: What You Should Know About Mobile Apps
"New technology can bring tremendous benefits to consumers, but it also can present new challenges. Mobile apps offered on cell phones and other portable devices such as tablets and music players can perform a range of consumer services such as locating the nearest retail stores, managing shopping lists, tracking family budgets, and allowing consumers to read news articles, play interactive games, and connect with family and friends. The FTC is making a concerted effort to ensure that consumers have the information they need about mobile apps, and is offering new information on OnGuardOnline, the federal government’s website to help you be safe, secure and responsible on the Internet."
Understanding Mobile Apps: Questions & Answers
Pew Study: E-Reader Ownership Doubles in Six Months
E-reader Ownership Doubles in Six Months - Adoption rate of e-readers surges ahead of tablet computers, Kristen Purcell, Associate Director for Research, Pew Internet Project, June 27, 2011
"The percent of U.S. adults with an e-book reader doubled from 6% to 12% between November 2010 and May 2011. Hispanic adults, adults younger than age 65, college graduates and those living in households with incomes of at least $75,000 are most likely to own e-book readers. Parents are also more likely than non-parents to own these devices. Tablet computers have not seen the same level of growth among U.S. adults in recent months. In May 2011, 8% of adults report owning a tablet computer such as an iPad, Samsung Galaxy or Motorola Xoom. This is roughly the same percentage of adults who reported owning this kind of device in January 2011 (7%), and represents just a 3 percentage-point increase in ownership since November 2010. Overall, the highest rates of tablet ownership are among Hispanic adults and those with household incomes of at least $75,000 annually."
June 24, 2011
Google Apps Accessibility Evaluation Project
"In the summer of 2010, Peter Mosinskis from California State University Channel Islands assembled a team of approximately fifteen volunteers from seven different CSU campuses and one from the UC system to evaluate the accessibility of Google Apps. The team also recruited student volunteers and screen reader users to assist with the testing. Automated, manual, and screen reader testing began the first week of January 2011 and was completed February 4th. The report has been completed and posted here for your review. The CSU Accessible Technology Initiative (ATI) Staff, ATI Leadership Council, and Google have reviewed the Google Apps Accessibility Evaluation report. We discovered a number of accessibility issues during our testing. These issues are outlined in the report as well as "workarounds" that can be used to improve the user experience for persons with disabilities. When campuses choose to use Google Apps, they are required to provide an equally effective service for people with disabilities and it is critical for campuses to ensure that the "workarounds" meet the educational needs of the student and/or faculty. The March 15, 2011 USA TODAY online news article Complaint: Google programs hard for blind students illustrates possible legal problems that may result from adopting the Google Apps for Education suite."
Google Posts About FTC's Formal Notification of Business Review
Follow up to posting, WSJ: FTC Plans to Serve Google With Subpoenas, from the Official Google Blog: "At Google, we’ve always focused on putting the user first. We aim to provide relevant answers as quickly as possible—and our product innovation and engineering talent have delivered results that users seem to like, in a world where the competition is only one click away. Still, we recognize that our success has led to greater scrutiny. Yesterday, we received formal notification from the U.S. Federal Trade Commission that it has begun a review of our business. We respect the FTC’s process and will be working with them (as we have with other agencies) over the coming months to answer questions about Google and our services. It’s still unclear exactly what the FTC’s concerns are, but we’re clear about where we stand...To learn more about our business, please visit google.com/press/competition."
June 20, 2011
ICANN Approves Historic Change to Internet’s Domain Name System
News release: "ICANN’s Board of Directors has approved a plan to usher in one of the biggest changes ever to the Internet’s Domain Name System. During a special meeting, the Board approved a plan to allow an increase in the number of Internet address endings - called generic top-level domains (gTLDs) - from the current 22, which includes such familiar domains as .com, .org and .net. “ICANN has opened the Internet’s naming system to unleash the global human imagination. Today’s decision respects the rights of groups to create new Top Level Domains in any language or script. We hope this allows the domain name system to better serve all of mankind,” said Rod Beckstrom, President and Chief Executive Officer of ICANN. New gTLDs will change the way people find information on the Internet and how businesses plan and structure their online presence. Virtually every organization with an online presence could be affected in some way. Internet address names will be able to end with almost any word in any language, offering organizations around the world the opportunity to market their brand, products, community or cause in new and innovative ways."
New On LLRX.com: Hunting For A Job? Try the Internet
Hunting For A Job? Try the Internet: Acknowledging the economy in the past several years has made the job search process even more challenging, Rhonda Keaton and Barbara Fullerton provide strategic suggestions and a guide to a wide range of sources to support and leverage a multi-pronged search effort in response to the competitive job arena.
June 19, 2011
Average U.S. Smartphone Data Usage Up 89% as Cost per MB Goes Down 46%
News release: "The mobile Data Tsunami initially described here is still growing at an astounding pace. According to Nielsen’s monthly analysis of cellphone bills for 65,000+ lines, smartphone owners – especially those with iPhones and Android devices — are consuming more data than ever before on a per-user basis. This has huge implications for carriers since the proportion of smartphone owners is also increasing dramatically. (Currently, 37% of all mobile subscribers in the United States have smartphones.) In just the last 12 months, the amount of data the average smartphone user consumes per month has grown by 89 percent from 230 Megabytes (MB) in Q1 2010 to 435 MB in Q1 2011. A look at the distribution of data consumption is even more shocking: data usage for the top 10 percent of smartphone users (90th percentile) is up 109 percent while the top 1 percent (99th percentile) has grown their usage by an astonishing 155 percent from 1.8GB in Q1 2010 to over 4.6GB in Q1 2011.
See also AT&T, Data Calculator - "Use the sliders to estimate your daily or monthly usage. Wi-Fi usage does not count against the data included in your plan," and via NYT: Excited About the Cloud? Get Ready for Capped Data Plans
Average U.S. Smartphone Data Usage Up 89% as Cost per MB Goes Down 46%
News release: "The mobile Data Tsunami initially described here is still growing at an astounding pace. According to Nielsen’s monthly analysis of cellphone bills for 65,000+ lines, smartphone owners – especially those with iPhones and Android devices — are consuming more data than ever before on a per-user basis. This has huge implications for carriers since the proportion of smartphone owners is also increasing dramatically. (Currently, 37% of all mobile subscribers in the United States have smartphones.) In just the last 12 months, the amount of data the average smartphone user consumes per month has grown by 89 percent from 230 Megabytes (MB) in Q1 2010 to 435 MB in Q1 2011. A look at the distribution of data consumption is even more shocking: data usage for the top 10 percent of smartphone users (90th percentile) is up 109 percent while the top 1 percent (99th percentile) has grown their usage by an astonishing 155 percent from 1.8GB in Q1 2010 to over 4.6GB in Q1 2011.
See also AT&T, Data Calculator - "Use the sliders to estimate your daily or monthly usage. Wi-Fi usage does not count against the data included in your plan," and via NYT: Excited About the Cloud? Get Ready for Capped Data Plans
Microsoft to Acquire Skype - FTC Approves, Awaiting DOJ
The FTC provides antitrust approval [link to notice here] - Microsoft news release: Microsoft Corp. and Skype Global announced that they have entered into a definitive agreement under which Microsoft will acquire Skype, the leading Internet communications company, for $8.5 billion in cash from the investor group led by Silver Lake. The agreement has been approved by the boards of directors of both Microsoft and Skype. The acquisition will increase the accessibility of real-time video and voice communications, bringing benefits to both consumers and enterprise users and generating significant new business and revenue opportunities. The combination will extend Skype’s world-class brand and the reach of its networked platform, while enhancing Microsoft’s existing portfolio of real-time communications products and services. With 170 million connected users and over 207 billion minutes of voice and video conversations in 2010, Skype has been a pioneer in creating rich, meaningful connections among friends, families and business colleagues globally."
June 18, 2011
Cybersecurity, Innovation and the Internet Economy
Cybersecurity, Innovation and the Internet Economy, Department of Commerce Internet Policy Task Force, June 2011
"The Internet allows users to gather, store, process, and transfer vast amounts of data, including proprietary and sensitive business, transactional, and personal data. At the same time that businesses and consumers rely more and more on such capabilities, cybersecurity threats continue to plague the Internet economy. Cybersecurity threats evolve as rapidly as the Internet expands, and the associated risks are becoming increasingly global. Staying protected against cybersecurity threats requires all users, even the most sophisticated ones, to be aware of the threats and improve their security practices on an ongoing basis. Creating incentives to motivate all parties in the Internet economy to make appropriate security investments requires technical and public policy measures that are carefully balanced to heighten cybersecurity without creating barriers to innovation, economic growth, and the free flow of information."
June 16, 2011
Pew Report: Social networking sites and our lives
Social networking sites and our lives How people’s trust, personal relationships, and civic and political involvement are connected to their use of social networking sites and other technologies, June 16, 2011
"Questions have been raised about the social impact of widespread use of social networking sites like Facebook, LinkedIn, MySpace, and Twitter. Do these technologies isolate people and truncate their relationships? Or are there benefits associated with being connected to others in this way? The Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project decided to examine social networking sites in a survey that explored people’s overall social networks and how use of these technologies is related to trust, tolerance, social support, and community and political engagement. The findings presented here paint a rich and complex picture of the role that digital technology plays in people’s social worlds. Wherever possible, we seek to disentangle whether people’s varying social behaviors and attitudes are related to the different ways they use social networking sites, or to other relevant demographic characteristics, such as age, gender and social class."
The HTTP Archive tracks how the Web is built
"In addition to the content of web pages, it's important to record how this digitized content is constructed and served. The HTTP Archive provides this record. It is a permanent repository of web performance information such as size of pages, failed requests, and technologies utilized. This performance information allows us to see trends in how the Web is built and provides a common data set from which to conduct web performance research."
See also Google's HTTP Archive merges with Internet Archive
June 15, 2011
Research - To Move or Not To Move: The Economics of Cloud Computing
To Move or Not To Move: The Economics of Cloud Computing - Byung Chul, Tak Bhuvan Urgaonkar, Anand Sivasubramaniam, Computer Systems Laboratory Department of Computer Science and Engineering, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA
"Cloud-based hosting promises cost advantages over conventional in-house (on-premise) application deployment. One important question when considering a move to the cloud is whether it makes sense for ‘my’ application to migrate to the cloud. This question is challenging to answer due to following reasons. Although many potential benefits of migrating to the cloud can be enumerated, some benefits may not apply to my application. Also, there can be multiple ways in which an application might make use of the facilities offered by cloud providers. Answering these questions requires an in-depth understanding of the cost implications of all the possible choices specific to ‘my’ circumstances. In this study we identify an initial set of key factors affecting the costs of a deployement choice. Using benchmarks representing two different applications (TPC-W and TPC-E) we investigate the evolution of costs for different deployment choices. We show that application characteristics such as workload intensity, growth rate, storage capacity and software licensing costs produce complex combined effect on overall costs. We also discuss issues regarding workload variance and horizontal partitioning."
June 13, 2011
FCC: The Information Needs of Communities
The Information Needs of Communities - The changing media landscape in a broadband age, Steven Waldman and the Working Group on Information Needs of Communities, June 2011
"In most ways today’s media landscape is more vibrant than ever, offering faster and cheaper distribution networks, fewer barriers to entry, and more ways to consume information. Choice abounds. Local TV stations, newspapers and a flood of innovative web start-ups are now using a dazzling array of digital tools to improve the way they gather and disseminate the news—not just nationally or internationally but block-by-block. The digital tools that have helped topple governments abroad are providing Americans powerful new ways to consume, share and even report the news. Yet, in part because of the digital revolution, serious problems have arisen, as well. Most significant among them: in many communities, we now face a shortage of local, professional, accountability reporting. This is likely to lead to the kinds of problems that are, not surprisingly, associated with a lack of accountability—more government waste, more local corruption, less effective schools, and other serious community problems. The independent watchdog function that the Founding Fathers envisioned for journalism—going so far as to call it crucial to a healthy democracy—is in some cases at risk at the local level."
June 12, 2011
Pew Internet Twitter Update 2011
13% of online adults use Twitter Half of Twitter users access the service “on the go” via mobile phone, Aaron Smith, Senior Research Specialist, 6/1/2011
"Twitter adoption is particularly high among non-whites
Non-white internet users continue to have higher rates of Twitter use than their white counterparts; indeed, the Twitter adoption gap between African-Americans and whites has increased over the past six months. In November 2010, there was an eight percentage point difference in Twitter use between African-American and white internet users (13% for blacks vs. 5% for whites). By May 2011, that gap was 16 percentage points—25% of online African Americans now use Twitter, compared with 9% of such whites. African-American and Latino internet users are each significantly more likely than whites to be Twitter adopters. Even more notable: One in ten African-American internet users now visit Twitter on a typical day—that is double the rate for Latinos and nearly four times the rate for whites."
June 10, 2011
EFF: How to Disable Facebook's Facial Recognition Feature
Announcement by Eva Galperin: "Back in December of 2010, Facebook debuted its tag suggestion feature, which works by using facial recognition technology to examine photos in which you’ve already been tagged, and then creating what Facebook calls your “photo summary” or “photo comparison information,” or what we’ll call your “facial fingerprint.” Using this information, FB suggests your name to your friends when they upload a photo of you, and invites them to tag you in that photo. Over the last few months, Facebook has been slowly rolling this feature out to all of its users, which caught the attention of security firm Sophos, The New York Times, and the European Union, which has launched a probe to investigate the new feature."
June 08, 2011
Commerce Department Proposes New Policy Framework to Strengthen Cybersecurity Protections for Businesses Online
News release: "The U.S. Department of Commerce today released a report that proposes voluntary codes of conduct to strengthen the cybersecurity of companies that increasingly rely on the Internet to do business, but are not part of the critical infrastructure sector. The report, Cybersecurity, Innovation and the Internet Economy, focuses on the “Internet and Information Innovation Sector” (I3S) – these are businesses that range from small and medium enterprises and bricks-and-mortar firms with online services, to social networking sites and Internet-only business, to cloud computing firms that are increasingly subject to cyber attacks."
EPIC: WhiteHouse.gov to Track Users for Two Years
EPIC: "The White House modified its privacy policy for WhiteHouse.gov on June 3, 2011. The new policy is more than twice as long as the old policy. The new policy states the White House web site now uses persistent Google Analytics cookies that track users for up to two years. Previously the site employed only single-session cookies, which were automatically deleted when users closed their browsers. The site does not provide a means for visitors to opt out of receiving cookies. The present policy reflects changes the administration made last year to allow for use of tracking cookies by federal websites. For more information, see EPIC: White House Adopts Weird Opt-Out Privacy Policy for Public Access to Government Web Sites."
UK: Review of the Money Laundering Regulations 2007: June 2011 the Government response
HM Treasury Review of the Money Laundering Regulations 2007: the Government response, June 2011
"The Government’s approach is to ensure the UK financial system is a hostile environment for money laundering and terrorist finance while minimising the burden on legitimate businesses. In so doing and in order to prevent the UK being put at an economic disadvantage, the UK Government remains committed to the effective implementation of global standards (those agreed by the 36 Member States of the Financial Action Task Force) and the EU 3rd Money Laundering Directive (EU Directive). The implementation of these requirements by the UK is underpinned by the principles of effectiveness, proportionality and engagement; and is driven by a commitment to the risk-based approach provided for in the Regulations. This gives businesses flexibility in their implementation of the Regulations and it helps to avoid the ‘tick-box’ application of the regulations under which emphasis is placed on formally discharging requirements rather than the substance of effective AML practice. It should help to minimise costs on business and to ensure the Regulations are effective and proportionately implemented on a case-by-case basis, by reflecting the considered judgement of individual businesses of the risks they face."
June 07, 2011
Report: "'If It Is Too Inconvenient, I'm Not Going After It:' Convenience as a Critical Factor in Information-seeking Behaviors"
Connaway, Lynn Silipigni, Timothy J. Dickey, and Marie L. Radford. 2011. "'If It is Too Inconvenient, I'm Not Going After It.:' Convenience as a Critical Factor in Information-seeking Behaviors." Library and Information Science Research, 33: 179-190. doi:10.1016/j.lisr.2010.12.002 Pre-print.
"In today's fast-paced world, anecdotal evidence suggests that information tends to inundate people, and users of information systems want to find information quickly and conveniently. Empirical evidence for convenience as a critical factor is explored in the data from two multi-year, user studies projects funded by the Institute of Museum and Library Services. The theoretical framework for this understanding is founded in the concepts of bounded rationality and rational choice theory, with Savolainen's (2006) concept of time as a context in information seeking, as well as gratification theory, informing the emphasis on the seekers' time horizons. Convenience is a situational criterion in people's choices and actions during all stages of the information-seeking process. The concept of convenience can include their choice of an information source, their satisfaction with the source and its ease of use, and their time horizon in information seeking. The centrality of convenience is especially prevalent among the younger subjects ("millennials") in both studies, but also holds across all demographic categories—age, gender, academic role, or user or non-user of virtual reference services. These two studies further indicate that convenience is a factor for making choices in a variety of situations, including both academic information seeking and everyday-life information seeking, although it plays different roles in different situations."
June 05, 2011
Survey Finds Nearly Half of 6- to 9-Year-Olds Talk to Friends Online and Use Social Networks
News release: "AVG Technologies, Inc. announced it will make its leading Family Safety software available for free in exchange for a 99 cent donation to the American Red Cross family relief efforts in Joplin, Mo. The move comes in response to research the company conducted and has released over the course of the year on early childhood technology usage trends, “Digital Diaries" and is complemented with the release of a first-of-its-kind e-book and mobile application for teaching very young children the basics of online safety, Little Bird’s Internet Security Adventure.” AVG CEO JR Smith is making appearances across the country today urging parents to consider introducing their child to Little Bird to help them learn about online safety....Roughly half of today’s children (ages 6-9) are regularly talking to their friends online and using social networks, yet 58 percent of their parents admit they are not well-informed about their children’s online social networks. The “Digital Playground,” the third stage of AVG’s year-long “Digital Diaries” research program, further reveals the increasingly digitally-literate group of 6- to 9-year-olds and their parents in North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand to find that:
- More than half (51 percent) of 6- to 9-year-olds use some kind of children’s social network such as Club Penguin or WebKinz.
- Roughly one in five use email, and despite being underage, 14 percent are on Facebook, according to their parents.
- 47 percent of 6- to 9-year-olds talk to their friends on the Internet.
- Almost one in six 6- to 9-year-olds and one in five 8- to 9-year-olds have experienced what their parents consider objectionable or aggressive behavior online.
- American children average four hours online each week, slightly more than the worldwide average of 3.5 hours per week.
- 58 percent of parents admit they are neither well-informed nor understand their children’s online social networks.
- Only 56 percent of parents were certain their family computer has parental controls or safety programs in place."
June 03, 2011
Tenth Study by the Digital Future Project Finds High Levels of Concern about Corporate Intrusion in Personal Lives
Press Release and Highlights: "The annual study of the impact of the Internet on Americans conducted by the Center for the Digital Future found that almost half of Internet users age 16 and older -- 48 percent -- are worried about companies checking their actions on the Internet. By comparison, the new question for the Digital Future Study found that only 38 percent of Internet users age 16 and older are concerned about the government checking what they do online."
UN - Report of Special Rapporteur on promotion and protection of right to freedom of opinion and expression
United Nations General Assembly: Report of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, Frank La Rue, May 16, 2011
"This report explores key trends and challenges to the right of all individuals to seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds through the Internet. The Special Rapporteur underscores the unique and transformative nature of the Internet not only to enable individuals to exercise their right to freedom of opinion and expression, but also a range of other human rights, and to promote the progress of society as a whole. Chapter III of the report underlines the applicability of international human rights norms and standards on the right to freedom of opinion and expression to the Internet as a communication medium, and sets out the exceptional circumstances under which the dissemination of certain types of information may be restricted. Chapters IV and V address two dimensions of Internet access respectively: (a) access to content; and (b) access to the physical and technical infrastructure required to access the Internet in the first place. More specifically, chapter IV outlines some of the ways in which States are increasingly censoring information online, namely through: arbitrary blocking or filtering of content; criminalization of legitimate expression; imposition of intermediary liability; disconnecting users from Internet access, including on the basis of intellectual property rights law; cyberattacks; and inadequate protection of the right to privacy and data protection. Chapter V addresses the issue of universal access to the Internet. The Special Rapporteur intends to explore this topic further in his future report to the General Assembly. Chapter VI contains the Special Rapporteur’s conclusions and recommendations concerning the main subjects of the report."
May 31, 2011
Pew Research: 24% of internet users have made phone calls online
24% of internet users have made phone calls online, Lee Rainie, Director, May 30, 2011
"After years of modest activity, online phone calling has taken off as 24% of online Americans say have placed calls using the internet A quarter of American adult internet users (24%) have placed phone calls online. That amounts to 19% of all American adults. On any given day 5% of internet users are going online to place phone calls. Both figures are marked increases from previous readings in surveys by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project. Using different question wording, the Project found in February 2007 that 8% of internet users (6% of all adults) had placed calls online and 2% of internet users were making calls on any given day. At various points during the 2000s we asked similar questions and found that at most about a tenth of internet users had ever used the internet to place calls and the daily figure never rose above 1% of internet users. This was the first time that Pew Internet had asked the question using this wording: “Please tell me if you ever use the internet to make a phone call online, using a service such as Skype or Vonage?/ Did you happen to do this yesterday, or not?” This was the first time that we asked the question and specifically referred to Skype, the popular global service that was recently purchased by Microsoft for $8.5 billion."
WSJ - Pentagon Considers Cyberattacks as Acts of War
WSJ: "The Pentagon has concluded that computer sabotage coming from another country can constitute an act of war, a finding that for the first time opens the door for the U.S. to respond using traditional military force. The Pentagon's first formal cyber strategy, unclassified portions of which are expected to become public next month, represents an early attempt to grapple with a changing world in which a hacker could pose as significant a threat to U.S. nuclear reactors, subways or pipelines as a hostile country's military. In part, the Pentagon intends its plan as a warning to potential adversaries of the consequences of attacking the U.S. in this way. "If you shut down our power grid, maybe we will put a missile down one of your smokestacks," said a military official. Recent attacks on the Pentagon's own systems—as well as the sabotaging of Iran's nuclear program via the Stuxnet computer worm—have given new urgency to U.S. efforts to develop a more formalized approach to cyber attacks. A key moment occurred in 2008, when at least one U.S. military computer system was penetrated. This weekend Lockheed Martin, a major military contractor, acknowledged that it had been the victim of an infiltration, while playing down its impact."
May 30, 2011
G8 Declaration - Renewed Commitment For Freedom and Democracy
G8 Summit of Deauville - May 26-27, 2011: "We discussed new issues such as the Internet which are essential to our societies, economies and growth. For citizens, the Internet is a unique information and education tool, and thus helps to promote freedom, democracy and human rights. The Internet facilitates new forms of business and promotes efficiency, competitiveness, and economic growth. Governments, the private sector, users, and other stakeholders all have a role to play in creating an environment in which the Internet can flourish in a balanced manner. In Deauville in 2011, for the first time at Leaders' level, we agreed, in the presence of some leaders of the Internet economy, on a number of key principles, including freedom, respect for privacy and intellectual property, multi-stakeholder governance, cyber-security, and protection from crime, that underpin a strong and flourishing Internet. The "e-G8" event held in Paris on 24 and 25 May was a useful contribution to these debates."
NASA First Federal Agency to Launch Platform Using Slideshare
Federal Computer Week: "NASA is the first federal agency to venture into creating an aggregation network on the SlideShare Web platform, officials announced May 16. The NASA Universe network that started May 16 on SlideShare provides links to the agency’s videos, slide presentations and other documents shared from SlideShare channels sponsored by NASA headquarters and its 10 field centers. NASA Universe takes advantage of the new aggregation network technology, which SlideShare recently established and currently customizes for a handful of clients, including NASA, IBM and Dell. The SlideShare networks automatically and continuously aggregate content from many channels. NASA headquarters and the field centers each has its own channel on the site feeding documents into NASA Universe."
May 29, 2011
Agencies Have Identified 78 Systems Migrating to the Cloud Within One Year
Via WSJ: "This year, the government will spend $80 billion on IT, at agencies as varied as the U.S. Department of Agriculture, the Department of Health and Human Services, and on non-classified sections of the US Department of Defense [see Federal Cloud Computing Strategy Published]. As slices of government spending go, this is not huge, amounting to about 2 percent of the federal budget, but not trivial either. As has usually been the case, the government spends more (about $3.8 trillion in 2011) than it brings in via tax revenue (about $2.2 trillion in 2011). With Congress and the President wrestling over extending the debt ceiling, every dollar spent becomes a politically-charged particle of a wider debate over the appropriate role of government in our society...A keystone of Vivek Kundra [Chief Information Officer of the United States], is to push federal agencies to embrace, where possible and appropriate, the cost-savings and efficiency that come from cloud computing. Today he’s released exclusively to AllThingsD a list of 78 different government projects and services that have been identified for a shift to the cloud. Requests for proposals–RFPs, the documents through which government agencies seek bids from the private sector–are either already written or soon to be released." The list is embedded in this article using Scribd.
May 24, 2011
PBS Frontline Releases Bradley Manning's Facebook Page
Via PBS FRONTLINE: "WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has become internationally recognized since the publication last year of thousands of secret U.S. documents. But Bradley Manning, the Army private alleged to have provided the documents, remains largely a mystery. Who is Bradley Manning? How did he come into contact with a trove of secrets and, allegedly, with WikiLeaks? And what might have motivated the largest leak of classified information in American history? Investigating those questions for the film WikiSecrets, FRONTLINE sought to understand Manning through extensive interviews with his father, friends and others he confided in during the months before his arrest. FRONTLINE also obtained access to Manning's Facebook account...The following presentation is an edited version of Manning's wall, annotated by FRONTLINE, beginning when he opened the account in July 2007 and concluding in June 2010 [edited and redacted]. It includes only posts authored by Manning (with the exception of the first, from his aunt) -- status updates, articles, pictures and "likes" -- and the responses of his Facebook friends."
May 20, 2011
Internet matters: The Net's sweeping impact on growth, jobs, and prosperity
"New McKinsey research into the Internet economies of the G-8 nations as well as Brazil, China, India, South Korea, and Sweden finds that the web accounts for a significant and growing portion of global GDP. Indeed, if measured as a sector, Internet-related consumption and expenditure is now bigger than agriculture or energy. On average, the Internet contributes 3.4 percent to GDP in the 13 countries covered by the research—an amount the size of Spain or Canada in terms of GDP, and growing at a faster rate than that of Brazil...The United States is the largest player in the global Internet supply ecosystem, capturing more than 30 percent of global Internet revenues and more than 40 percent of net income. It is also the country with the most balanced structure within the global ecosystem among the 13 countries studied, garnering relatively equal contributions from hardware, software and services, and telecommunications."
New Report: More Than 20 Million Americans Denied Access to Jobs & Economic Opportunity Within Broadband Economy
News release: "The latest Broadband Progress Report to Congress from the Federal Communications Commission reveals that approximately 26 million Americans, mostly in rural communities located in every region of the country, are denied access to the jobs and economic opportunity made possible by broadband. While the infrastructure of high-speed Internet is unavailable to those Americans, the FCC report also finds that approximately one-third of Americans do not subscribe to broadband, even when it's available. This suggests that barriers to adoption such as cost, low digital literacy, and concerns about privacy remain too high. The Report also notes limited broadband capacity for schools and libraries as a further indicator that broadband is not being reasonably and timely deployed and is not available to all Americans. Without action by the FCC in partnership with the states and the private sector, prospects for broadband service in many of the areas cited in the Report will remain unacceptably low. The Report finds the problem especially acute among low-income Americans, African-Americans, Hispanics, seniors, and residents of Tribal areas. Congress recognized the importance of broadband in Section 706 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, which directs the FCC to take immediate action to accelerate broadband deployment when it is not "reasonable and timely."
May 19, 2011
"Link Rot" and Legal Resources on the Web: A 2011 Analysis by the Chesapeake Digital Preservation Group
Via LLRX: "Link Rot" and Legal Resources on the Web: A 2011 Analysis by the Chesapeake Digital Preservation Group - Sarah Rhodes describes and documents the work of the Chesapeake Digital Preservation Group's fourth annual investigation of link rot among the original URLs for online law and policy-related materials archived though the group's efforts. Link rot" is used to describe a URL that no longer provides direct access to files matching the content originally harvested from the URL. The Chesapeake Group focuses primarily on the preservation of Web-published legal materials, which often disappear as Web site content is rearranged or deleted over time. In the four years since the program began, the Chesapeake Group has built a digital archive collection comprising more than 7,400 digital items and 3,200 titles, all of which were originally posted to the Web.
May 17, 2011
Roadmap for the Digital City - Achieving New York City's Digital Future
Roadmap for the Digital City - Achieving New York City's Digital Future - The City of New York, May 2011
"New York City is one of the world’s leading digital metropolises. As Part I: State of the Digital City illustrates, New York City government engages over 25 million people a year through more than 200 digital channels including nyc.gov, mobile applications, and social media. As a pioneer in Open Government, New York City government has unlocked thousands of public records, enabling technologists to build tools that help New Yorkers everyday, from finding parking spaces to listening to audio tours of Central Park. One of the nation’s most connected municipalities, New York City’s digital sector growth propelled it to rank second in venture capital funding last year. By every digital index, the City of New York is thriving...Road Map for the Digital City outlines a path to build on New York City’s successes and establish it as the world’s top-ranked Digital City, based on indices of Internet access, Open Government, citizen engagement, and digital industry growth. Part II: Digital Input is informed by 90 days of research and over 4,000 points of engagement from residents, City employees, and technologists who shared insights and ideas. Chief among public interests were calls for expanded Internet access, a refreshed nyc.gov interface, real-time information, and more digital 311 tools. Businesses and technologists sought greater broadband connectivity, a deeper engineering employment pool, and read/write API access to City information. Finally, City employees proposed ideas for next-generation strategy, new coordination tools, and shared resources to enhance digital communications efforts."
May 16, 2011
White House: Launching the U.S. International Strategy for Cyberspace
"White House officials released an international cyberstrategy here today that will help to build a “coalition of nations [with a] mutual interest in securing cyberspace,” Deputy Defense Secretary William J. Lynn III said...To realize fully the benefits that networked technology promises the world, these systems must function reliably and securely. People must have confidence that data will travel to its destination without disruption. Assuring the free flow of information, the security and privacy of data, and the integrity of the interconnected networks themselves are all essential to American and global economic prosperity, security, and the promotion of universal rights. Almost a third of the world’s population uses the Internet and countless more are touched by it in their daily lives. There are more than four billion digital wireless devices in the world today. Scarcely a halfcentury ago, that number was zero. We live in a rare historical moment with an opportunity to build on cyberspace’s successes and help secure its future for U.S. citizens and the global community. For these technologies to continue to empower individuals, enrich societies, and foster the research, development, and innovation essential to building modern economies, it must retain the openness and interoperability that have characterized its explosive growth. Underlying these are technical principles and effective governance structures that demand our support. At the same time, our networks must be secure and reliable; they must retain the trust of individuals, businesses and governments, and should be resilient to arbitrary or malicious disruption."
You can read the full strategy (pdf) and a fact sheet on the strategy (pdf).
EFF: Documenting Tools for Beating Internet Censorship
"Because we believe that Internet censorship is not only against the basic purpose of the Internet, which is to let people communicate what the want to with the people they want to communicate with, but also fundamentally against the universal right to freedom of opinion and expression [which] includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers (UDHR, Article 19), we offer you here "How to bypass Internet Censorship". This book, How to bypass Internet Censorship. will not only help you find your way in the diversity of tools and techniques that allow you to defeat Internet censorship, but will also tell you more about how censorship works behind the curtains. You will also learn about the risks that may be linked to the use of such tools, and help you evaluate and mitigate them thanks to encryption or anonymization techniques."
May 15, 2011
Building a Collaborative Digital Collection, a Necessary Evolution in Libraries
Building a Collaborative Digital Collection, a Necessary Evolution in Libraries, Michelle M. Wu, Georgetown University Law Center, Georgetown Public Law Research Paper No. 11-47, Law Library Journal, Forthcoming
"Law libraries are losing ground in the effort to preserve information in the digital age. In part, this is due declining budgets, user needs, and a caution born from the great responsibility libraries feel to ensure future access instead of selecting a form that may not survive. That caution, though, has caused others, such as Google, to fill the silence with their vision. Libraries must stand and contribute actively to the creation of digital collections if we expect a voice in future discussion. This article presents a vision of the start of a collaborative, digital academic law library, one that will harness our collective strengths while still allowing individual collections to prosper. It seeks to identify and answer the thorniest issues - including copyright - surrounding digitization projects. It does not presume to solve all of these issues. It is, however, intended to be a call for collective action, to stop discussing the law library of the future and to start building it."
Pew Research Center - The Social Life of Health Information, 2011
The Social Life of Health Information, 2011 - by Susannah Fox, May 12, 2011
"The internet has changed people’s relationships with information. Our data consistently show that doctors, nurses, and other health professionals continue to be the first choice for most people with health concerns, but online resources, including advice from peers, are a significant source of health information in the U.S. As broadband and mobile access spreads, more people have the ability – and increasingly, the habit – of sharing what they are doing or thinking. In health care this translates to people tracking their workout routines, posting reviews of their medical treatments, and raising awareness about certain health conditions. These are not yet mainstream activities, but there are pockets of highly-engaged patients and caregivers who are taking an active role in tracking and sharing what they have learned."
May 12, 2011
More than half EU Internet surfers use foreign language when online
Digital Agenda: more than half EU Internet surfers use foreign language when online, 11 May 2011 — While 90% of Internet surfers in the EU prefer to access websites in their own language, 55% at least occasionally use a language other than their own when online according to a pan-EU Eurobarometer survey released today. However, 44% of European Internet users feel they are missing interesting information because web pages are not in a language that they understand and only 18% buy products online in a foreign language. The results underline the need for investment in online translation tools so that EU Internet users are not excluded from finding information or products online because they lack the language skills. Currently the European Commission manages 30 different research projects working at the interface of language and digital content, supported by €67 million of EU funding and the new projects submitted this year will get an additional €50 million. One of the objectives of the Digital Agenda for Europe is to ensure more accessibility to web content for everyone."
May 11, 2011
Search.USA.gov
"Search.USA.gov is the U.S. government’s official search engine. It is a comprehensive, searchable index of about 50 million pages from federal, state, local, territorial, and tribal websites.
- Leverages Bing™ index of government websites.
- Customizes search using structured algorithms specific to government information.
- Optimizes search to retrieve and make sense of relevant information quickly.
- Improves navigation by providing customized search suggestions, such as related topics and type-ahead search.
- Enhances mobile access through a mobile site and native iPhone application.
- Provides access to all Spanish language government websites at Buscador.USA.gov"
Nothing to Hide: The False Tradeoff between Privacy and Security
The False Tradeoff between Privacy and Security. (May 1, 2011). Daniel J. Solove, Nothing to Hide: The False Tradeoff between Privacy and Security, Chapter 1, Yale University Press, 2011.
"If you've got nothing to hide," many people say, "you shouldn't worry about government surveillance." Others argue that we must sacrifice privacy for security. But as Daniel J. Solove argues in this book, these arguments and many others are flawed. They are based on mistaken views about what it means to protect privacy and the costs and benefits of doing so. In addition to attacking the "Nothing-to Hide Argument," Solove exposes the fallacies of pro-security arguments that have often been used to justify government surveillance and data mining. These arguments - such as the "Luddite Argument,"the "War-Powers Argument," the "All-or-Nothing Argument," the "Suspicionless-Searches Argument," the "Deference Argument," and the "Pendulum Argument" - have skewed law and policy to favor security at the expense of privacy. The debate between privacy and security has been framed incorrectly as a zero-sum game in which we are forced to choose between one value and the other. But protecting privacy isn't fatal to security measures; it merely involves adequate oversight and regulation. The primary focus of the book is on common pro-security arguments, but Solove also discusses concrete issues of law and technology, such as the Fourth Amendment Third Party Doctrine, the First Amendment, electronic surveillance statutes, the USA-Patriot Act, the NSA surveillance program, and government data mining."
May 10, 2011
Skype Purchased by Microsoft for $8.5 Billion
Internetnews.com: "Microsoft announced Tuesday that it is buying Internet communications provider Skype for some $8.5 billion in cash -- the largest acquisition in the company's history. The two companies said the deal was the result of an unsolicited offer from Microsoft and, if it passes regulatory hurdles, will make Skype a division of the software giant. The companies hope to finalize the purchase during the current calendar year. Microsoft sees the acquisition as key to its vision of a connected world which will have, the two companies hope, billions of users over time."
May 09, 2011
Pew: What Really Works in Mobile Health
What Really Works in Mobile Health, by Susannah Fox, May 4, 2011: "The Mobile Health conference at Stanford University highlights practical, proven solutions to improve the health behavior of everyday people. Susannah Fox discussed the Pew Internet Project's latest research about what people are really doing online -- how they are gathering, sharing, and creating health information and what it means now that a majority of adults have on-the-go internet access."
May 08, 2011
UK - Consumer empowerment strategy - Better Choices: Better Deals
Better Choices: Better Deals - Consumers Powering Growth. UK Department for Business, Innovations and Skills, April 2011
"This document aims to show how consumers can become empowered to make better choices and get better deals. It is about helping consumers to get better value, better customer service and better support when making choices or seeking help. By empowering consumers, Better Choices: Better Deals can also contribute to long term growth. More active consumers mean that our best and most innovative businesses benefit most, helping to improve overall economic performance. Many of the changes set out in Better Choices: Better Deals would have been impossible a decade ago. The internet, smart phones and new data management methods have increased the information available to consumers. This has created new opportunities for consumers, which we want to support. These technological changes have also given businesses more information about their customers’ shopping habits. In some areas, businesses know more about customers’ spending habits than they do themselves – with detailed knowledge of how they use their phone, or how likely they are to go over their overdraft limit. Better Choices: Better Deals is about putting customers in charge: in charge of their own personal data which can be used to inform their purchasing decisions and lifestyle choices. However, our vision of consumer empowerment goes far beyond the hidden value in information. We want, for example, to foster renewed and widespread interest in collective purchasing, enabling consumers to be stronger by acting together. We want Government organisations to publish more of their data on consumer issues, especially on complaints. And above all, we want this strategy to stimulate feedback to Government about how we can support consumers to get better choices, better deals from business and Government. Please go to www.bis.gov.uk/betterchoices
to let me know what you think."
Article: The Path Dependence of European Copyright
Larsson, Stefan, The Path Dependence of European Copyright (April 15, 2011). SCRIPT-ed, Vol. 8, No. 1, April 2011. Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1824228
"This article analyses the path dependence of European copyright. It shows how copyright is legally constructed, is harmonised through international treaties and European regulatory efforts in terms of InfoSoc Directive and the IPRED, and is also affected by the Data Retention Directive and the Telecommunications Reform package. Furthermore, the “secretly” negotiated ACTA agreement is discussed as it may impose stronger copyright on Member States. This means that the formulations and metaphors of how copyright is constructed and conceptualised contribute towards various lock-in effects as the dependence on the given path increases. The strong path dependence of European copyright law results in regulation that suffers from legitimacy issues. Copyright construction is a legal complex that in general is based on ideas of the conditions of an analogue world for distribution and production of copies, but it is armed with increasingly protective measures when faced with human conduct in the context of digital networks. To some extent, this most probably involves the expansion of the concepts and metaphors that once described only non-digital practice. The trend in European copyright is therefore strongly protectionist, through the expanding and strengthening of rights and their enforcement, and in that it is self-reinforcing, being locked into certain standards. The path dependence of European copyright serves as a strong argument for those who benefit from its preservation, signalling that there are power structures supporting the colonisation by this specific legal path of other legal paths that protect other values, such as consumer privacy or versions of integrity. There is a clear tendency in targeting the ISPs and other intermediaries in attempts to keep the copyright path intact. The development of European copyright, in its broad sense, not only re-builds the Internet in terms of traceability, but also law enforcement in terms of mass-surveillance."
May 05, 2011
The Deciders: Facebook, Google, and the Future of Privacy and Free Speech
The Deciders: Facebook, Google, and the Future of Privacy and Free Speech, Jeffrey Rosen
"Open Planet [24/7 ubiquitous surveillance system] is not a technological fantasy. Most of the architecture for implementing it already exists, and it would be a simple enough task for Facebook or Google, if the companies chose, to get the system up and running: face recognition is already plausible, storage is increasing exponentially; and the only limitation is the coverage and scope of the existing cameras, which are growing by the day. Indeed, at a legal Futures Conference at Stanford in 2007, Andrew McLaughlin, then the head of public policy at Google, said he expected Google to get requests to put linked surveillance networks live and online within the decade. How, he, asked the audience of scholars and technologists, should Google respond?"
May 01, 2011
Implementing Telework Enhancement Act of 2010 IT Purchasing Requirements
Implementing Telework Enhancement Act of 2010 IT Purchasing Requirements: M-1l-20 - Memorandum for Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies from Jacob Lew, director of the Office of Management and Budget, April 28, 2011
"Implementing Telework Enhancement Act of 2010 IT Purchasing Requirements: "On December 9,2010, President Obama signed into law the Telework Enhancement Act of 2010 (the Act). Telework provides multiple benefits for Executive Agencies and the federal workforce. It can produce resource savings and reduce time, expenses, and greenhouse gas production associated with commuting. Telework also provides federal employees the ability to continue working during inclement weather, emergencies, or situations that may disrupt normal operations. However, telework is only as effective as the technologies used to support it, which is why it is critical for agencies to take immediate measures to ensure that their employees are properly equipped. Within 90 days of issuance of this memorandum, agency chief information officers (CIOs), in coordination with chief acquisition officers (CAOs) shall develop or update policies on purchasing computing technologies and services to enable and promotes continued adoption of telework. At the same time, purchasing policies must address the information security threats raised by use of technologies associated with telework."
Study: U.S. Public Libraries and the Use of Web Technologies, 2010
U.S. Public Libraries and the Use of Web Technologies, 2010 - April 2011, Zeth Lietzau, Jamie Helgren. This study was funded through the Library Services and Technology Act (LSTA) by the Colorado State Library, Colorado Department of Education.
"It's well known that technology is changing at an increasingly rapid pace and that many public libraries throughout the United States are attempting to adopt new technologies to better reach their patrons. In trade journals, blogs, and at library conferences, professionals in the field have continually discussed the best methods for using web technologies to enhance the success of the public library. In keeping with this discussion, in late 2007 the Library Research Service (LRS) designed the first iteration of the U.S. Public Libraries and the Use of Web Technologies study. In the midst of a conversation largely focused on best practices, this study was envisioned from its inception as a longitudinal study with several goals. Primarily, it attempts to record the landscape of web technology adoption by public libraries in the United States. While most of the discourse thus far has focused on what should and should not be done to better use technologies, there has not yet been much research examining how and how many libraries actually are adopting various web technologies. This study attempts to put that in perspective. Another intention of this study is to examine the characteristics of the libraries that are adopting technology in an attempt to tease out the factors that lead them to try out various tools. We are also interested in determining whether or not the adoption of specific types of technology leads to "success" as traditionally defined in public libraries. This report represents the second iteration, and refinement, of the study. It captures a changing landscape of web technology adoption by public libraries and looks further into the characteristics and successes of libraries that adopt technology."
Study: Rural Broadband Subsidy Program Wastes Funds in Areas Already Served by Broadband
"A new economic analysis of federal government broadband stimulus projects awarded by the Department of Agriculture's Rural Utilities Service (RUS) concludes that the program's funding of duplicative broadband networks has resulted in an extremely high cost to reach a small number of unserved households. The study, Evaluating the Cost-Effectiveness of RUS Broadband Subsidies: Three Case Studies, was commissioned by the National Cable & Telecommunications Association (NCTA) and prepared by Jeffrey Eisenach and Kevin Caves of Navigant Economics of Washington, D.C., April 13, 2011."
April 29, 2011
The Mobile Movement - Understanding Smartphone Users
The Mobile Movement Understanding Smartphone Users - Google/IPSOS OTX MediaCT U.S., April 2011
- General Smartphone Usage: Smartphones have become an integral part of users’ daily lives. Consumers use smartphones as an extension of their desktop computers and use it as they multi-task and consume other media.
- 81% browse the Internet, 77% search, 68% use an app, and 48% watch videos on their smartphone
- 72% use their smartphones while consuming other media, with a third while watching TV
- 93% of smartphone owners use their smartphones while at home
Four Major Communications Carriers Respond to Questions About Customer Data Collection
The big four phone carriers spill on their location and customer data collection policies: "The recent uproar over location tracking in smartphones has gotten ugly and fingers are bound to be pointed. But in the spirit of transparency, the four major carriers have outlined and detailed their location tracking applications s well as what exactly that data is being used for. The honesty does come as a response to the revelation that iPhones, Android devices, and Windows Phone 7 units are tracking user location."
Markey, Barton Respond to Wireless Companies - Follows Inquires of Apple Collection of Personal Location Information by iPhones, iPads: "Congressmen Edward Markey (D-Mass.) and Joe Barton (R-Tex.) today released the responses from the four major U.S. wireless carriers – AT&T, Verizon, Sprint, and T-Mobile – after the lawmakers wrote to the companies inquiring about their data collection, storage and disclosure practices for customers’ personally identifiable information. Reps. Markey and Barton, co-Chairmen of the House Bi-Partisan Privacy Caucus, wrote to the wireless carriers in response to a New York Times report that a German mobile phone company tracked the locations and destinations of one of its customers, including latitude and longitude coordinates. “The responses of the wireless carriers provide important insights into how each company collects, uses and stores personal location data, including examples of how consumers can grant or withhold consent when location-based services are utilized,” said Rep. Markey. “Consumer consent and control are critical to ensure adequate privacy protections, and the responses shine a light on the various methods used to safeguard consumers’ sensitive information."
April 25, 2011
Rethinking Music: A Briefing Book
Rethinking Music: A Briefing Book Compiled and Presented By The Berkman Center for Internet & Society At Harvard University, April 2011.
"The Berkman Center for Internet & Society is pleased to present this briefing book to participants in the Rethink Music conference. The book includes the Center’s own framing paper, which introduces a number of issues that will be discussed during the course of the conference. Following that paper are contributions from a wide range of contributors, addressing some of the most current and compelling issues in music law and policy. The first five of those contributions were conceived during an October 2010 meeting at Harvard Law School among a variety of stakeholders interested in helping to shape the agenda for the Rethink Music conference, and they reflect the individual authors’ views on several cutting edge issues of the day. The last two papers reflect the existing or ongoing work of their respective contributors. The respective authors and/or copyright holders retain rights in each of the individual submissions. As noted, some of the submissions are licensed under Creative Commons licenses."
April 24, 2011
'HTTPS Now' Campaign Urges Users to Take an Active Role in Protecting Internet Security
News release: "The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) and Access have launched an international campaign for HTTPS Now, rallying consumers around the world to help us make web surfing safer. HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure) protects web surfing by encrypting requests from a user's browser and the resulting pages that are displayed, but many websites default to using the unencrypted and vulnerable HTTP protocol. The HTTPS Now campaign takes a three-pronged approach to protecting web surfing, including distributing updated tools for people to use to protect their web browsing, taking an Internet-wide survey of the state of HTTPS deployment, and helping website operators implement HTTPS. As a first step, individuals using the web are encouraged to install HTTPS Everywhere, a security tool for the Firefox browser developed by EFF and the Tor Project. HTTPS Everywhere automatically encrypts a user's browsing, changing it from HTTP to HTTPS whenever possible."
April 23, 2011
Report on Major Outage Impacting Cloud Computing Services
NYT: "As technical problems interrupted computer services provided by Amazon for a second day on Friday, industry analysts said the troubles would prompt many companies to reconsider relying on remote computers beyond their control...Amazon set up a side business five years ago offering computing resources to businesses from its network of sophisticated data centers. Today, the company is the early leader in the fast-growing business of cloud computing. In business, the cloud model is rapidly gaining popularity as a way for companies to outsource computing chores to avoid the costs and headaches of running their own data centers — simply tap in, over the Web, to computer processing and storage without owning the machines or operating software. Amazon has thousands of corporate customers, from Pfizer and Netflix to legions of start-ups, whose businesses often live on Amazon Web Services. Those reporting service troubles included Foursquare, a location-based social networking site; Quora, a question-and-answer service; Reddit, a news-sharing site; and BigDoor, which makes game tools for Web publishers."
April 17, 2011
5 Myths About the 'Information Age'
5 Myths About the 'Information Age', by Robert Darnton, professor and university librarian at Harvard University. This essay is based on a talk he gave last month at the Council of Independent Colleges' Symposium on the Future of the Humanities, in Washington - snipped: "Confusion about the nature of the so-called information age has led to a state of collective false consciousness. It's no one's fault but everyone's problem, because in trying to get our bearings in cyberspace, we often get things wrong, and the misconceptions spread so rapidly that they go unchallenged. Taken together, they constitute a font of proverbial nonwisdom. Five stand out:
- The book is dead." Wrong: More books are produced in print each year than in the previous year.
- We have entered the information age." This announcement is usually intoned solemnly, as if information did not exist in other ages. But every age is an age of information, each in its own way and according to the media available at the time.
- "All information is now available online." The absurdity of this claim is obvious to anyone who has ever done research in archives. Only a tiny fraction of archival material has ever been read, much less digitized. Most judicial decisions and legislation, both state and federal, have never appeared on the Web.
- "Libraries are obsolete." Everywhere in the country librarians report that they have never had so many patrons. At Harvard, our reading rooms are full. The 85 branch libraries of the New York Public Library system are crammed with people.
- "The future is digital." True enough, but misleading. In 10, 20, or 50 years, the information environment will be overwhelmingly digital, but the prevalence of electronic communication does not mean that printed material will cease to be important."
April 15, 2011
Best Practices IT Management
"Federal agencies can improve the effectiveness and cost-efficiency of large-scale IT systems by learning from each other, and by leveraging best practices in the private and public sectors. The CIO Council created and will continue to evolve this Best Practices information-sharing platform to realize those benefits. Agencies will be aggregating case studies, lessons learned, and other tools here, helping to grow this platform into a robust resource for all Federal IT professionals. This platform implements point 10 from the 25-Point Implementation Plan To Reform Federal IT Management: “Within six months, the Federal CIO Council will develop a collaboration portal to exchange best practices, case studies, and allow for real-time problem-solving.” Federal agencies have begun developing case studies (below) that demonstrate their use of best practices in managing large-scale IT systems. Please check back for additional case studies, best practices, and other content related to effective IT management."
Presentation: Web 2.0, New Media Ecology, Mobile Information 2.0 and Beyond: Where are we, where are we going?
Information 2.0 and Beyond: Where are we, where are we going? by Kristen Purcell, Mar 29, 2011 at APLIC's 44th Annual Conference in Washington, DC
April 13, 2011
Kaiser Foundation Data Note Explores Digital Divide and Access to Health Information Online
"The Affordable Care Act (ACA) calls for a number of web-based initiatives, including development of the website healthcare.gov which provides a variety of health information and helps individuals find coverage options. Therefore, understanding the level and quality of Internet access among those groups most likely to benefit from reform, such as the uninsured, those with lower incomes, and members of racial and ethnic minority groups, is an important consideration as health reform is implemented. A new Data Note, using data from The Washington Post/Kaiser Family Foundation/Harvard University Race and Recession Survey, conducted Jan. 27-Feb. 9, 2011, examines racial and ethnic disparities in the shares who report seeking out health information online, and explores the broader question of how disparities in Internet access might impact the abilities of different groups to access health care information available on the web as part of the ACA."
April 12, 2011
Report: Incompetent Research Skills Curb Users' Problem Solving
Jakob Nielsen's Alertbox, April 11, 2011: "Users increasingly rely on individual pages listed by search engines instead of finding better ways to tackle problems. Although some analysts questioned the finding of search dominance, it's a user behavior that gets stronger every year. Today, many users are so reliant on search that it's undermining their problem-solving abilities. Ironically, the better search gets, the more dangerous it gets as people increasingly assume that whatever the search engine coughs up must be the answer...Still, the rough estimate from our available data is obvious: users change search strategy only 1% of the time; 99% of the time they plod along a single unwavering path. Whether t"e true number is 2% or 0.5%, the big-picture conclusion is the same: users have extraordinarily inadequate research skills when it comes to solving problems on the Web."
April 11, 2011
YouTube Goes LIVE
[April 8, 2011] "the initial roll out of YouTube Live, which will integrate live streaming capabilities and discovery tools directly into the YouTube platform for the first time. This begins with a new YouTube Live browse page, where you can always find the most compelling live events happening on YouTube and add events to your calendar. Subscribe to your favorite YouTube live-streaming partners to be notified of upcoming live streams on your customized homepage."
April 08, 2011
Presidential Policy Directive - National Preparedness
Presidential Policy Directive PPD-8, National Preparedness, March 30, 2011 [via FAS]
"This directive is aimed at strengthening the security and resilience of the United States through systematic preparation for the threats that pose the greatest risk to the security of the Nation, including acts of terrorism, cyber attacks, pandemics, and catastrophic natural disasters. Our national preparedness is the shared responsibility of all levels of government, the private and nonprofit sectors, and individual citizens. Everyone can contribute to safeguarding the Nation from harm. As such, while this directive is intended to galvanize action by the Federal Government, it is also aimed at facilitating an integrated, all-of-Nation, capabilities-based approach to preparedness. Therefore, I hereby direct the development of a national preparedness goal that identifies the core capabilities necessary for preparedness and a national preparedness system to guide activities that will enable the Nation to achieve the goal. The system will allow the Nation to track the progress of our ability to build and improve the capabilities necessary to prevent, protect against, mitigate the effects of, respond to, and recover from those threats that pose the greatest risk to the security of the Nation."
Presidential Policy Directives [PPDs] Barack Obama Administration
April 07, 2011
FCC Takes Action on Data Roaming to Expand Consumers' Access to Mobile Broadband
"The FCC acted today to promote increased consumer access to nationwide mobile broadband service by adopting an Order that requires facilities-based providers of commercial mobile data services to offer data roaming arrangements to other such providers on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, subject to certain limitations. Consumers expect mobile data services that will allow them to remain connected wherever they go; a data roaming rule will help ensure that consumers’ services are not interrupted and that coverage is available on a competitive basis. The widespread availability of data roaming arrangements will allow consumers with mobile data plans to remain connected when they travel outside their own provider’s network coverage areas by using another provider’s network. This promotes connectivity and nationwide access to mobile data services such as email and wireless broadband Internet access. The rule the FCC adopted today promotes investment in and deployment of mobile broadband networks, consistent with the recommendations of the National Broadband Plan. This new investment in broadband will increase competition and benefit consumers; without data roaming guarantees, consumers will be limited in their choices, especially in rural areas."
Facebook: Hacking Conventional Computing Infrastructure
OPEN Compute Project: We started a project at Facebook a little over a year ago with a pretty big goal: to build one of the most efficient computing infrastructures at the lowest possible cost. We decided to honor our hacker roots and challenge convention by custom designing and building our software, servers and data centers from the ground up. The result is a data center full of vanity free servers which is 38% more efficient and 24% less expensive to build and run than other state-of-the-art data centers. But we didn't want to keep it all for ourselves. Instead, we decided to collaborate with the entire industry and create the Open Compute Project, to share these technologies as they evolve."
See also Report to Congress on Server and Data Center Energy Efficiency, Public Law 109-431, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ENERGY STAR Program, August 2, 2007
April 05, 2011
Symantec Internet Security Threat Report: Trends for 2010
Symantec Internet Security Threat Report Trends for 2010, Volume 16, Published April 2011
"Spam and phishing data is captured through a variety of sources, including the Symantec Probe Network, a system of more than 5 million decoy accounts; MessageLabs™ Intelligence, a respected source of data and analysis for messaging security issues, trends and statistics; as well as other Symantec technologies. Data is collected in more than 86 countries from around the globe. Over 8 billion email messages, as well
as over 1 billion Web requests are processed per day across 16 data centers. Symantec also gathers phishing information through an extensive antifraud community of enterprises, security vendors, and more than 50 million consumers. These resources give Symantec’s analysts unparalleled sources of data with which to identify, analyze, and provide informed commentary on emerging trends in attacks, malicious code activity, phishing, and spam. The result is the Symantec Internet Security Threat Report, which gives enterprises and consumers the essential information to secure their systems effectively now and into the future."
"Symantec recorded over 3 billion malware attacks in 2010 and yet one stands out more than the rest - Stuxnet. This attack captured the attention of many and led to wild speculation on the target of the attacks and who was behind them...."
April 04, 2011
"Regardless of Frontiers:" The International Right to Freedom of Expression in the Digital Age
Via CDT, "Regardless of Frontiers:" The International Right to Freedom of Expression in the Digital Age: "The purpose of this report is to explore how the internationally recognized right to freedom of expression should apply to the Internet. This report is intended to spark further research, discussion, and action. The Internet offers individuals around the world the potential to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas in unprecedented ways. Like no medium before it, the Internet can empower citizens to communicate instantaneously with others in their own communities and worldwide, at low cost relative to traditional forms of media. The Internetʼs unique attributes create new opportunities to collaborate, exchange ideas, and promote scientific, cultural, and economic progress. Producers of traditional forms of media also can use the Internet to greatly expand their audiences at nominal cost. Like no other technology, the Internet can transcend national borders and eliminate barriers to the free flow of information. These unique features of the Internet, if properly supported, can foster innovation, economic growth, democratic participation, and human development."
March 30, 2011
Clinical Report - The Impact of Social Media Use on Children, Adolescents and Families
"Pediatricians are adding another topic to their list of questions for visits with school-aged and adolescent patients: Are you on Facebook? Recognizing the increasing importance of all types of media in their young patients’ lives, pediatricians often hear from parents who are concerned about their children’s engagement with social media. To help address the many effects—both positive and negative—that social media use has on youth and families, the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) has issued a new clinical report, The Impact of Social Media Use on Children, Adolescents and Families in the April issue of Pediatrics (published online March 28). The report offers background on the latest research in this area, and recommendations on how pediatricians, parents and youth can successfully navigate this new mode of communication."
March 29, 2011
German study reports on mobile phone tracking of personal lives
Via EFF: "Your cell phone company knows everywhere you go, twenty-four hours a day, every day. How concrete is this fact for you? It's very concrete for Malte Spitz, a German politician and privacy advocate. He used German privacy law — which, like the law of many European countries, gives individuals a right to see what private companies know about them — to force his cell phone carrier to reveal what it knew about him. The result? 35,831 different facts about his cell phone use over the course of six months. As the German newspaper website Zeit Online reports:
This profile reveals when Spitz walked down the street, when he took a train, when he was in an airplane. It shows where he was in the cities he visited. It shows when he worked and when he slept, when he could be reached by phone and when was unavailable. It shows when he preferred to talk on his phone and when he preferred to send a text message. It shows which beer gardens he liked to visit in his free time. All in all, it reveals an entire life."
To show just how extensive this data is, Spitz chose to make it all available to the public; Zeit Online used it to prepare a remarkable interactive map, which animates Spitz's movements, moment by moment, over the course of half a year. It's correlated with information Spitz willingly posted on the web, and, according to him and the newspaper, is remarkably, eerily accurate. Try it out."
Tell-all telephone reveals politician’s life
FCC Releases New Data on Internet Access Services, Local Telephone Competition
Internet Access Services: Status as of June 30, 2010, Industry Analysis and Technology Division, Wireline Competition Bureau, March 2011: "This report summarizes information about Internet access connections over 200 kilobits per second (kbps) in at least one direction in service in the United States on June 30, 2010, as collected by FCC Form 477. Form 477 gathers standardized information about subscribership to Internet access services in the fifty states, District of Columbia, and inhabited insular areas (American Samoa, Guam, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Virgin Islands). The information is reported by telephone companies, cable system operators, terrestrial wireless service providers, satellite service providers, and other facilities-based providers of advanced telecommunications capability.
Notable developments during the first half of 2010 include:
Fixed-location Internet access connections increased by only 1% (from 81 to 82 million) while subscribers with mobile wireless devices and data plans for full Internet access increased by 27%
(from 56 million to 71 million).
Fixed-location connections continue to dominate at speeds that meet or exceed the availability benchmark adopted in the Sixth Broadband Deployment Report (41 million fixed connections
compared to 5 million mobile subscribers)."
March 28, 2011
Middle-East and African Governments Censoring Citizens Using Western Technologies
News release: "Today, the OpenNet Initiative, a partnership between the Citizen Lab at the Munk School of Global Affairs (Munk School) and the Berkman Center for Internet and Society at Harvard University, announced the release of a new report titled West Censoring East: The Use of Western Technologies by Middle East Censors, 2010-2011 by Helmi Noman and Jillian C. York. The OpenNet Initiative has documented network filtering by national governments of the Internet in more than forty countries worldwide. National governments use network filtering as one of many methods to control the flow of online content, and utilize a variety of technical means to institute such filtering. The report analyzes the use of three American and Canadian-made tools: Websense, McAfee SmartFilter, and Netsweeper for the purpose of government-level filtering in the Middle East and North Africa. The investigation found that nine countries in the region utilize Western-made tools for the purpose of blocking social and political content, effectively blocking a total of over 20 million Internet users from accessing such websites. The authors analyze as well the increasing opacity of the usage of Western-made tools for filtering at the national level."
DHS - Enabling Distributed Security in Cyberspace
Enabling Distributed Security in Cyberspace - Building a Healthy and Resilient Cyber Ecosystem with Automated Collective Action, March 23, 2011
"Like natural ecosystems, the cyber ecosystem comprises a variety of diverse participants – private firms, non‐profits, governments, individuals, processes, and cyber devices (computers, software, and communications technologies) – that interact for multiple purposes. Today in cyberspace, intelligent adversaries exploit vulnerabilities and create incidents that propagate at machine speeds to steal identities, resources, and advantage. The rising volume and virulence of these attacks have the potential to degrade our economic capacity and threaten basic services that underpin our modern way of life. This discussion paper explores the idea of a healthy, resilient – and fundamentally more secure – cyber ecosystem of the future, in which cyber participants, including cyber devices, are able to work together in near‐real time to anticipate and prevent cyber attacks, limit the spread of attacks across participating devices, minimize the consequences of attacks, and recover to a trusted state. In this future cyber ecosystem, security capabilities are built into cyber devices in a way that allows preventive and defensive courses of action to be coordinated within and among communities of devices. Power is distributed among participants, and near‐real time coordination is enabled by combining the innate and interoperable capabilities of individual devices with trusted information exchanges and shared, configurable policies."
March 27, 2011
Privacy Impact Assessment for the Use of Unidirectional Social Media Applications Communications and Outreach
Privacy Impact Assessment for the Use of Unidirectional Social Media Applications Communications and Outreach, March 8, 2011. Kathleen McShea
Director of New Media and Web Communications, Office of Public Affairs, Department of Homeland Security
"Unidirectional social media applications encompass a range of applications, often referred to as applets or widgets, that allow users to view relevant, real-time content from predetermined sources. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS or Department) intends to use unidirectional social media tools including desktop widgets, mobile apps, podcasts, audio and video streams, Short Message Service (SMS) texting, and Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feeds, among others, for external relations (communications and outreach) and to disseminate timely content to the public about DHS initiatives, public safety, and other official activities and one-way notifications. These dynamic communication tools broaden the Department’s ability to disseminate content and provide the public multiple channels to receive and view content. The public will continue to have the option of obtaining comparable content and services through the Department’s official websites and other official means. This Privacy Impact Assessment (PIA) analyzes the Department’s use of unidirectional social media applications."
March 25, 2011
Presentation: RSS: Filtering & Processing Obscene Amounts of Information
How to Hack RSS to Reduce Information Overload, By Dawn Foster: "Last week, I held a session at South by Southwest [SXSW] Interactive titled Hacking RSS: Filtering & Processing Obscene Amounts of Information, where I talked about creative ways to use RSS to manage information overload without using any programming skills. There is more information available in the world than any one person could hope to consume (hundreds of exabytes of data), but most of that information isn’t interesting, out of date, inaccurate, or not relevant for you. The key to reducing information overload is to more efficiently find the data you want among the information that you don’t care about. The tools that I talked about in my SXSW session are focused on discarding or de-emphasizing the data you don’t need, while highlighting the data that’s relevant for you."
March 24, 2011
Pew: How Libraries Add Value to Communities
"The Net, smartphones, and other technologies have added to the way people can engage with so much to local communities and wider communities of interest. Yet, there are many gaps. Lee Rainie. Director of the Pew Research Center's Internet & American Life Project explores those gaps at the Computers in Libraries conference. He points to some findings of his Project that highlight areas where libraries and information services add value to the participants in their communities."
Presentation: How Libraries Add Value to Communities (Video & Slides), by Lee Rainie, March 23, 2011
March 23, 2011
AVG Study Reveals Alarming Complacency Among Users of Mobile Devices on Security
Smartphone Security - Survey of U.S. consumers, Ponemon Institute© Research Report, Sponsored by AVG Technologies, Independently conducted by Ponemon Institute LLC, Publication Date: March 2011
News release: "AVG Technologies, one of the leading providers of consumer security software, today revealed details of a sobering study uncovering new statistics about the data security risks involved in everyday smartphone use. Findings are the result of a recent study conducted by the Ponemon Institute in concert with AVG of 734 random US consumers over age 18 regarding their mobile communications behavior. The study confirmed AVG’s concerns focus on consumers indifference to the many serious security risks associated with the storage and transmission of sensitive personal data on iPhone, Blackberry and Android devices. Following are three of the most alarming:
- 89 percent of respondents were unaware that smartphone applications can transmit confidential payment information such as credit card details without the user’s knowledge or consent.
- 91 percent of respondents were unaware that financial applications for smartphones can be infected with specialized malware designed to steal credit card numbers and online banking credentials, yet nearly a third (29 percent) report already storing credit and debit card information on their devices and 35 percent report storing “confidential” work related documents as well.
- 56 percent of respondents did not know that failing to properly log off from a social network app could allow an imposter to post malicious details or change personal settings without their knowledge. Of those aware, 37 percent were unsure whether or not their profiles had already been manipulated.
Pew report: donation to Japanese disaster relief through electronic and traditional means
Americans under age 40 are as likely to donate to Japan disaster relief through electronic means as traditional means like the phone or postal mail. Kristen Purcell, Michael Dimock, Pew Center for The People & The Press. March 23, 2011
"In a striking shift in charitable donations methods, Americans under age 40 are now just as likely to give donations to disaster relief through digital means as they are through traditional means like the phone or postal mail. In the first days after the Japanese disaster, 21% of Americans say they have made a donation to help those affected by the earthquake and tsunami. Another 24% say they plan to make a donation. More than a third of those who have already donated (36%) say they made their contribution digitally – online, through text messages or e-mail. Among those younger than 40, about as many have donated digitally as through more traditional methods. Older Americans are also more likely than in the past to give to disaster relief efforts via electronic means, but they still prefer traditional methods of giving."
March 17, 2011
How mobile devices are changing community information environments
How mobile devices are changing community information environments, by Kristen Purcell, Lee Rainie, Tom Rosenstiel, Amy Mitchell, Mar 14, 2011 - Pew Internet
"Local news is going mobile. Nearly half of all American adults (47%) report that they get at least some local news and information on their cellphone or tablet computer. The information they seek out on mobile platforms is practical and real time: 42% of mobile device owners report getting weather updates and 37% get material about restaurants or other local businesses on their phones or tablets. Fewer get news about local traffic and transportation, general news alerts or other local topics. One of the newest forms of on-the-go local news consumption, mobile applications, are just beginning to take hold among mobile device owners. Just 13% of all mobile device owners report having an app that helps them get local information or news, which represents 11% of the total American adult population. Thus, while almost half of adults get local news on mobile devices, just 1 in 10 use apps to do so. Call it the “app gap.”
March 16, 2011
Pew Research: The Internet and Campaign 2010
More than half of all American adults were online political users in 2010: "Fully 73% of adult internet users (representing 54% of all U.S. adults) went online to get news or information about the 2010 midterm elections, or to get involved in the campaign in one way or another. We refer to these individuals as "online political users" and our definition includes anyone who did at least one of the following activities in 2010:
- Get political news online - 58% of online adults looked online for news about politics or the 2010 campaigns, and 32% of online adults got most of their 2010 campaign news from online sources.
- Go online to take part in specific political activities, such as watch political videos, share election-related content or "fact check" political claims - 53% of adult internet users did at least one of the eleven online political activities we measured in 2010.
- Use Twitter or social networking sites for political purposes - One in five online adults (22%) used Twitter or a social networking site for political purposes in 2010."
FTC Testifies Before Senate Commerce Committee on Privacy; Industry Efforts to Implement "Do Not Track" System Already Underway
News release: "In testimony before the Senate Committee on Commerce, Science and Transportation, the Federal Trade Commission discussed its efforts to protect consumer privacy through enforcement actions, consumer education, and policy initiatives like the FTC staff’s recent preliminary privacy report. The report proposes a framework to balance consumer privacy with industry innovation by: 1) building privacy protections into everyday business practices (“privacy-by-design”); 2) simplifying privacy choices for consumers; and 3)improving transparency with clearer, shorter privacy notices. The Commission told Congress that industry stakeholders have made important progress in implementing Do Not Track, a mechanism proposed in the staff's preliminary privacy report last December that would allow consumers to choose not to have their Internet browsing tracked by third parties. The testimony noted that two of the major Internet browsers – Microsoft and Mozilla – “have recently announced the development of new choice mechanisms for online behavioral advertising that seek to provide increased transparency, greater consumer control, and improved ease of use.”
"...the ACLU's Chris Calabrese testified before the Senate Commerce, Science and Transportation Committee on the state of online consumer privacy. In his testimony, Chris describes the danger that looms if Congress does not enact some online protections. He says: "If this collection of data is allowed to continue unchecked, then capitalism will build what the government never could — a complete surveillance state online."
March 07, 2011
Google Maps Navigation (Beta) Routes You Around Traffic
Official Google Blog: "Ever been stuck in traffic, only to find out you’d have been better off going a bit out of your way to take a less congested route? If you’re like me, you probably hear the traffic report telling you what you already know: traffic is bad on the road you’re currently on, and you should have taken another. It doesn’t need to be this way, and we want to help. So we’re happy to announce that Google Maps Navigation (Beta) will now automatically route you around traffic. With more than 35 million miles driven by Navigation users every day, this should add up to quite a bit of time saved!"
Annual Sleep in America Poll Exploring Connections with Communications Technology Use and Sleep
News release: "The 2011 Sleep in America® poll released today by the National Sleep Foundation (NSF) finds pervasive use of communications technology in the hour before bed. It also finds that a significant number of Americans aren't getting the sleep they say they need and are searching for ways to cope. Many Americans report dissatisfaction with their sleep during the week. The poll found that 43% of Americans between the ages of 13 and 64 say they rarely or never get a good night's sleep on weeknights. More than half (60%) say that they experience a sleep problem every night or almost every night..Communications technology use before sleep is pervasive. Americans report very active technology use in the hour before trying to sleep. Almost everyone surveyed, 95%, uses some type of electronics like a television, computer, video game or cell phone at least a few nights a week within the hour before bed. About two-thirds of baby boomers (67%) and generation X'ers (63%) and half of generation Z'ers (50%) and generation Y'ers (49%) watch television every night or almost every night within the hour before going to sleep...Computer or laptop use is also common. Roughly six in ten (61%) say they use their laptops or computers at least a few nights a week within the hour before bed. More than half of generation Z'ers (55%) and slightly less of generation Y'ers (47%) say they surf the Internet every night or almost every night within the hour before sleep."
March 06, 2011
YouTube World View
"YouTube World View is a series of monthly interviews with the world's most foremost leaders where you ask the questions."
"In past weeks, we’ve featured two more YouTube interviews with leaders through the World View program and seen more footage come in from across the Middle East as unrest there continues. In YouTube World View’s second interview, YouTube and Al Jazeera English sat down with British Prime Minister David Cameron. Ten thousand people submitted questions, and in the interview, the Prime Minister shared his thoughts on what should be done in Libya, and talked about increased taxes for banks in the U.K. and Britain’s role in Afghanistan."
March 04, 2011
The Internet Explorer 6 Countdown - Moving the world off Internet Explorer 6
Via Microsoft, IE6 Countdown: "10 years ago a browser was born. Its name was Internet Explorer 6. Now that we’re in 2011, in an era of modern web standards, it’s time to say goodbye. This website is dedicated to watching Internet Explorer 6 usage drop to less than 1% worldwide, so more websites can choose to drop support for Internet Explorer 6, saving hours of work for web developers..."
March 03, 2011
Findings From the 2010 Health Confidence Survey
Who Tries to Find Objective Information on Health Care? Findings From the 2010 Health Confidence Survey - Employee Benefit Research Institute (EBRI)
- "USERS OF HEALTH INFORMATION: This analysis looks at who currently uses information on health cost, quality, and outcomes. Data comes from the EBRI/MGA 2010 Health Confidence Survey (HCS), a survey that examines a broad spectrum of health care issues, including Americans’ satisfaction with health care today, their confidence in the future of the health care system and the Medicare program, and their attitudes toward health care reform.
- TYPES OF INFORMATION SOUGHT VARIES: Overall, 45 percent of the population reported having tried to find information about the advantages and disadvantages of different treatments, while only 14 percent tried to find information about the number of disciplinary actions taken against a doctor or hospital. About one-quarter tried to find cost information (28 percent for the full costs of different treatments; 24 percent for the costs of different doctors and
hospitals).
- WHO SEARCHES FOR INFORMATION: Women, younger individuals, and individuals with higher levels of education were more likely than others to seek information on cost, quality, and access. Individuals who experience an increase in either premiums or cost sharing are more likely than those who do not to seek information."
March 01, 2011
New on LLRX.com: Breaking Down Link Rot
Breaking Down Link Rot: The Chesapeake Project Legal Information Archive's Examination of URL Stability: "This guide for researches by Sarah Rhodes focuses on the highly significant impact of "link rot", which refers to the loss or removal of content at a particular Uniform Resource Locator (URL) over time. When an attempt is made to open a documented link, either different or irrelevant information has replaced the expected content, or else the link is found to be broken, typically expressed by a 404 or "not found" error message. This is not an uncommon occurrence. Web-based materials often disappear as URLs change and web sites are changed, updated, or deleted."
February 27, 2011
Internet Crime Complaint Center - 2010 Internet Crime Report
2010 Internet Crime Report, The Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3), February 2011
"Now in its tenth year, the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3) has become a vital resource for victims of online crime and for law enforcement investigating and prosecuting offenders. In 2010, IC3 received the second-highest number of complaints since its inception. IC3 also reached a major milestone this year when it received its two-millionth complaint. On average, IC3 receives and processes 25,000 complaints per month. IC3 is more than a repository for victim complaints. It serves as a conduit for law enforcement to share information and pursue cases that often span jurisdictional boundaries. IC3 was founded in 2000 as a joint effort between the National White Collar Crime Center (NW3C)/Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). That partnership leveraged the resources necessary to aid law enforcement in every aspect of an Internet fraud complaint.
The most common victim complaints in 2010 were non-delivery of payment/merchandise, scams impersonating the FBI (hereafter “FBI-related scams”) and identity theft. Victims of these crimes reported losing hundreds of millions of dollars."
February 25, 2011
Worldwide PC Microprocessor Unit Shipments Flat Year-Over-Year in 4th Qtr 2010
News release: "Worldwide PC microprocessor shipment growth in the fourth calendar quarter of 2010 (4Q10) slowed notably, compared to both 3Q10 (-.04% quarter-over-quarter) and to 4Q09 (-.21% year-over-year), according to the latest PC microprocessor study from International Data Corporation (IDC). For the full year 2010, however, worldwide PC microprocessor unit shipments grew 17.1%, while revenue increased 26.7% to $36.3 billion. "The fourth quarter was weak and out of synch with normal seasonal patterns in terms of unit shipments," said Shane Rau, director of Semiconductors: Personal Computing research at IDC. "The first half of the year turned out to be the better half of the year. However, looking back at the whole year 2010, it's clear that the ongoing shift to mobile processors, combined with a shift back towards high-performance mobile processors, as opposed to Atom processors for netbooks, drove a significant rise in overall processor average selling prices." In 2010, the industry average selling price (ASP) for microprocessors rose 8%, approaching the levels last seen in 2008. While a strange year in terms of shipment patterns, 2010 was also a year of recovery. Looking at processor shipments by form factor, during the year 2010 mobile PC processor unit shipments grew 26.2%, x86 server processor unit shipments grew 28.1%, and desktop processor unit shipments grew 6.2%. Mobile PC processors, which represented 50.2% of all PC processors shipped in 2009, represented 54.1% of processors in 2010."
February 23, 2011
Effects of Cell Phone Radiofrequency Signal Exposure on Brain Glucose Metabolism
Cell Phone Radiofrequency Radiation Exposure and Brain Glucose Metabolism - Henry Lai, Lennart Hardell. JAMA. 2011;305(8):828-829.doi:10.1001/jama.2011.201
"In healthy participants and compared with no exposure, 50-minute cell phone exposure was associated with increased brain glucose metabolism in the region closest to the antenna. This finding is of unknown clinical significance."
February 21, 2011
Pew Report: Wikipedia, past and present
Wikipedia, past and present, by Kathryn Zickuhr, Lee Rainie, Jan 13, 2011
"Wikipedia, the “multilingual, web-based, free-content encyclopedia project,” was created in 2001 and celebrates its tenth anniversary on January 15, 2011. The percentage of all American adults who use Wikipedia to look for information has increased from 25% in February 2007 to 42% in May 2010. This translates to 53% of adult internet users. Education level continues to be the strongest predictor of Wikipedia use. The collaborative encyclopedia is most popular among internet users with at least a college degree, 69% of whom use the site. Broadband use remains another predictor, as 59% of those with home broadband use the service, compared with 26% of those who connect to the internet through dial-up. Additionally, Wikipedia is generally more popular among those with annual household incomes of at least $50,000, as well as with young adults: 62% of internet users under the age of 30 using the service, compared with only 33% of internet users age 65 and older."
February 17, 2011
National Broadband Map Launched
"The National Broadband Map is a searchable and interactive website that allows users to view broadband availability across every neighborhood in the United States. The NBM was created by the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), in collaboration with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), and in partnership with 50 states, five territories and the District of Columbia. The NBM is a project of NTIA's State Broadband Initiative. The NBM will be updated approximately every six months and was first published on February 17, 2011."
February 16, 2011
Commentary: Egyptians Find Their Power in Access to Information
Egyptians Find Their Power in Access to Information: "Make no mistake: Access to information, in a country with limited resources, served as the first catalyst for the Egyptian revolution that began January 25 and resulted 18 days later in the resignation of President Hosni Mubarak after almost 30 years in office. The internet, along with Facebook and Twitter, was the Open University that facilitated learning about democracy for Egypt’s young people...But on the internet, the release of a single document spread like a ferocious fire in seconds, and millions had access to it. In a nation where only one in 700 citizens read the newspapers, young people with some European-language skills were able to translate and share news about the rest of the world with their fellow Egyptians. Those who did not read a foreign language saw the images, which they received through mobile technologies." by Sohair Wastawy - dean of university libraries at Illinois State University in Normal - who the first chief librarian of the Bibliotheca Alexandrina in Alexandria, Egypt, where she served for six years.
Federal Cloud Computing Strategy Published
"The Federal Cloud Computing Strategy was published February 13, 2011, marking a milestone in the Administration’s 25-Point Implementation Plan To Reform Federal IT Management. The strategy is designed to help the government deliver value to the public by increasing the operational efficiency of Federal IT dollars, and responding faster to taxpayer needs. In releasing the report, Federal CIO Vivek Kundra noted, “The adoption of cloud computing will play a pivotal role in helping the government close the productivity gap between the public and private sectors.” The strategy outlines how the Federal government can accelerate the safe, secure adoption of cloud computing, and provides agencies with a framework for migrating to the cloud. It also examines how agencies can address challenges related to the adoption of cloud computing, such as privacy, procurement, standards, and governance...Moving forward, agencies are required to evaluate their technology sourcing strategies so that cloud computing options are fully considered, consistent with the “Cloud First” policy outlined in the 25-Point Implementation Plan, which states: “The three-part strategy on cloud technology will revolve around using commercial cloud technologies where feasible, launching private government clouds, and utilizing regional clouds with state and local governments where appropriate.”
February 15, 2011
Triangle Research Libraries Network’s IP Rights Strategy for Digitization of Modern Manuscript Collections and Archival Record Groups
The Triangle Research Libraries Network’s Intellectual Property Rights Strategy for Digitization of Modern Manuscript Collections and Archival Record Groups, January 2011 - Laura Clark Brown, Judy Ruttenberg, and Kevin L. Smith, J.D.
"Curated online exhibits have dominated the manuscript and archival digitization projects of academic libraries. These exhibits typically present a small number of selected documents along with a description of each document, transcriptions, and scholarly analysis. An emerging programmatic model - large-scale digitization of manuscript collections and archival record groups―provides online access to entire collections/groups. Given the typical size of modern collections/groups, large-scale digitization cannot support the presentation of the item-level details used in curated online exhibits. This leaner approach to presentation allows for a greater volume of accessible documents. As technology and online applications evolve and the body of materials available online increases, many of these documents will probably be made full-text searchable either by the libraries or by the researchers themselves."
February 13, 2011
Backgrounder - 10 Conservative Principles for Cybersecurity Policy
10 Conservative Principles for Cybersecurity Policy, by Paul Rosenzweig, George Washington University School of Law; Posted FEbruary 10, 2011
"In the age of the Internet, which now determines daily life for Americans, many threats to the U.S. now exist in the cyber domain. Cybersecurity is a near constant theme in Washington, as well as for private companies around the country. Congress and government agencies are clamoring to develop policies and strategies to protect national security and commercial interests. Internet attacks are already a standard feature of modern life, and the threats and their implications—from hacking into company sites to steal credit card numbers to hacking into government computers for espionage—are growing fast. Cybersecurity must be addressed—the right way. This Heritage Foundation paper outlines the basic facts of the Internet—and the policy principles to which they lead."
February 10, 2011
President Obama Details Plan to Win the Future through Expanded Wireless Access
News release: "President Barack Obama will today detail his plan to win the future by catalyzing the buildout of high-speed wireless services that will enable businesses to grow faster, students to learn more, and public safety officials to access state-of-the-art, secure, nationwide, and interoperable mobile communications. In his State of the Union address, President Obama called for a National Wireless Initiative to make available high-speed wireless services to at least 98 percent of Americans. The Wireless Innovation and Infrastructure Initiative laid out today will make it possible for businesses to achieve that goal, while freeing up spectrum through incentive auctions, spurring innovation, and creating a nationwide, interoperable wireless network for public safety. It will also reduce the national deficit by approximately $10 billion."
Fact Sheet - Initiative expands wireless coverage to 98% of Americans, reduces deficit by nearly $10 billion, invests in nationwide public safety network
February 09, 2011
Experian Hitwise reports Bing searches increase 21 percent in January 2011
News release: "Experian® Hitwise®, a part of Experian Marketing Services, announced today that Google accounted for 67.95 percent of all U.S. searches conducted in the four weeks ending Jan. 29, 2011. Bing-powered search comprised 27.44 percent of searches for the month, with Yahoo! Search and Bing receiving 14.62 percent and 12.81 percent, respectively. The remaining 70 search engines in the Hitwise Search Engine Analysis report accounted for 4.61 percent of U.S. searches. Bing and Yahoo! Search achieved the highest success rates in January 2011. This means that for both search engines, more than 81 percent of searches executed resulted in a visit to a Website. Google achieved a success rate of 65 percent. The share of unsuccessful searches highlights the opportunity for both the search engines and marketers to evaluate the search engine result pages to ensure that searchers are finding relevant information."
February 07, 2011
Digital Signage Federation Releases Digital Signage Privacy Standards
"The Digital Signage Federation (DSF), a professional membership association, announced today the release of new industry standards for digital signage privacy. The “Digital Signage Privacy Standards” are a set of voluntary privacy guidelines recommended by DSF for digital signage companies, their partners and the venues that host these systems....The DSF Standards Committee is comprised of eight members from different sectors of the industry, and is chaired by Ken Goldberg, CEO of Real Digital Media. Harley Geiger, a committee member and Policy Counsel at the Center for Democracy & Technology, was instrumental in leading the effort to develop policies that safeguard consumer privacy and preserve the public’s trust in the digital signage industry. Subsequently, the Digital Signage Privacy Standard includes strong principles in the following categories:
- Transparency
- Individual Participation
- Purpose Specification
- Data Minimization
- Use Limitation
- Data Quality & Integrity
- Security
- Accountability
Roll Call - Social Media Goes Viral on Capitol Hill
"The role of social media in Congressional leaders’ messaging and outreach has exploded over the past few years, whether it be through tweets about floor schedule updates or on Facebook. But within that trend is a clear — and nonpartisan — divide between the savvy and those still in the dark. House Democratic and Republican leadership aides are eager to tout their bosses’ use of social media." [Link]
State Cyberbullying Laws
State Cyberbullying Law - A Brief Review of State Cyberbullying Laws and Policies, Sameer Hinduja, Ph.D. and Justin W. Patchin, Ph.D., Cyberbullying Research Center, updated January 2011
February 06, 2011
New on LLRX.com: Emerging Legal Issues in Social Media, Part I
Emerging Legal Issues in Social Media: In Part 1 of his commentary, Ken Strutin discusses how the growth of social media and social networking applications has permeated and extended the range of legal investigation, discovery and litigation. The materials he highlights represent a current sampling of notable developments in law enforcement, law practice, civil and criminal litigation, and technology's influence on human behavior.
February 03, 2011
Pew: Generations and their gadgets
Report: Generations, Mobile, Seniors - Generations and their gadgets, by Kathryn Zickuhr, Feb 3, 2011
Many devices have become popular across generations, with a majority now owning cell phones, laptops and desktop computers. Younger adults are leading the way in increased mobility, preferring laptops to desktops and using their cell phones for a variety of functions, including internet, email, music, games, and video. Among the findings:
- Cell phones are by far the most popular device among American adults, especially for adults under the age of 65. Some 85% of adults own cell phones overall. Taking pictures (done by 76% of cell owners) and text messaging (done by 72% of cell owners) are the two non-voice functions that are widely popular among all cell phone users.
- Desktop computers are most popular with adults ages 35-65, with 69% of Gen X, 65% of Younger Boomers and 64% of Older Boomers owning these devices.
- Millennials are the only generation that is more likely to own a laptop computer or netbook than a desktop: 70% own a laptop, compared with 57% who own a desktop.
- While almost half of all adults own an mp3 player like an iPod, this device is by far the most popular with Millennials, the youngest generation—74% of adults ages 18-34 own an mp3 player, compared with 56% of the next oldest generation, Gen X (ages 35-46).
February 02, 2011
DOE IG: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Monitoring of Power Grid Cyber Security
Audit Report, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Monitoring of Power Grid Cyber Security, DOE/IG-0846, January 2011
"Despite their importance to protecting the power grid, the CIP [Critical Infrastructure Protection] standards did not include a number of security controls commonly recommended for government and industry systems, including both administrative and mission-related systems. For instance, the standards did not include essential security requirements and effective practices such as defining what constituted critical assets and implementation of strong logical access controls. In certain cases, Commission officials noted that the lack of stringent requirements for defining critical assets contributed to significant under reporting of these assets. In addition, while we recognize that there are inherent delays associated with the current regulatory structure, we found that the timeliness of the standards development and approval process was also impacted because the Commission did not take advantage of existing authority. Delays ultimately limited the standards' usefulness in facilitating responses to emerging threats. Without increased efficiency in this area, the Commission and the entities under its purview may not be able to develop and implement future standards in a timely manner to address emerging security threats.."
February 01, 2011
Did Online Access to Journals Change the Economics Literature?
McCabe, Mark J. and Snyder, Christopher M., Did Online Access to Journals Change the Economics Literature? (January 23, 2011).
"Does online access boost citations? The answer has implications for issues ranging from the value of a citation to the sustainability of open-access journals. Using panel data on citations to economics and business journals, we show that the enormous effects found in previous studies were an artifact of their failure to control for article quality, disappearing once we add fixed effects as controls. The absence of an aggregate effect masks heterogeneity across platforms: JSTOR boosts citations around 10%; ScienceDirect has no effect. We examine other sources of heterogeneity including whether JSTOR benefits "long-tail" or "superstar" articles more."
Pew - Health Topics 80% of internet users look for health information online
Health Topics - 80% of internet users look for health information online, Susannah Fox, Associate Director, Pew Research, February 1, 2011
"Eight in ten internet users look online for health information, making it the third most popular online pursuit among all those tracked by the Pew Internet Project, following email and using a search engine. Since one-quarter of adults do not go online, the percentage of health information seekers is 59% among the total U.S. adult population. The survey finds that not only are some demographic groups more likely than others to have internet
access, but these same groups are generally more likely to seek health information once online."
EFF Releases Report Analyzing Surveillance of Americans During Intelligence Investigations Conducted Between 2001 and 2008
Patterns of Misconduct: FBI Intelligence Violations from 2001 - 2008, A Report Prepared by the Electronic Frontier Foundation, January 2011
"In a review of nearly 2,500 pages of documents released by the Federal Bureau of Investigation as a result of litigation under the Freedom of Information Act, EFF uncovered alarming trends in the Bureau’s intelligence investigation practices. The documents consist of reports made by the FBI to the Intelligence Oversight Board of violations committed during intelligence investigations from 2001 to 2008. The documents suggest that FBI intelligence investigations have compromised the civil liberties of American citizens far more frequently, and to a greater extent, than was previously assumed. In particular, EFF’s analysis provides new insight into the number of Violations Committed by the FBI..."
January 31, 2011
CDT Releases Draft Definition of 'Do Not Track'
News release: "The Center for Democracy & Technology today released a proposal that sketches the parameters of what Do Not Track (DNT) means. The document is intended to identify the types of behaviors that DNT should prohibit, and jumpstart a discussion aimed at developing a common understanding of the terms of this emerging technology. The concept of DNT technology is gaining momentum; however, definitions underlying technology—such as what "tracking" actually means—are still in flux...CDT suggests that the following definition for "tracking" in the context of Do Not Track:
Tracking is the collection and correlation of data about the Internet activities of a particular user, computer, or device, over time and across non-commonly branded websites, for any purpose other than fraud prevention or compliance with law enforcement requests."
January 29, 2011
Freedom in the World 2011 Survey Release
Freedom in the World 2011: The Authoritarian Challenge to Democracy, Washington, D.C, January 13, 2011: "Global freedom suffered its fifth consecutive year of decline in 2010, according to Freedom in the World 2011, Freedom House’s annual assessment of political rights and civil liberties around the world. This represents the longest continuous period of decline in the nearly 40-year history of the survey. The year featured drops in the number of Free countries and the number of electoral democracies, as well as an overall deterioration for freedom in the Middle East and North Africa region. A total of 25 countries showed significant declines in 2010, more than double the 11 countries exhibiting noteworthy gains. The number of countries designated as Free fell from 89 to 87, and the number of electoral democracies dropped to 115, far below the 2005 figure of 123. In addition, authoritarian regimes like those in China, Egypt, Iran, Russia, and Venezuela continued to step up repressive measures with little significant resistance from the democratic world. Published annually since 1972, Freedom in the World examines the ability of individuals to exercise their political and civil rights in 194 countries and 14 territories around the world. The latest edition analyzes developments that occurred in 2010 and assigns each country a freedom status—Free, Partly Free, or Not Free—based on a scoring of performance on key democracy indicators.
Freedom in the World 2011 Table of Independent Countries
Freedom in the World 2011 - The Authoritarian Challenge to Democracy - Selected data from Freedom House’s annual survey of political rights and civil liberties, January 2011
January 27, 2011
22% of online Americans used social networking or Twitter for politics in 2010 campaign
PewInternet: 22% of online Americans used social networking or Twitter for politics in 2010 campaign, by Aaron Smith, January 27, 2011:
"After first gaining prominence as tools for political engagement during the 2008 presidential election, social media became a regular part of the political environment for voters in the 2010 midyear elections. Some 22% of online adults used Twitter or social networking sites such as Facebook or MySpace in the months leading up to the November, 2010 elections to connect to the campaign or the election itself. In contrast to the 2008 race—in which Democratic voters led the way in their use of online social networks for political purposes—Republican voters and supporters of the “Tea Party” movement caught up with Democrats in their use of social media in 2010."
Report: Seizing the opportunity of online learning for UK higher education
"Working in partnership, the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) promotes and funds high-quality, cost-effective teaching and research, meeting the diverse needs of students, the economy and society."
Collaborate to compete - Seizing the opportunity of online learning for UK higher education, Report to HEFCE by the Online Learning Task Force, January 2011: "The Online Learning Task Force was established in mid-2009 by HEFCE to address how UK higher education might maintain and extend its position as a world leader in online learning. This report is the outcome of that work....The Task Force has concluded that online learning – however blended with on- or off-campus interactions, whether delivered in the UK or overseas – provides real opportunity for UK institutions to develop responsive, engaging and interactive provision which, if offered at scale, can deliver quality and cost-effectiveness and meet student demands for flexible learning."
January 24, 2011
Do-Not-Track" Option Now on IE, Firefox and Chrome
National Journal: Google and Mozilla both announced that they will be adding "do-not-track" options to their Internet browsers, allowing users to prevent websites from gathering personal information and selling it to advertisers. Mozilla announced its plan Sunday with Google following suit Monday. According to a company statement, Google's "Keep My Op-Outs" feature will be available as an extension for download on its Chrome browser Monday. "We made available, for all major browsers, a downloadable browser plugin that enables you to permanently opt out of Google's advertising cookie, even if you deleted all your browser's cookies," according to the statement." Mozilla's Firefox version will be an HTTP header that will tell websites that a user wants to opt-out what's called "online behavioral advertising." "The advantages to the header technique are that it is less complex and simple to locate and use, it is more persistent than cookie-based solutions, and it doesn't rely on user's finding and loading lists of ad networks and advertisers to work," said Mozilla technology and privacy officer Alex Fowler wrote in a blog post Sunday. Microsoft announced a similar feature for its Internet Explorer in December."
January 23, 2011
Federal Government Cybersecurity Progress: Obama Administration Report Card 2009 - Present
National Security Cyberspace Institute - Federal Government Cybersecurity Progress: Obama Administration Report Card 2009-Present
What follows is an "Obama Administration Report Card," whereby we have awarded grades for progress against a number of the recommendations contained in the 60-Day Review, or "Hathaway Report" as it is commonly called. The Hathaway Report contained recommendations broken down into two categories of action plans, designated as Near-Term and Mid-Term, with neither plan being defined in terms of timing or projected dates of completion – perhaps its most glaring shortfall. Now that the administration is over halfway through their elected term, we believe enough time has passed to make it entirely reasonable to expect complete or near-complete implementation of action items described as "near term." We've therefore evaluated the administration's progress against the ten recommendations contained in the Near-Term Action Plan while withholding judgment for now on the additional 14 recommendations in the Mid-Term Action Plan."
January 22, 2011
White House Launches New State of the Union page
"On Tuesday, January 25, at 9 p.m. EST, President Obama will deliver the State of the Union address at the U.S. Capitol. We have been working on a number of ways citizens can get involved in the State of the Union and ask their questions of President Obama and senior Administration officials. You can find all the details on our brand new State of the Union page."
- Watch the live stream of the State of the Union Address on WhiteHouse.gov.
- Immediately following the State of the Union Address, stay tuned for a live Open For Questions event where Senior White House officials will answer your questions about key issues addressed in the speech live from the White House.
- Wednesday: Press Secretary Robert Gibbs will be taking your questions via Twitter before his post-State of the Union briefing on Wednesday, January 26. Follow @PressSec on Twitter to find out when he’ll be taking your questions, then respond to @PressSec using the hashtag #1Q and watch for his video responses.
- President Obama will answer your questions during a live YouTube interview at 2:30 p.m. on Thursday January 27. Submit your questions on youtube.com/askobama."
January 21, 2011
Pew: Americans living with disability and their technology profile
Americans living with disability and their technology profile by Susannah Fox
"One in four American adults live with a disability that interferes with activities of daily living. Fifty-four percent of adults living with a disability use the internet, compared with 81% of adults who report none of the disabilities listed in the survey. Two percent of American adults say they have a disability or illness that makes it harder or impossible for them to use the internet."
January 20, 2011
Verizon Files Appeal in Federal Court Regarding FCC Net Neutrality Order
News release: "Verizon Communications on Thursday (Jan. 20) filed an appeal in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, challenging the Federal Communications Commission's Report and Order on rules dealing with the issue of net neutrality..."Today's filing is the result of a careful review of the FCC's order. We are deeply concerned by the FCC's assertion of broad authority for sweeping new regulation of broadband networks and the Internet itself. We believe this assertion of authority goes well beyond any authority provided by Congress, and creates uncertainty for the communications industry, innovators, investors and consumers." [Michael E. Glover, Verizon senior vice president and deputy general counsel]
FCC Releases Order In Comcast-NBCU Transaction
News release: "Today, the Federal Communications Commission grants—with conditions and enforceable commitments—approval of the assignment and transfer of control of broadcast, satellite, and other radio licenses from General Electric Company (GE) to Comcast Corporation. The approval will allow GE and Comcast to create a joint venture involving NBC Universal, Inc. (NBCU) and Comcast. An Order further explaining the Commission’s reasoning and the conditions and commitments will be issued shortly. The Commission's decision is based on a thorough review of the record, which includes extensive data and voluntary commitments from the applicants, as well as thousands of comments from interested parties and public input received at a public forum held in Chicago. Based on this review, the Commission has determined that granting the application, with certain conditions and contingent upon enforceable commitments, is in the public interest."
In the Matter of Applications of Comcast Corporation, General Electric Company and NBC Universal, Inc. For Consent to Assign Licenses and Transfer Control of Licensees, Memorandum Opinion and Order - Adopted: January 18, 2011 Released: January 20, 2011
January 18, 2011
Pew Report: The Social Side of the Internet
The Social Side of the Internet - Technology use has become deeply embedded in group life and is affecting the way civic and social groups behave and the way they impact their communities, by Lee Rainie, Kristen Purcell, Aaron Smith, Jan 18, 2011
"The internet is now deeply embedded in group and organizational life in America. A new national survey by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project has found that 75% of all American adults are active in some kind of voluntary group or organization and internet users are more likely than others to be active: 80% of internet users participate in groups, compared with 56% of non-internet users. Moreover, social media users are even more likely to be active: 82% of social network users and 85% of Twitter users are group participants."
January 17, 2011
Rasmussen Reports - U.S. Internet Users Give High Marks to Search Engines
News release: "Most Internet users in America say they go online to answer routine questions, and they give overwhelmingly positive marks to today’s Internet search engines like Google, Yahoo and Bing. A new Rasmussen Reports national telephone survey finds that 66% of regular Internet users instinctively go online to answer routine questions. Just 30% say they do not. (To see survey question wording, click here). Eighty-nine percent (89%) of those who regularly go online rate today’s Internet search engines as good or excellent in terms of finding the information they need. Fewer than half a percent rates the search engines they use as poor. Seventy-eight percent (78%), in fact, say they generally use the same Internet search engine all the time. Just 19% use more than one."
January 16, 2011
Comment: Why Internet Protocol (IP) Addresses Should Be Protected as Personally Identifiable Information
McIntyre, Joshua J., The Number is Me: Why Internet Protocol (IP) Addresses Should Be Protected as Personally Identifiable Information (August 15, 2010). DePaul Law Review, Vol. 60, No. 3, 2011.
"Although computer logs typically correlate online activity only to Internet Protocol (IP) addresses, those addresses can be used to expose the individuals behind the computers. While various federal statutes protect similar data, such as telephone numbers and mailing addresses, as Personally Identifiable Information, federal privacy law does not sufficiently protect IP addresses. It has become commonplace for litigants to subpoena Internet Service Providers (ISPs) to unmask online speakers, and, because many ISPs have no reason to fight these subpoenas, they readily give up their subscribers’ names, addresses, telephone numbers, and other identifying data without demanding any court oversight or providing any notice to those identified. Left unchecked, such reporting could undermine free speech and the free exchange of ideas by encouraging users to censor their own online conduct. This Comment explores the possibility of protecting the IP address itself as Personally Identifiable Information (PII). It explores the various definitions of PII and the relevant technical aspects of IP addressing. It concludes that, despite some technical shortcomings, IP addresses are functionally similar to other types of PII and should be similarly protected in order to protect online privacy."
January 12, 2011
Commentary - Undersea Cables: The Achilles Heel of our Economies
Follow up to Critical Undersea Internet Cables Damaged Between Europe and Mideast, this related commentary, Undersea Cables: The Achilles Heel of our Economies, by Franz-Stefan Gady
"Hardly any people know that our global digital connectivity rests upon a relatively few fiber optic cables lying at the bottom of the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. They wrongly believe that their international communications are carried via satellite links. The truth is that 99 percent of transcontinental Internet traffic travels through these connecting cables; these are the lifelines of our economies. For proof, simply take a quick look at the financial services sector. In 2004 alone, nine million messages and approximately $7.4 trillion a day were traded via undersea cables worldwide. The Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT), a provider of financial messaging, sends about 15 million messages a day over cables. 1 million of these are financial transactions, amounting to over $4.7 trillion dollars a day commuting via the same undersea cables. The finance hub Hong Kong doubles its dependency, i.e. the volume of messages going through these cables, every 18 months."
January 11, 2011
Drupal open-source web content management system chosen for more than 500 House of Representatives sites
Sources Sought: "The Chief Administrative Officer (CAO) of the United States House of Representatives seeks vendors experienced with web design, development and support using Drupal, the open-source web content management system. This is a source selection process only. The CAO will not be making any contract awards during this process. The CAO has established a flexible Drupal hosting platform as the preferred web hosting environment for the House. Members, Committees, Leadership, Officers and Officials (the CAO’s customers) each manage and control a public web site. These customers have the independent authority to select the web vendor of their choice provided that vendor meets specific House requirements. In total, there are nearly 520 unique House web sites within House.gov."
January 09, 2011
White House: Making Technology Neutral IT Procurement Decisions
Via Victoria Espinel, the U.S. Intellectual Property Enforcement Coordinator, this new memorandum on technology neutrality: "Each year, the U.S. Government spends almost $80 billion dollars buying information technology (IT); the software, computer equipment and network devices that help the Government run efficiently. It is important that those purchases be fair, neutral and based on an objective assessment of relevant criteria. To ensure that the agencies and the public are aware of our policy, today U.S. Chief Information Officer Vivek Kundra, Administrator for Federal Procurement Policy Dan Gordon and I issued a statement to Senior Procurement Executives and Chief Information Officers reminding them to select IT based on appropriate criteria while analyzing available alternatives including proprietary, open source and mixed source technologies."
See also related postings via Google Wins Injunction in Cloud Computing Bid Protest Against Interior
Digital Think Tank and GW University Publish first Digital IQ Index: Public Sector
Government Technology: "A new study ranking government, nonprofit and industry trade groups for their use of social media and online strategies revealed that more than 50 percent of the organizations polled are not using these digital avenues as effectively as they could be. The first L2 Digital IQ Index: Public Sector was co-authored by digital think tank L2 and the George Washington University School of Business, and ranked 100 digitally active public-sector groups on how well they are using different technologies to their greatest ability, or how high their digital IQ is. NASA, the White House and People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals are respectively ranked as having the highest digital IQs. The International Civil Aviation Organization, the Universal Postal Union, and the Independent Insurance Agents and Brokers of America (IIABA) came in last."
FCC Announces Open Internet Apps Challenge
News release: "...the FCC announced a challenge to researchers and software developers to engage in research and create apps that help consumers foster, measure, and protect Internet openness. The Open Internet Challenge is part of the FCC’s efforts to empower end users to help preserve Internet openness. Details of the challenge are posted at openinternet.gov/challenge. “This challenge is about using the open Internet to protect the open Internet,” said FCC Chairman Julius Genachowski. “Our goal is to foster user-developed applications that shine light on any practice that might be inconsistent with the free and open Internet. Empowering consumers with information about their own connections will promote a vibrant, innovative, world-leading broadband ecosystem.” The Open Internet Challenge seeks to encourage the development of innovative and functional applications that provide users with information about the extent to which their fixed or mobile broadband Internet services are consistent with the open Internet. These software tools could, for example, detect whether a broadband provider is interfering with DNS responses, application packet headers, or content."
See also: Linguists vote 'app' as word of the year
January 06, 2011
Pew Presentation: Asian-Americans and Technology
Presentation: Race and Ethnicity Asian-Americans and Technology
Director Lee Rainie spoke at the Organization of Chinese Americans Broadband Summit on January 6, 2011 about Pew Research examining how Asian-Americans use technology, including broadband adoption and online activities. He spoke with Tom Powers, chief of staff of the NTIA, who presented NTIA's broadband data from its December report “Exploring the Digital Nation.” This report examined the state of broadband adoption in each state and among different racial and ethnic groups."
Report - Cloud-sourcing Research Collections: Managing Print in the Mass-digitized Library Environment
News release: "This report presents findings from a year-long study designed and executed by OCLC Research, the HathiTrust, New York University's Elmer Bobst Library, and the Research Collections Access & Preservation (ReCAP) consortium, with support from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation. The objective of the project was to examine the feasibility of outsourcing management of low-use print books held in academic libraries to shared service providers, including large-scale print and digital repositories. The study assessed the opportunity for library space saving and cost avoidance through the systematic and intentional outsourcing of local management operations for digitized books to shared service providers and progressive downsizing of local print collections in favor of negotiated access to the digitized corpus and regionally consolidated print inventory."
Cloud-sourcing Research Collections: Managing Print in the Mass-digitized Library Environment
Learn more about this project
Quantitative Analysis of Culture Using Millions of Digitized Books
Quantitative Analysis of Culture Using Millions of Digitized Books, Published Online 16 December 2010, Jean-Baptiste Michel et al. Science DOI: 10.1126/science.1199644.
"We constructed a corpus of digitized texts containing about 4% of all books ever printed. Analysis of this corpus enables us to investigate cultural trends quantitatively. We survey the vast terrain of “culturomics”, focusing on linguistic and cultural phenomena that were reflected in the English language between 1800 and 2000. We show how this approach can provide insights about fields as diverse as lexicography, the evolution of grammar, collective memory, the adoption of technology, the pursuit of fame, censorship, and historical epidemiology. “Culturomics” extends the boundaries of rigorous quantitative inquiry to a wide array of new phenomena spanning the social sciences and the humanities...We report the creation of a corpus of 5,195,769 digitized books containing ~4% of all books ever published. Computational analysis of this corpus enables us to observe cultural trends and subject them to quantitative investigation. “Culturomics” extends the boundaries of scientific inquiry to a wide array of new phenomena. The corpus has emerged from Google’s effort to digitize books."
See also Geoffrey Nunberg, Chronicle of Higher Education - Counting on Google Books
January 05, 2011
Google Refine, a power tool for working with messy data
"Google Refine is a power tool for working with messy data, cleaning it up, transforming it from one format into another, extending it with web services, and linking it to databases like Freebase."
January 04, 2011
Pew: Internet Gains on Television as Public's Main News Source
"The internet is slowly closing in on television as Americans’ main source of national and international news. Currently, 41% say they get most of their news about national and international news from the internet, which is little changed over the past two years but up 17 points since 2007. Television remains the most widely used source for national and international news – 66% of Americans say it is their main source of news – but that is down from 74% three years ago and 82% as recently as 2002. The national survey by the Pew Research Center for the People & the Press, conducted Dec. 1-5, 2010 among 1,500 adults reached on cell phones and landlines, finds that more people continue to cite the internet than newspapers as their main source of news, reflecting both the growth of the internet, and the gradual decline in newspaper readership (from 34% in 2007 to 31% now). The proportion citing radio as their main source of national and international news has remained relatively stable in recent years; currently, 16% say it is their main source."
January 03, 2011
Green Paper: Commercial Data Privacy and Innovation in the Internet Economy: A Dynamic Policy Framework
The commercial data privacy issues discussed in the Department’s green paper, Commercial Data Privacy and Innovation in the Internet Economy: A Dynamic Policy Framework, provide a clear lens through which to assess current policy. Throughout the history of the Internet as a commercial medium, the Department of Commerce has been a key avenue of government engagement. Today, the Department continues this role, primarily through the Internet Policy Task Force, established by Secretary Locke. This Task Force is examining policy approaches that reduce barriers to digital commerce while strengthening protections for commercial data privacy, cybersecurity, intellectual property, and the global free flow of information."
January 02, 2011
The Broadband Technology Opportunities Program Expanding Broadband Access and Adoption in Communities Across America
The Broadband Technology Opportunities Program - Expanding Broadband Access and Adoption in Communities Across America, Overview of Grant Awards, December 2010
"Broadband infrastructure serves as a key engine of economic development, enabling communities to attract, retain, and expand job-creating businesses and institutions. For example, over broadband connections, small and rural businesses are able to buy and sell their goods and services in both near and distant markets. The deployment of broadband infrastructure creates direct jobs— such as construction workers and technicians—but also leads to indirect job creation, for instance, by allowing companies to expand to new markets, lowering entry barriers for entrepreneurs, and providing a platform for innovative new business models. With access to broadband and the skills to use it effectively, Americans are better able to succeed in the 21st-century’s knowledge-based economy and businesses can operate more effectively. Indeed, broadband networks and applications are significantly improving the efficiency of virtually every sector of the U.S. economy. Broadband can improve America’s quality of life in other ways as well, helping us to address challenges in education, health care, public safety, and energy. With broadband, for example, students can access resources to supplement those found in their own classrooms or at their local libraries. Telemedicine applications over broadband connections enable doctors to bring the latest medical advances to patients in remote areas, resulting in more timely, efficient, and cost-effective treatments. Broadband service and applications help fire, police, and other public safety personnel better respond to emergencies. Broadband enhances “smart grid” technologies that facilitate more efficient energy use. Researchers and scientists can use high-speed connections to collaboratively develop the new ideas that will keep our country in the lead globally. Broadband can enrich countless more facets of American life."
Google: Free calling in Gmail extended through 2011
Google Voice Blog: "When we launched calling in Gmail back in August, we wanted it to be easy and affordable, so we made calls to the U.S. and Canada free for the rest of 2010. In the spirit of holiday giving and to help people keep in touch in the new year, we’re extending free calling for all of 2011. In case you haven’t tried it yet, dialing a phone number works just like a regular phone. Look for “Call phone” at the top of your Gmail chat list and dial a number or enter a contact’s name. To learn more, visit gmail.com/call. Calling in Gmail is currently only available to U.S. based Gmail users."
January 01, 2011
Pew: 65% of internet users have paid for online content
65% of internet users have paid for online content, Jim Jansen, Senior Fellow, Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project, 12/30/2010
"Nearly two-thirds of internet users – 65% – have paid to download or access some kind of online content from the internet, ranging from music to games to news articles to adult material. Music, software, and apps are the most popular content that internet users have paid to access or download, although the range of paid online content is quite varied and widespread."
December 31, 2010
Commentary: Journalism in the age of WikiLeaks
"Mass collaboration is revolutionizing not only the way we work, but the way we live, learn, create and care for each other. Don Tapscott and Anthony D. Williams, authors of Macrowikinomics: Rebooting Business and the World, analyze some of the trends reshaping our world. Today: Journalism in the age of user-generated content and Wikileaks - "It turns out people will not pay for news as a commodity. In an age of Twitter, bloggers, WikiLeaks and social networks, people can find the news without buying a paper. As one youngster said, “If the news is important it will find me.” The Internet has destroyed the business model for print. Print publications will survive, but not in the long term, and this has big implications for journalism. Compared to the massive physical assets of, say, The New York Times, online newspaper The Huffington Post has almost zero printing and distribution costs. The New York Times employs more than a thousand people in its editorial department alone. The Huffington Post employs 60 and a volunteer roster of thousands of writers. The site is thriving, with 20 million readers."
December 30, 2010
2010 Trend Watch Update: Global Internet Censorship
Peter Eckersley: "At the beginning of this year EFF identified a dozen important trends in law, technology and business that we thought would play a significant role in shaping digital rights in 2010, with a promise to revisit our predictions at the end of the year. Now, as 2010 comes to a close, we're going through each of our predictions one by one to see how accurate we were in our trend-spotting."
December 29, 2010
S&P Equity Research Issues Internet Predictions for 2011
News release: "S&P Equity Research sees big developments for the Internet segment in 2011, including continuing challenges for Google, changes at Yahoo, a cloud offering from Apple, and excitement from China. "The coming year should also be another year of solid growth, with double-digit gains for U.S. Internet advertising and retail spending," observed Scott Kessler, Information Technology analyst at S&P Equity Research."
Political Change in the Digital Age: The Fragility and Promise of Online Organizing
"The Berkman Center for Internet & Society is pleased to announce the release of a new paper, Political Change in the Digital Age: The Fragility and Promise of Online Organizing, by Bruce Etling, Robert Faris, and John Palfrey."
"In this paper, we discuss the possible impact of digital technologies in authoritarian and semi-authoritarian regimes. We conclude that policymakers and scholars that have been most optimistic about the impact of digital tools have over-emphasized the role of information, specifically access to alternative and independent sources of information and unfiltered access to the Internet. We argue, in contrast, that more attention should be paid to the means of overcoming the difficulties of online organization in the face of authoritarian governments in an increasingly digital geopolitical environment."
Report: Distributed Denial of Service Attacks Against Independent Media and Human Rights Sites
"The Berkman Center for Internet & Society is pleased to share a new report, Distributed Denial of Service Attacks Against Independent Media and Human Rights Sites by Ethan Zuckerman, Hal Roberts, Ryan McGrady, Jillian York, John Palfrey
"Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) is an increasingly common Internet phenomenon capable of silencing Internet speech, usually for a brief interval but occasionally for longer. In this paper, we explore the specific phenomenon of DDoS attacks on independent media and human rights organizations, seeking to understand the nature and frequency of these attacks, their efficacy, and the responses available to sites under attack. Our report offers advice to independent media and human rights sites likely to be targeted by DDoS but comes to the uncomfortable conclusion that there is no easy solution to these attacks for many of these sites, particularly for attacks that exhaust network bandwidth."
Net Neutrality as Diplomacy - Yale Law and Policy Review
Net Neutrality as Diplomacy, Jonathan Zittrain. Vol. 29, Yale Law & Policy Review, December 2010.
"Popular imagination holds that the turf of a state’s foreign embassy is a little patch of its homeland. Enter the American Embassy in Beijing and you are in the United States. Indeed, in many contexts – such as resistance to search and seizure by a host country’s authorities – there is an inviolability to diplomatic outposts. These arrangements have been central to diplomacy for decades so that diplomats can perform their work without fear of harassment and coercion. Complementing a state’s oasis on foreign territory is the ability to get there and back unharried. Diplomats are routinely granted immunity from detention as they travel, and la valise diplomatique – the diplomatic pouch – is a packet that cannot be seized, or in most cases even inspected, as it moves about. Each pouch is a link between a country and its outposts dispersed in alien territory around the world. Citizens and their digital packets deserve much the same treatment as they traverse the global Internet. Just as states expect to conduct their official business on foreign soil without interference, so citizens should be able to lead digitally mediated – and increasingly distributed – lives without fear that their links to their online selves can be arbitrarily abridged or surveilled by their Internet Service Providers or any other party. Just as the sanctity of the embassy and la valise diplomatique is vital to the practice of international diplomacy, the ability of our personal bits to travel about the net unhindered is central to the lives we increasingly live online. This frame differs from the usual criteria for debating the merits of net neutrality. It does not focus on what makes for more efficient provision of broad-band services to end users. It is unaffected by what sorts of bundling of services by a local ISP might intrigue the ISP’s subscribers. It does not examine the costs and benefits of faraway content providers being asked to bargain for access to that local ISP’s customers. Instead, it recognizes that Internet users establish outposts far and wide, and that a new status quo of distributed selfhood is quickly taking hold."
December 26, 2010
New on LLRX.com: Juror Behavior in the Information Age
Via LLRX.com - Juror Behavior in the Information Age: Ken Strutin focuses on the impact of social media on jurors who increasingly try to stay connected to work and home while performing their civic duty, and the resulting impact of the power of individual jurors to virtualize a trial by going online. His article collects recent and notable examples of juror online misbehavior and highlights scholarship and practice resources concerning its implications for voir dire, trial management and the administration of justice.
Links to Free Kindle Books
Free Kindle Books: A Guide, by Lauren Indvik
- "Project Gutenberg: 33,000 free e-books, including all of the classics, available in Kindle, HTML and simple text formats.
- Google E-Bookstore: The free section is filled with thousands of free, scanned copies of books, available in Kindle-friendly PDF formats.
- Internet Archive: Millions of primarily rare, out-of-print works in multiple languages and formats (including Kindle), especially useful for academic work.
- Open Library: 20 million user-contributed items in multiple editions and formats (including Kindle).
- ManyBooks.net: Nearly 30,000 titles, many of which have been pulled from Project Gutenberg. Has a good collection of little-known Creative Commons works.
- LibriVox: Thousands of free audiobooks."
December 25, 2010
Two Essays Diverge on Power of Social Media
- Small Change - Why the revolution will not be tweeted, by Malcolm Gladwell: "he world, we are told, is in the midst of a revolution. The new tools of social media have reinvented social activism. With Facebook and Twitter and the like, the traditional relationship between political authority and popular will has been upended, making it easier for the powerless to collaborate, coördinate, and give voice to their concerns...Some of this grandiosity is to be expected. Innovators tend to be solipsists. They often want to cram every stray fact and experience into their new model. As the historian Robert Darnton has written, “The marvels of communication technology in the present have produced a false consciousness about the past—even a sense that communication has no history, or had nothing of importance to consider before the days of television and the Internet.” But there is something else at work here, in the outsized enthusiasm for social media. Fifty years after one of the most extraordinary episodes of social upheaval in American history, we seem to have forgotten what activism is..." [entire article available free online]
- The Political Power of Social Media Technology, the Public Sphere, and Political Change, by Clay Shirky: "Since the rise of the Internet in the early 1990s, the world's networked population has grown from the low millions to the low billions. Over the same period, social media have become a fact of life for civil society worldwide, involving many actors -- regular citizens, activists, nongovernmental organizations, telecommunications firms, software providers, governments. This raises an obvious question for the U.S. government: How does the ubiquity of social media affect U.S. interests, and how should U.S. policy respond to it? As the communications landscape gets denser, more complex, and more participatory, the networked population is gaining greater access to information, more opportunities to engage in public speech, and an enhanced ability to undertake collective action. In the political arena, as the protests in Manila demonstrated, these increased freedoms can help loosely coordinated publics demand change."[Access to this article is available for non-subscribers until 2/13/2011]
December 24, 2010
Proposed U.S. House Rules Pave the Way for iPads and BlackBerrys?
Proposed U.S. House Rules Welcome (Quiet) Mobile Devices to the Floor: "In this last Congress, the 111th, the House operated under a rule that dictated that no one shall "smoke or use a wireless telephone or personal computer on the floor of the House." But, according to copy of the proposed rules just posted to the website of the Committee on Rules, that section has been tweaked for the 112th congress to give the Speaker of the House wide discretion in dictating what sort of mobile technologies members and staffers can bring to and use on the floor of the House.
Pew Internet Study - Cancer 2.0: A summary of recent research
Cancer 2.0: A summary of recent research, Susannah Fox, Associate Director, 12/13/2010: "The majority of U.S. adults have internet access, including those who are living with chronic disease. In 1995 only about 1 in 10 American adults had access to the internet. In 2000, it was up to nearly half of adults. Now, about 75% of adults and 95% teenagers in the U.S. have internet access. Survey data from the Pew Internet Project and the California HealthCare Foundation show that while internet access is the norm, adults living with chronic disease are significantly less likely than healthy adults to go online:
- 81% of adults reporting no chronic diseases go online.
- 62% of adults living with one or more chronic disease go online.
- It is important to note that 80% of adults who provide care to their parents or another loved one have internet access. So while internet access is unevenly distributed, especially among age groups, many people have “second degree” access."
Pew Study: Politics goes mobile
Politics goes mobile, by Aaron Smith, Lee Rainie, Dec 23, 2010: "More than a quarter of American adults – 26% – used their cell phones to learn about or participate in the 2010 mid-term election campaign. In a post-election nationwide survey of adults, the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project found that 82% of adults have cell phones. Of those cell owners, 71% use their phone for texting and 39% use the phone for accessing the internet. With that as context, the Pew Internet survey found that:
- 14% of all American adults used their cell phones to tell others that they had voted.
- 12% of adults used their cell phones to keep up with news about the election or politics.
- 10% of adults sent text messages relating to the election to friends, family members and others.
- 6% of adults used their cells to let others know about conditions at their local voting stations on election day, including insights about delays, long lines, low turnout, or other issues.
- 4% of adults used their phones to monitor results of the election as they occurred.
- 3% of adults used their cells to shoot and share photos or videos related to the election..."
President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology Releases Report on Networking and Information Technology
News release: "The United States is spending considerably less on networking and information technology research than is suggested by official tallies and would benefit from both a larger investment and improved long-term strategic planning in this crucial field of research, according to an independent report released today by the President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST), a group of presidentially appointed experts from academia, non-governmental organizations, and industry. The report, Designing a Digital Future: Federally Funded Research and Development in Networking and Information Technology, examines the Nation’s Networking and Information Technology Research and Development (NITRD) Program. That 19-year-old program, which encompasses work in more than a dozen Federal agencies, is the primary mechanism by which the Federal government coordinates its investments in unclassified networking and information technology research and development. PCAST examined both the coordinating program and the NITRD research portfolio itself."
December 22, 2010
Gallup: U.S. Internet Users Ready to Limit Online Tracking for Ads
Follow up to FTC Staff Issues Privacy Report Offers Framework for Consumers, Businesses, and Policymakers, this news from Gallup: "U.S. Internet users would likely welcome a "Do Not Track" measure like the one the Federal Trade Commission is currently considering to keep advertisers from tracking their movements online. Gallup finds Internet users largely aware that advertisers use their online browsing history to target ads to their interests, but largely opposed to such tactics -- even if they help to keep websites free...The results, from a USA Today/Gallup poll conducted Dec. 10-12, 2010, come as the Federal Trade Commission considers a measure that would allow Internet users to essentially opt out of online tracking, as they do with the telemarketing "Do Not Call" list. AdWeek in a recent editorial said such a measure would amount to an "apocalypse" for online advertisers, particularly for the fast-growing $1.1 billion industry that relies on these tactics to target content to users."
Report: Distributed Denial of Service Attacks Against Independent Media and Human Rights Sites
The Berkman Center for Internet & Society is pleased to share a new report, Distributed Denial of Service Attacks Against Independent Media and Human Rights Sites by Ethan Zuckerman, Hal Roberts, Ryan McGrady, Jillian York, John Palfrey
"Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) is an increasingly common Internet phenomenon capable of silencing Internet speech, usually for a brief interval but occasionally for longer. In this paper, we explore the specific phenomenon of DDoS attacks on independent media and human rights organizations, seeking to understand the nature and frequency of these attacks, their efficacy, and the responses available to sites under attack. Our report offers advice to independent media and human rights sites likely to be targeted by DDoS but comes to the uncomfortable conclusion that there is no easy solution to these attacks for many of these sites, particularly for attacks that exhaust network bandwidth."
December 20, 2010
Broadband satisfaction: What consumers report about their broadband Internet provider
Broadband satisfaction: What consumers report about their broadband Internet provider, FCC Working Paper, December 2010: "Most Internet users have a very good understanding of the information on their bills regarding how to contact customer service or the price they pay. However, when asked about the clarity of information on their bill about speed, restrictions on service, or fees for terminating service, few users find this information very clear."
See also Broadband decisions: What drives consumers to switch – or stick with – their broadband Internet provider, FCC Working Paper, December 2010
December 18, 2010
Google Announces Chrome is Ready for Business
Google Chrome Blog: "When we announced that Chrome is now used by over 120 million users and showed off some of its latest features last week, we saw a tremendous amount of excitement from both users and businesses. Many businesses asked how they can get the benefits of increased security, speed and the modern browser capabilities that Chrome offers with the configurability and customizations they need. The good news is that businesses don’t need to wait any longer to deploy Google Chrome. Today, we’re announcing that Chrome offers controls that enable IT administrators to easily configure and deploy the browser on Windows, Mac, and Linux according to their business requirements. We’ve created an MSI installer that enables businesses who use standard deployment tools to install Chrome for all their managed users. We’ve also added support for managed group policy with a list of policies and a set of templates that allow administrators to easily customize browser settings to manage security and privacy. By deploying Google Chrome, organizations can take advantage of improved security and web application performance without needing to upgrade other expensive software licenses or buy new hardware. Deploying Google Chrome also gives users access to productivity-enhancing HTML5 web applications. Since Google Chrome is the same as the browser on Chrome OS, admins considering Chrome OS for their organizations can start testing their mission-critical web applications by deploying the Google Chrome browser."
December 17, 2010
Survey reports: Parents are starting to view time spent on the Internet in the same way as time watching TV
News release: "If you think similarities in the Internet and television are growing, parents may be inclined to agree with you. Parents are rapidly coming to view TV and the Web in similar ways, applying supervisory approaches to both mediums, according to a new survey by the Center for the Digital Future, at the Annenberg School for Communication & Journalism at the University of Southern California. In a worrisome trend, the Center also reports in its 2010 survey that an increasing percentage of parents say Internet access at home is reducing their children's in-person time with friends. Researchers at the Center report parents are now limiting their children's Internet access and television use in nearly identical ways. Three in five American households restrict television use as a punishment, a figure that's hardly budged over the past decade. Restricting children's Internet use as a form of punishment has steadily increased over the years and is now a practice in 57 percent of the nation's homes with children under 18. The new survey also shows, however, that parents are still more comfortable about the amount of time their children spend on the Internet v. television, with 69 percent saying it was just about right (v. 57 percent for television); only 28 percent thought their children spent too much time on the Internet, against 41 percent who thought television time was excessive."
December 16, 2010
Pew: Generations 2010 - Rise in Email Use, Decline in Blogging
Generations 2010, Kathryn Zickuhr, Web Coordinator, 12/16/2010
"There are still notable differences by generation in online activities, but the dominance of the Millennial generation that we documented in our first “Generations” report in 2009 has slipped in many activities. Milliennials, those ages 18-33, remain more likely to access the internet wirelessly with a laptop or mobile phone. In addition, they still clearly surpass their elders online when it comes to many communication- and entertainment-related activities, such as using social network sites and playing games online. However, internet users in Gen X (those ages 34-45) and older cohorts are more likely than Millennials to engage in several online activities, including visiting government websites and getting financial information online. Finally, the biggest online trend is that, while the very youngest and oldest cohorts may differ, certain key internet uses are becoming more uniformly popular across all age groups. These online activities include seeking health information, purchasing products, making travel reservations, and downloading podcasts."
White Paper: How the cloud will help global organizations take advantage of the economic recovery
Rising to the Challenge: "This independent report was commissioned by Savvis and conducted by Vanson Bourne in April 2010. The research surveyed CIOs, IT Directors and Heads of IT in the U.S., U.K. and Singapore from medium to large enterprises and the public sector...Our 2010 survey findings revealed that a large percentage of organizations are looking at infrastructure outsourcing as a means of delivering first-class IT support to the organization. The impetus driving this outsourcing rise is a widespread interest in cloud computing. A significant portion of the respondents are currently using or considering cloud services to deliver some part of their IT infrastructure. With the outsourcing forecast for the next 10 years set to grow (some two-thirds of organizations believe the majority of their infrastructure will be outsourced compared with fewer than one in five currently), it seems that the adoption of cloud services will play an important role in this industry transformation."
December 13, 2010
Study: Colleges Lock Out Blind Students Online
Colleges Lock Out Blind Students Online, by Marc Parry
"Colleges that wouldn't dare put up a new building without wheelchair access now routinely roll out digital services that, for blind people, are the Internet equivalent of impassable stairs. Roughly 75,000 students at colleges and trade schools are visually impaired, according to Education Department figures. Barriers to access could deny them equal learning opportunities. And colleges are finding that the problems are lawsuit bait, generating litigation and complaints."
25 Point Implementation Plan To Reform Federal Information Technology Management
25 Point Implementation Plan To Reform Federal Information Technology Management, Vivek Kundra U.S. Chief Information Officer, December 9, 2010
"Information technology should enable government to better serve the American people. But despite spending more than $600 billion on information technology over the past decade, the Federal Government has achieved little of the productivity improvements that private industry has realized from IT. Too often, Federal IT projects run over budget, behind schedule, or fail to deliver promised functionality. Many projects use “grand design” approaches that aim to deliver functionality every few years, rather than breaking projects into more manageable chunks and demanding new functionality every few quarters. In addition, the Federal Government too often relies on large, custom, proprietary systems when “light technologies” or shared services exist...This plan is divided into two sections: Achieving Operational Efficiency and Managing Large-Scale IT Programs Effectively. The first section outlines the steps being taken to adopt cloud solutions and leverage shared services. The second section covers the structural areas that impact the success rates of large IT programs across government. The 25 action items listed throughout the plan are summarized in the chart at the end of the document."
December 12, 2010
New on LLRX.com: ShoppingBots and Online Shopping Resources 2011
LLRX.com - ShoppingBots and Online Shopping Resources 2011
Marcus P. Zillman's guide arrives in time for holiday shopping, and comprises a comprehensive listing of shoppingbot and online shopping resources and sites on the Internet. Comparison shopping for books, electronics, gadgets, clothing, green products, hotels? Looking for coupons, discounts, vouchers or last minute deals? Do you want to support local, regional or national products and services? Marcus' wide ranging listing highlights reliable, efficient sites and services to compare and contrast your shopping choices, and to make the experience more cost effective and satisfying, now and year round.
December 11, 2010
Google Chrome - Cloud computing: the latest chapter in an epic journey
Cloud computing: the latest chapter in an epic journey, Posted by Eric Schmidt, Chairman and CEO - "On Tuesday, we announced a number of updates to Chrome and Chrome OS. For me, these announcements were among the most important of my working life—demonstrating the real power of computer science to transform people’s lives. It’s extraordinary how very complex platforms can produce beautifully simple solutions like Chrome and Chrome OS, which anyone can use from the get-go—as long as you get it right. And that’s very, very hard indeed as history has taught."
Pew Report: 8% of online Americans use Twitter
8% of online Americans use Twitter, Aaron Smith, Senior Research Specialist, Lee Rainie, Director, 12/9/2010: "Eight percent of the American adults who use the internet are Twitter users. It is an online activity that is particularly popular with young adults, minorities, and those who live in cities."
YouTube Allows Users to Upload Longer Videos
Official YouTubeBlog: "Your creativity isn’t bound by a time limit, so why should your video uploads be? Back in July we raised the upload limit to 15 minutes for all users. Starting today, we’ll begin allowing selected users with a history of complying with the YouTube Community Guidelines and our copyright rules to upload videos that are longer than 15 minutes."
December 10, 2010
Engadget Review Google Cr-48 Chrome laptop preview
Google's first Chrome OS laptop - the Cr-48: "This is a tough one to sum up. It's not a "real" product, in the sense that you can't buy it. Still, it represents the infancy of a series of products that will be very real and probably pretty well priced. We can already see some reasons why particularly browser-bound folks might consider this over a netbook, but for most people we'd say Google has a long ways to go to create a true netbook or laptop alternative -- besides, how many secondary and tertiary devices does one person really need? While the OS is pretty much all that matters here right now, and the internals are nothing special, our favorite part of the Cr-48 probably happens to be the one true inessential element: the design. We wish more computer manufacturers would take a note out of this understated book."
December 04, 2010
Facebook's plan - posed to be the web's virtual driver's licence
FT.com: Facebook’s grand plan for the future: "This is a somewhat different Mark Zuckerberg to the one the public knew just a year ago. In recent months he has transformed from an awkward wunderkind with a preternatural ability to anticipate where the web is going, into an amicable executive unafraid of laying out his grand plan. It is not just that he is a bit more confident and articulate, though he is both; what is striking is that for the first time in my two years of interviewing him, Zuckerberg seems at ease. “The fear is behind him,” said a friend of Zuckerberg’s. “Until a year ago, he thought this might be the next Google, but he wasn’t sure. Now he’s sure. The fear is gone.”
December 03, 2010
Why the Library of Congress Is Blocking Wikileaks
Follow up to WikiLeaks Releases Secret US Embassy Cables, this news release: "The news media are reporting today, accurately, that the Library of Congress is blocking access to the Wikileaks site across its computer systems, including those for use by patrons in the reading rooms. I wanted to provide here the same statement we’ve been giving to reporters and patrons who are asking about it: The Library decided to block Wikileaks because applicable law obligates federal agencies to protect classified information. Unauthorized disclosures of classified documents do not alter the documents’ classified status or automatically result in declassification of the documents. The White House’s Office of Management and Budget today provided the guidance that “[f]ederal agencies collectively, and each federal employee and contractor individually, are obligated to protect classified information pursuant to all applicable laws, as well as to protect the integrity of government information technology systems.”
Verizon White Paper: Escaping from Microsoft’s Protected Mode Internet Explorer
Escaping from Microsoft’s Protected Mode Internet Explorer - Evaluating a potential security boundary, November 2010
"In Internet Explorer 7 and Windows Vista, Microsoft introduced a new browser security feature called “Protected Mode”. According to Microsoft, this mechanism “significantly reduces the ability of an attack [against Internet Explorer] to write, alter or destroy data on the user’s machine”.1,2 A clearer description is that the feature attempts to protect the integrity of the client machine in the event the browser is compromised in an attack and prevent malware from being persisted on the targeted machine. This paper will describe why this is not currently the case in Internet Explorer 7 or 8 for remote code execution vulnerabilities, discuss the limitations of the feature by design, identify generic attacks patterns that can be used to bypass the feature (without user intervention) and discuss some inconsistencies in the underlying access control implemented in Microsoft® Windows®."
December 01, 2010
FTC Staff Issues Privacy Report Offers Framework for Consumers, Businesses, and Policymakers
News release: "The Federal Trade Commission, the nation’s chief privacy policy and enforcement agency for 40 years, issued a preliminary staff report today that proposes a framework to balance the privacy interests of consumers with innovation that relies on consumer information to develop beneficial new products and services. The proposed report also suggests implementation of a “Do Not Track” mechanism – likely a persistent setting on consumers’ browsers – so consumers can choose whether to allow the collection of data regarding their online searching and browsing activities....The report states that industry efforts to address privacy through self-regulation “have been too slow, and up to now have failed to provide adequate and meaningful protection.” The framework outlined in the report is designed to reduce the burdens on consumers and businesses."
Federal Trade Commission (Bureau of Consumer Protection) A Preliminary FTC Staff Report on Protecting Consumer Privacy in an Era of Rapid Change: A Proposed Framework for Businesses and Policymakers (December 1, 2010)
Pew Studies Internet Use And Income Levels
Use of the internet in higher-income households, Jim Jansen, Senior Fellow, 11/24/2010
"Those in higher-income households are different from other Americans in their tech ownership and use. 95% of those in households earning over $75,000 use the internet and cell phones. Those in higher-income households are more likely to use the internet on any given day, own multiple internet-ready devices, do things involving money online, and get news online Those in higher-income households are different from other Americans in their tech ownership and use. Analysis of several recent surveys conducted by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Projects find that there are key differences between those who live in households making $75,000 or more relative to those in lower-income households. Some 95% of Americans who live in households earning $75,000 or more a year use the internet at least occasionally, compared with 70% of those living in households earning less than $75,000."
November 29, 2010
Forbes Reports Next WikiLeaks Data Dump on Major Bank
Andy Greenberg's interview was conducted in London on November 11, 2010 - prior to the data dump of U.S. State Department documents: "Early next year, Julian Assange says, a major American bank will suddenly find itself turned inside out. Tens of thousands of its internal documents will be exposed on Wikileaks.org with no polite requests for executives’ response or other forewarnings. The data dump will lay bare the finance firm’s secrets on the Web for every customer, every competitor, every regulator to examine and pass judgment on."
full transcript of Forbes’ interview with Assange
November 28, 2010
New Verizon FiOS Internet 150/35 Mbps Offer Launches Consumers Into Broadband's Fastest Lane
News release: "Verizon is launching 150/35 megabits per second (Mbps) Internet service - the fastest mass-market broadband service in the nation - over the company's all-fiber-optic FiOS network. The company has begun to roll out the ultra-high-speed service to the majority of the more than 12.5 million homes that the FiOS network passes, and will make the service available to Verizon FiOS small-business customers by the end of the year. Verizon's new Internet service surpasses competitors' offers by pumping three times the downstream speed previously available to FiOS customers...With a downstream speed of 150 Mbps, consumers can download a two-hour, standard-definition movie (1.5 gigabytes) in less than 80 seconds, and a two-hour HD movie (5 GB) in less than four and a half minutes."
November 27, 2010
Commentary - Who will win the battle for control of the web? Read more: Who will win the battle for control of the web?
"Tom Arah investigates the war between Apple, Microsoft, Google and Adobe for web domination - In the 20 years since Tim Berners-Lee produced the first web browser, our expectations of what the internet can deliver have changed beyond all recognition. However, the core experience of browsing of HTML-based pages has remained largely intact. Now that’s all set to change. A series of critical breakthroughs – massively increased bandwidth, the demand for rich media, cloud computing, the advent of wireless connectivity and the rise of mobile devices – has created the foundations for the next generation of rich internet-based apps."
November 26, 2010
Two new metatags for Google News: syndication-source and original-source
Official Google New Blog: "News publishers and readers both benefit when journalists get proper credit for their work. That can be difficult, with news spreading so quickly and many websites syndicating articles to others. That’s why we’re experimenting with two new metatags for Google News: syndication-source and original-source. Each of these metatags addresses a different scenario, but for both the aim is to allow publishers to take credit for their work and give credit to other journalists. Here’s how to use these metatags:
- syndication-source indicates the preferred URL for a syndicated article. If two versions of an article are exactly the same, or only very slightly modified, we're asking publishers to use syndication-source to point us to the one they would like Google News to use..
- original-source indicates the URL of the first article to report on a story. We encourage publishers to use this metatag to give credit to the source that broke the story. We recognize that this can sometimes be tough to determine. But the intent of this tag is to reward hard work and journalistic enterprise...
- To learn more about how these metatags work, and how you can implement them for your site, visit our Help Center article.
November 25, 2010
White Paper - Policing Content in the Quasi-Public Sphere
Policing Content in the Quasi-Public Sphere, Jillian C. York, The OpenNet Initiative (ONI), November 2010
"Online conversations today exist primarily in the realm of social media and blogging platforms, most of which are owned by private companies. Such privately owned platforms now occupy a significant role in the public sphere, as places in which ideas and information are exchanged and debated by people from every corner of the world. Instead of an unregulated, decentralized Internet, we have centralized platforms serving as public spaces: a quasi-public sphere. This quasi-public sphere is subject to both public and private content controls spanning multiple jurisdictions and differing social mores...This paper will highlight the practices of fiveplatforms—Facebook, YouTube, Flickr, Twitter, and Blogger—in regard to TOS and account deactivations. It will highlight each company’s user policies, as well as examples of each company’s procedures for policing content."
Google - Promoting Free Trade for the Internet Economy
Google: "..we’re releasing a white paper, Enabling Trade in the Era of Information Technologies: Breaking Down Barriers to the Free Flow of Information, that explores the ways that governments impose limits on the free flow of information online. It’s pretty wonky stuff, but the premise is simple: In addition to infringing human rights, governments that block the free flow of information on the Internet are also blocking trade and economic growth. Over the last two decades, the Internet has delivered tremendous economic and trade benefits. It has driven record increases in productivity, spurred innovation, created new economies, and fueled international trade. In part this is because the Internet makes geographically distant markets easy to reach. But this engine of economic growth is increasingly coming under attack. According to one study, more than forty governments now engage in broad-scale restriction of online information. Governments are blocking online services, imposing non-transparent regulation, and seeking to incorporate surveillance tools into their Internet infrastructure. These are the trade barriers of the 21st century economy...we urge policymakers in the United States, European Union and elsewhere to take steps to break down barriers to free trade and Internet commerce. These issues present challenges, but also an opportunity for governments to align 21st century trade policy with the 21st century economy."
November 22, 2010
EFF Tool Offers New Protection Against Exploits of Webpage Security Flaws
News release: "The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) has launched a new version of HTTPS Everywhere, a security tool that offers enhanced protection for Firefox browser users against "Firesheep" and other exploits of webpage security flaws. HTTPS secures web browsing by encrypting both requests from your browser to websites and the resulting pages that are displayed. Without HTTPS, your online reading habits and activities are vulnerable to eavesdropping, and your accounts are vulnerable to hijacking... This new version of HTTPS Everywhere responds to growing concerns about website vulnerability in the wake of Firesheep, an attack tool that could enable an eavesdropper on a network to take over another user's web accounts -- on social networking sites or webmail systems, for example -- if the browser's connection to the web application either does not use cryptography or does not use it thoroughly enough...Other sites targeted by Firesheep that now receive protection from HTTPS Everywhere include Bit.ly, Cisco, Dropbox, Evernote, and GitHub. In addition to the HTTPS Everywhere update, EFF also released a guide to help website operators implement HTTPS properly."
November 20, 2010
Commentary - Long Live the Web
Long Live the Web - "The Web is critical not merely to the digital revolution but to our continued prosperity—and even our liberty. Like democracy itself, it needs defending." By Tim Berners-Lee
"The world wide web went live, on my physical desktop in Geneva, Switzerland, in December 1990. It consisted of one Web site and one browser, which happened to be on the same computer. The simple setup demonstrated a profound concept: that any person could share information with anyone else, anywhere. In this spirit, the Web spread quickly from the grassroots up. Today, at its 20th anniversary, the Web is thoroughly integrated into our daily lives. We take it for granted, expecting it to “be there” at any instant, like electricity. The Web evolved into a powerful, ubiquitous tool because it was built on egalitarian principles and because thousands of individuals, universities and companies have worked, both independently and together as part of the World Wide Web Consortium, to expand its capabilities based on those principles. The Web as we know it, however, is being threatened in different ways. Some of its most successful inhabitants have begun to chip away at its principles. Large social-networking sites are walling off information posted by their users from the rest of the Web. Wireless Internet providers are being tempted to slow traffic to sites with which they have not made deals. Governments—totalitarian and democratic alike—are monitoring people’s online habits, endangering important human rights."
The European Library - search the content of European national libraries
"The European Library is a free service that offers access to the resources of the 48 national libraries of Europe in 35 languages. Resources can be both digital (books, posters, maps, sound recordings, videos, etc.) and bibliographical. Quality and reliability are guaranteed by the 48 collaborating national libraries of Europe.The European Library represents Europe in all the colours of its cultural heritage. Being owned by public institutions guarantees its long-term preservation. Furthermore, quality and reliability are guaranteed. All content has been selected and categorised by experts who have done this work over centuries and centuries: Europe’s national librarians."
November 15, 2010
UK: Google Street View (GSV) collection of payload data
"The Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) is the UK’s independent authority set up to uphold information rights in the public interest, promoting openness by public bodies and data privacy for individuals." Snipped from November 3, 2010 letter from ICO to Global Privacy Counsel, Google France: "My office now understands that GSV (Google Street View) cars driving in the UK before May 2010 were equipped with the same equipment as the GSV cars in countries where regulators found some instances where entire emails and URLs were captured, as well as passwords. As such, my office believes that while most of the payload data gathered from the UK is fragmentary, in some instances it is possible that entire emails and URLs were captured, as well as passwords. It is my view that the collection of this information is a serious breach of the first data protection principle..."
November 14, 2010
Study: Real Branding Implications of Digital Media
Real Branding Implications of Digital Media – an SEM, SEO, & Online Display Advertising Study, iProspect | November 2010
"The key finding of this study is that online digital media assets have considerable branding influence, and that specific combinations can significantly impact a brand's success. In fact, Internet users exposed to mere impressions of organic search results, paid search results, and online display advertising -- and all combinations thereof -- experience both measureable improvements in their perceptions of those brands, as well as their anticipated interactions with them. In short, this study proves that digital media assets have the power to affect brand equity whether Internet users click on them or not. This finding has huge implications for companies that currently assess the value of their search engine marketing and online display advertising campaigns solely on their ability to produce ROI-based conversions - be they direct sales transactions, sales leads, etc. In fact, this study shows that search marketing and online display can now be viewed as viable branding channels worthy of their fair share of branding budgets, and requiring development of means by which to measure their impact on brand equity."
Assessing DoD's Study Information Gap: Optimizing the Electronic Management of DoD-Related Studies
Report to the Secretary of Defense, Assessing DoD’s Study Information Gap: Optimizing the Electronic Management of DoD-Related Studies. Report FY10-09. Recommendations for a Comprehensive Knowledge Management System for DoD Officials that Facilitate Information Retrieval and Analysis of all DoD-funded and DoD-related studies, April 2010.
"The number of and amount spent on studies each year within the Federal
government, and DoD in particular, is enormous. The total dollars for federally funded studies in FY2009 was $3.3B not including $62B on research and development. Within OSD [Office of the Secretary of Defense], and only considering studies conducted by Federally Funded Research and Development Centers (FFRDCs), OSD spent $240 Million on 758 Custom Studies in FY2009.
November 11, 2010
Report: The Connected Kingdom - How the Internet is Transforming the UK Economy
"Google commissioned The Boston Consulting Group to produce an independent analysis of the value of the UK’s Internet economy, the factors that are driving this, how we compare to other countries, and how this will change in the future. Google wants to help UK businesses get online and use the Internet to grow and have run programmes like ‘Getting British Business Online’ to help businesses create their first website, we’re also interested in helping existing online businesses to grow further...The Internet is a fundamental part of everyday life in the UK - 73% of households have broadband. Our research has revealed that the UK Internet economy is worth £100 billion a year, is growing at 10% a year and directly employs 250,000 people. To have your say in future policy to continue this growth, explore the site, post a question and add to the debate."
The Connected Kingdom - How the Internet is Transforming the UK Economy
U.S. News & World Report - Completing Shift to the Digital World
Memo on Digital Strategy sent to US News & World Report employees: 'December issue will be our last printed monthly sent to subscribers' - "Colleagues, We're finally ready to complete our transition to a predominantly digital publishing model with selected, single-topic print issues. This will allow us to make the most of the proven products, useful journalism, and great audience growth we've been sustaining. Thanks to all your great work, we've been able to maintain our core values of creating high-quality content while establishing a new, healthy business model. This puts us in a strong position to continue building the U.S. News brand in the new media world. As you know, we've been a leading innovator in adapting to the changing environment -- and we don't intend to give up that lead."
November 10, 2010
Intel - 2010 HIMSS Security Survey
2010 HIMSS Security Survey Sponsored by Intel, Final Report, November 3, 2010
"Now in its third year, the 2010 HIMSS Security Survey [Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society], sponsored by Intel reports the opinions of information technology (IT) and security professionals from healthcare provider organizations across the U.S. regarding key issues surrounding the tools and policies in place to secure electronic patient data at healthcare organizations. This year, the study was supported by Medical Group Management Association (MGMA) to encourage additional representation in the medical group and ambulatory space. The study was designed to collect information on a multitude of security-related items, including organizations’ general security environment, access to patient data, access tracking and audit logs, security in a networked environment and technology tools in place. This year, we’ve added a series of questions to evaluate how healthcare organizations are handling patient identity issues."
November 09, 2010
Pew: How libraries can serve Networked Individuals
"Pew Internet Director Lee Rainie spoke at the annual meeting of the Tampa Bay Library Consortium. His speech is entitled, How libraries can serve Networked Individuals. In it he discusses the latest research of the Project and previews the themes of his forthcoming book, “Networking: The New Social Operating System.” He also describes how the social world of “networked individuals” is different from previous generations and how libraries can plug into the information needs and habits of this new tribe of media users."
November 08, 2010
Exploring the Digital Nation: Home Broadband Internet Adoption in the U.S.
"The Department of Commerce's Economics and Statistics Administration (ESA) and National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA) today released a new report, Digital Nation II, that analyzes broadband Internet access and adoption across the United States. The study – the most comprehensive of its kind -- finds that socio-economic factors such as income and education levels, although strongly associated with broadband Internet use, are not the sole determinants of use; even after accounting for socioeconomic differences, significant gaps persist along racial, ethnic, and geographic lines. The report analyzes data collected through an Internet Usage Survey of 54,000 households conducted by the U.S. Census Bureau in October 2009. Earlier this year, NTIA released initial findings from the survey, showing that while virtually all demographic groups have experienced rising broadband Internet adoption at home, and 64 percent of households overall have broadband at home, historic disparities among demographic groups have persisted over time."
Slate: The Great American Information Emperors
Via Slate: "Tim Wu's The Master Switch tells the story of how America's information empires—from the AT&T monopoly to today's Internet giants—have been shaped by disruptive inventions, federal intervention, and, above all, a will to power. This week, based in part on excerpts from The Master Switch, Wu will present the stories of five men who disproportionately influenced the shape of the American information industries in the 20th and 21st centuries."
November 07, 2010
FTC Names Edward W. Felten as Agency's Chief Technologist
News release: "Federal Trade Commission Chairman Jon Leibowitz [November 4, 2010] announced the appointment of Edward W. Felten as the agency’s first Chief Technologist. In his new position, Dr. Felten will advise the agency on evolving technology and policy issues. Dr. Felten is a professor of computer science and public affairs and founding director of the Center for Information Technology Policy at Princeton University. He has served as a consultant to federal agencies, including the FTC, and departments of Justice and Defense, and has testified before Congress on a range of technology, computer security, and privacy issues. He is a fellow of the Association of Computing Machinery and recipient of the Scientific American 50 Award. Felten holds a Ph.D. in computer science and engineering from the University of Washington. Dr. Felten’s research has focused on areas including computer security and privacy, especially relating to consumer products; technology law and policy; Internet software; intellectual property policy; and using technology to improve government."
NARA Report on Federal Web 2.0 Use and Record Value
"In Fiscal Year 2010, the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) undertook a study to observe how agencies are using web 2.0 tools to conduct business and identify characteristics that may affect the value of information created and shared in web 2.0 formats. A NARA team interviewed six Federal agencies that are using web 2.0 tools to conduct mission-related business and have policies or procedures for implementing and using tools. Representatives from an additional nineteen Federal agencies volunteered to attend a focus group jam session to provide a broader understanding of Federal web 2.0 uses. From a records value perspective, web 2.0 content is best analyzed based on the function and use of the information, not solely by the platform or tool. The study describes the tools based on their major functions and use, such as public outreach and engagement, internal and interagency collaboration, and social networking."
See also NARA Bulletin 2011-02, Guidance on Managing Records in Web 2.0/Social Media Platforms, October 20, 2010.
November 02, 2010
UK National Infrastructure Plan 2010
"The Government has published a National Infrastructure Plan outlining the Government’s vision for the future of UK economic infrastructure. This is the first ever infrastructure plan for the UK. It outlines the scale of the challenge facing UK infrastructure and the major investment that is needed to underpin sustainable growth in the UK. It focuses on the networks and systems – in energy, transport, digital communications, floodwater, waste management and in science – that provide the infrastructure on which our economy depends. The plan gives clarity on the role of Government in specifying what infrastructure we need and how it can remove barriers to mobilise both private and public sector resources to maintain our world class infrastructure...In the Spending Review the Government has committed over £40 billion to infrastructure projects. The plan includes:
- Investing in a new low carbon economy – including a Green Investment Bank, up to £1 billion for one of the world’s first commercial scale carbon capture and storage demonstration projects, and the provision of grants to increase the uptake of electric vehicles;
- Providing the best superfast broadband in Europe by 2015 – a total of £530 million of investment over the Spending Review period;
- Investing £30 billion in transport – including a high speed rail network, Crossrail, over £10 billion for maintenance and investment in key road and local transport schemes across the country and £14 billion of funding to Network Rail to support maintenance and investment.
- Ensuring that the UK remains a world leader in science and research by continuing support for the highest value scientific research by maintaining a science budget of £4.6 billion, and £220 million of capital investment in the UK Centre for Medical Research and Innovation and £69 million in the Diamond Synchrotron."
October 28, 2010
EFF: Government Withholds Records on Need for Expanded Surveillance Law
News release: "The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) filed suit against three agencies of the Department of Justice (DOJ) today, demanding records about problems or limitations that hamper electronic surveillance and potentially justify or undermine the Administration's new calls for expanded surveillance powers. The issue has been in the headlines for more than a month, kicked off by a New York Times report that the government was seeking to require "back doors" in all communications systems -- from email and webmail to Skype, Facebook and even Xboxes -- to ease its ability to spy on Americans. The head of the FBI publicly claimed that these "back doors" are needed because advances in technology are eroding agents' ability to intercept information. EFF filed a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA), and the DOJ Criminal Division to see if that claim is backed up by specific incidents where these agencies encountered obstacles in conducting electronic surveillance."
Report - You're It! What Your Smartphone Might Be Saying Behind Your Back
Geotag, You're It! What Your Smartphone Might Be Saying Behind Your Back, Privacy Rights Clearinghouse, October 18, 2010
"Snap a photo of a sunset with your iPhone and you can upload it to Twitter with a few clicks. But your smartphone might be transmitting more than a pretty photograph. It could be collecting and storing data about your real-time location – and then broadcasting that information when you upload photos onto the Internet...In Cybercasing the Joint: On the Privacy Implications of Geotagging, two researchers from the University of California Berkeley investigated how different websites incorporate geotagged media. By examining photos and videos on Flickr, Craigslist and Youtube, they found 1.3% to 4.3% of uploaded media included embedded location data. Not surprisingly, they found geotagged photos and videos were most often captured through high-end cameras and smartphones (rather than basic cell phones)."
October 20, 2010
Study: Self-Selected or Mandated, Open Access Increases Citation Impact for Higher Quality Research
Self-Selected or Mandated, Open Access Increases Citation Impact for Higher Quality Research. Gargouri Y, Hajjem C, Larivière V, Gingras Y, Carr L, Brody T, Harnad S. PLoS ONE. 2010;5(10):e13636+. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0013636.
"Articles whose authors have supplemented subscription-based access to the publisher's version by self-archiving their own final draft to make it accessible free for all on the web (“Open Access”, OA) are cited significantly more than articles in the same journal and year that have not been made OA. Some have suggested that this “OA Advantage” may not be causal but just a self-selection bias, because authors preferentially make higher-quality articles OA. To test this we compared self-selective self-archiving with mandatory self-archiving for a sample of 27,197 articles published 2002–2006 in 1,984 journals...The OA advantage is greater for the more citable articles, not because of a quality bias from authors self-selecting what to make OA, but because of a quality advantage, from users self-selecting what to use and cite, freed by OA from the constraints of selective accessibility to subscribers only. It is hoped that these findings will help motivate the adoption of OA self-archiving mandates by universities, research institutions and research funders."
October 19, 2010
Pew Internet: Mobile Health 2010
Mobile Health 2010, by Susannah Fox, October 19, 2010: "The online health-information environment is going mobile, particularly among younger adults. The Pew Internet Project’s latest survey of American adults, conducted in association with the California HealthCare Foundation, finds that 85% use a cell phone. Of those:
- 17% of cell owners have used their phone to look up health or medical information and 29% of cell owners ages 18-29 have done such searches.
- 9% of cell owners have software applications or “apps” on their phones that help them track or manage their health. Some 15% of those ages 18-29 have such apps.
- This means that health-information searches and communications have joined the growing array of non-voice data applications that are being bundled into cell phones."
October 18, 2010
Pew Survey: Survey: 96% of Young Adults Own Cell Phones
Americans and their gadgets, by Aaron Smith, Senior Research Specialist, October 14, 2010
"In recent years the digital world has expanded far beyond the desktop1, and consumers can now choose from an array of devices capable of satisfying their need for “anytime, anywhere” access to news, information, friends and entertainment. This report examines the latest research from the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project regarding seven key appliances of the information age: Cell phones; Desktop and laptop computers; Mp3 players; Game consoles; Tablet computers and e-book readers."
October 17, 2010
The Blackbaud Index of Charitable Giving
"The Blackbaud Index of Charitable Giving reports that overall revenue increased by 1.4% for the three months ending August 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009. This was a move back into positive territory from July’s -4.5% trend. This trend is based on $2.2 billion in 12 months’ revenue from 1,364 organizations...The Blackbaud Index of Online Giving reports that overall revenue increased by 20.4% for the
three months ending August 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009. This was an increase over July’s positive trend of 12.4% growth. This trend is based on $407 million in 12 months’ online revenue from 1,676 organizations."
October 12, 2010
Google: Automatic Generation of Research Trails in Web History
Automatic Generation of Research Trails in Web History, Elin Rønby Pedersen, Shengyin Gu, Peter Jin Hong, Karl Gyllstrom, Proc. IUI 2010.
"The web is large and complex, and in the process of navigating it, we often lose our way. Research trailing is a method to organize web contents that we have spent some effort on into distinct research sessions. Research trails are automatically constructed by filtering and organizing users’ activity history, using a combination of semantic and temporal criteria for grouping similar web activity. The design of research trails was informed by an ethnographic study of ordinary people doing research on the web; it addresses the specific challenges of establishing and maintaining context when the research process is fragmented and the research question is still in formation. This paper motivates and describes our algorithms for generating high quality research trails. Research trails can be applied in several contexts: as the underlying mechanism for a research task browser, or as feed to an ambient display of history information while searching. A prototype was built to assess the utility of the first option, a research trail browser."
October 11, 2010
WSJ spotlights people-search sites and commercial data brokers
Escaping the ‘Scrapers’: "The Internet has given rise to a dizzying array of people-search sites and data brokers that gather and compile public information and social-networking profiles. The sites gather information from public sources such as property records and telephone listings, and other information is harvested by “scraping” — or copying — websites where people post information about themselves. The fact that the information is from public records or posted on the Internet generally means that the companies have a right to use it. And many of the firms emphasize that the data will still be available in public records or elsewhere online, even if the information is removed from specific sites. As long as the source of the information remains available, it can simply be scraped again. But determined consumers willing to navigate the maze of companies have some options for requesting that their data be removed from certain sites."
Global 'Digital Life' research project reveals major changes in online behaviour
News release: "The largest ever global research project into people’s online activities and behaviour - Digital Life - was launched today, ‘digital day’ by TNS, the world’s biggest custom research company. Covering nearly 90 per cent of the world’s online population through 50,000 interviews with consumers in 46 countries, the study reveals major changes in the world’s online behaviour. Core data from the study is being made publicly available via this interactive website...Among the key findings of the study are:
- Globally, people who have on-line access have digital sources as their number one media channel. 61% of online users use the internet daily against 54% for TV, 36% for Radio and 32% for Newspapers.
- Online consumers in rapid growth markets have overtaken mature markets in terms of engaging with digital activities. When looking at behaviour online, rapid growth markets such as Egypt (56%) and China (54%) have much higher levels of digital engagement than mature markets such as Japan (20%), Denmark (25%) or Finland (26%). This is despite mature markets usually having a more advanced internet infrastructure.
- Activities such as blogging and social networking are gaining momentum at huge speed in rapid growth markets. The research shows four out of five online users in China (88%) and over half of those in Brazil (51%) have written their own blog or forum entry, compared to only 32% in the US. The Internet has also become the default option for photo sharing among online users in rapid growth markets, particularly in Asia."
Pew Survey - Online Product Research
Report: Shopping, Search, Decision Making Online Product Research, by Jim Jansen, September 29, 2010
"The commercial use of the internet by American adults has grown since the mid-2000s, with 58% of Americans now reporting that they perform online research concerning the products and services that they are considering purchasing. That is an increase from 49% who said they conducted product or service research online in 2004. Moreover, the number of those who do research about products on any given day has jumped from 15% of adults in September 2007 to 21% in September 2010. From February 2004, the number of adults conducting research on any given day has more than doubled, up from 9%. Additionally, 24% of American adults say they have posted comments or reviews online about the product or services they buy, indicating a willingness to share their opinions about products and the buying experience with others.“Many Americans begin their purchasing experience by doing online research to compare prices, quality, and the reviews of other shoppers..."
October 10, 2010
CNNMoney - Google's next giant revenue stream is Android
CNNMoney: "Google has made its famous search algorithm into a $20 billion business, but for years, investors have asked, "What's next?" Google finally has an answer: Android...By 2013, Android [mobile operating system] will be a $4 billion-a-year business for the company and "a blockbuster success," Caris & Co. analyst Sandeep Aggarwal forecasts. That's a nice revenue bump for a company that had sales of $24 billion last year. But Google is dreaming even bigger: At last month's Zeitgeist conference in Arizona, Google CEO Eric Schmidt told reporters that he sees Android as a $10 billion business."
WSJ: Former FTC Employee Files Complaint Over Google Privacy
WSJ: "A former Federal Trade Commission employee has filed a complaint with the agency accusing Google Inc. of not adequately protecting the privacy of consumers’ search queries. The complaint was filed September 6 by Christopher Soghoian, who worked until August as a technologist with the FTC’s Division of Privacy and Identity Protection. It calls on the agency to investigate Google and to “compel Google to take proactive steps to protect the privacy of individual users’ search terms.” The complaint alleges Google shares with third parties users’ search queries, including those that contain personal information. In an emailed statement, Google said its passing of search-query data to third parties “is a standard practice across all search engines” and that “webmasters use this to see what searches bring visitors to their websites.” The statement added, “Google does not pass any personal information about the source of the query to the destination website.”
Via Christopher Soghoian's blog posting: "The complaint centers around an obscure feature in web browsers, known as the HTTP referrer header. Danny Sullivan, a widely respected search engine industry analyst has written that the HTTP referrer header is "effectively the Caller ID of the internet. It allows web site owners and marketers to know where visitors came from." However, while practically everyone with a telephone knows about the existence of caller ID, as Danny also notes, the existence of the referrer header is "little known to most web surfers." This header reveals to the websites you visit the URL of the page you were viewing before you visited that site. When you visit a site after clicking on a link in a search engine results page, that site learns the terms you searched for (because Google and the other search engines include your search terms in the URL).
October 09, 2010
Can We Create a National Digital Library?
New York Review of Books: Can We Create a National Digital Library? Robert Darnton - "The following talk was given at the opening of a conference at Harvard on October 1 to discuss the possibility of creating a National Digital Library."
"Despite the complexities, the fundamental idea of a National Digital Library (or NDL) is, at its core, straightforward. The NDL would make the cultural patrimony of this country freely available to all of its citizens. It would be the digital equivalent of the Library of Congress, but instead of being confined to Capitol Hill, it would exist everywhere, bringing millions of books and other digitized material within clicking distance of public libraries, high schools, junior colleges, universities, retirement communities, and any person with access to the Internet." See also:
September 30, 2010
Google 2010 U.S. Election Ratings
"How will the balance of power between Democrats and Republicans shake out after the elections on November 2? Many political experts and news sources track and revise predictions, but until now it’s been hard to compare perspectives. We’ve worked with some of the top names in politics — Sabato, Cook, Rothenberg, CQ-Roll Call, and RealClearPolitics — to make it easier to track the daily changes in the political landscape."
See also Google Election Center
FCC Enables High-Speed, Affordable Broadband for Schools and Libraries
News release: "The Federal Communications Commission today upgraded and modernized the E-rate program to bring fast, affordable Internet access to schools and libraries across the country. These changes will help ensure that America’s students can learn and develop the hightech skills necessary to compete in the 21st Century economy. The National Broadband Plan laid out a series of recommendations to promote broadbandenabled, cutting-edge learning inside and outside the classroom. One of the key recommendations is modernizing the FCC’s E-rate program, established by Congress to bring connectivity to all schools and libraries across America. The program has achieved remarkable success -- 97 percent of American schools and nearly all public libraries now have basic Internet access. But the Plan found that basic broadband connectivity is too slow to keep up with the innovative high-tech tools that are now essential for a world-class education. According to a recent FCC survey, 78 percent of E-rate recipients say they need faster connections to meet the speed and capacity demands of their students, teachers, and library patrons. The FCC’s E-rate Order makes it easier for schools and libraries to get the highest speeds for the lowest prices by increasing their options for broadband providers and streamlining the application process. The Order is another advance in the Commission’s ongoing transformation of the Universal Service Fund, of which the E-rate program is part, to deploy broadband throughout America."
September 29, 2010
New Study on Reading in the Digital Age: Parents Say Electronic, Digital Devices Negatively Affects Kids' Reading Time
News release: "In the 2010 Kids and Family Reading Report - Turning the Page in the Digital Age - a national survey released today, children age 6 – 17 and their parents share their views on a wide range of topics regarding reading in the 21st Century. The study, conducted by Scholastic, the global children’s publishing, education and media company, and Harrison Group, a leading marketing and strategic research consulting firm, found that from age 6 - 17, the time kids spend reading books for fun declines while the time kids spend going online for fun and using a cell phone to text or talk increases. Parents express concern that the use of electronic and digital devices negatively affects the time kids spend reading books (41%), doing physical activities (40%), and engaging with family (33%). The study also found indications that technology could be a positive motivator to get kids reading -- 57 percent of kids (age 9-17) say they are interested in reading an eBook, and a third of children age 9-17 say they would read more books for fun if they had access to eBooks on an electronic device. This includes kids who read 5-7 days per week (34%), 1 to 4 days per week (36%) and even those who read less than one day per week (27%). The findings from the Kids and Family Reading Report indicate that the ebook market will continue to grow. While only 6% of parents surveyed currently own an electronic device used for reading eBooks and other digital publications, 16% plan to purchase one in the next year. And parents are not hesitant to share those devices with their children – approximately 8 in 10 (83%) of these parents say they do or will allow/encourage their child to use their eReading device."
September 23, 2010
FCC Frees Up Vacant TV Airwaves for "Super Wi-Fi" Technologies and Other Technologies
News release: "The Federal Communications Commission today took steps to free up vacant airwaves between TV channels -- called “white spaces” -- to unleash a host of new technologies, such as “super Wi-Fi,” and myriad other diverse applications. This is the first significant block of spectrum made available for unlicensed use in more than 20 years. TV white space spectrum is considered prime real estate because its signals travel well, making it ideally suited for mobile wireless devices. Unlocking this valuable spectrum will open the doors for new industries to arise, create American jobs, and fuel new investment and innovation. The National Broadband Plan noted the importance of unlicensed spectrum in creating opportunities for new technologies to blossom and recommended that the Commission complete the TV white spaces proceeding as expeditiously as possible."
September 17, 2010
WSJ Investigates Extensive Web Tracking of Children Online
"A Wall Street Journal investigation into online privacy has found that popular children's websites install more tracking technologies on personal computers than do the top websites aimed at adults."
"Marketers are spying more on young Internet users than on their parents, building detailed profiles of their activities and interests. The Wall Street Journal’s What They Know series documents the new, cutting-edge uses of this Internet-tracking technology. The Journal analyzed the tracking files installed on people’s computers by 50 of the most popular U.S. websites for children and teenagers. The Journal also built an “exposure index” — to determine the degree to which each site exposes visitors to monitoring — by studying the tracking technologies they install and the privacy policies that guide their use."
September 14, 2010
Pew Survey: Americans Spending More Time Following the News
Americans Spending More Time Following the News - Ideological News Sources: Who Watches and Why, September 12, 2010
"There are many more ways to get the news these days, and as a consequence Americans are spending more time with the news than over much of the past decade. Digital platforms are playing a larger role in news consumption, and they seem to be more than making up for modest declines in the audience for traditional platforms. As a result, the average time Americans spend with the news on a given day is as high as it was in the mid-1990s, when audiences for traditional news sources were much larger. Roughly a third (34%) of the public say they went online for news yesterday – on par with radio, and slightly higher than daily newspapers. And when cell phones, email, social networks and podcasts are added in, 44% of Americans say they got news through one or more internet or mobile digital source yesterday. At the same time, the proportion of Americans who get news from traditional media platforms – television, radio and print – has been stable or edging downward in the last few years. There has been no overall decline in the percentage saying they watched news on television, and even with the continued erosion of print newspaper and radio audiences, three-quarters of Americans got news yesterday from one or more of these three traditional platforms."
September 13, 2010
Children's Websites: Usability Issues in Designing for Kids
Jakob Nielsen's Alertbox, September 13, 2010, Children's Websites: Usability Issues in Designing for Kids: "New research with users aged 3–12 shows that older kids have gained substantial Web proficiency since our last studies, while younger kids still face many problems. Designing for children requires distinct usability approaches, including targeting content narrowly for different ages of kids. Millions of children use the Internet, and millions more are coming online each year. Many websites specifically target children with educational or entertainment content, and mainstream websites often have specific "kids' corner" sections — either as a public service or to build brand loyalty from an early age. Despite this growth in users and services, little is known about how children actually use websites or how to design sites that will be easy for them to use. Website design for kids is typically based purely on folklore about how kids supposedly behave — or, at best, on insights gleaned when designers observe their own children, who hardly represent average kids, typical Internet skills, or common knowledge about the Web. To separate design myths from usability facts, we turn to empirical user research: observations of a broad range of children as they use a wide variety of websites. This research covers users aged 3–12 years."
Pew Commentary: The Power of Mobile
The Power of Mobile, by Susannah Fox, September 13, 2010 - Prepared for Mayo Transform 2010: Thinking Differently About Health Care.
"Mobile was the final front in the access revolution. It has erased the digital divide. A mobile device is the internet for many people...Access isn’t the point anymore. It’s what people are doing with the access that matters.Mobile devices are changing us, once again, as internet users, making us more likely to share, more likely to access information on the go, and, as I mentioned, erasing the digital divide. Once information is untethered, the oceans part and the landscape changes. We are now on the other side of a massive shift in communications. In 10 years we have seen the internet go from a slow, stationary, information vending machine to a fast, mobile, communications appliance that fits in your pocket. Information has become portable, personalized, and participatory."
September 08, 2010
DHS OIG: DHS Needs to Improve the Security Posture of Its Cybersecurity Program Systems
OIG-10-111 - DHS Needs to Improve the Security Posture of Its Cybersecurity Program Systems, September 8, 2010
"Our audit focused on the security of the systems that US-CERT uses to accomplish its cybersecurity mission. Overall, NCSD has implemented adequate physical security and logical access controls over the cybersecurity program systems used to collect, process, and disseminate cyber threat and warning information to the public and private sectors. However, a significant effort is needed to address existing security issues in order to implement a robust program that will enhance the cybersecurity posture of the federal government. To ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its cybersecurity information, NCSD needs to focus on deploying timely system security patches to mitigate risks to its cybersecurity program systems, finalizing system security documentation, and ensuring adherence to departmental security policies and procedures."
September 05, 2010
NielsenWire: How Americans Spend Mobile Internet Time
"This alternative way of slicing the data still shows Email to be, by far, the dominant sector in terms of mobile time, although this dominance shrinks by a few delta points to 38.5% from 41.6%. Search is another that nets out with a smaller share, although by less than a percentage point from 7.1% to 6.3%. The share held by Social Networking remains very similar but News & Current Events comes out much stronger using the site-level analysis at a 7.2% share of time compared to 4.4% of time using the category-level analysis. Share of time on Portals shows something more dramatic, with a change from 11.6% to 4.6% share of time, but this doesn’t mean that people are spending any less time on Portal sites. Nielsen classifies both channels and brands into categories and so a category-level analysis includes both brands (e.g. Google) as well as channels under than brand (e.g. Google News). Using the initial methodology means that all Google time would be assigned to Portals (because Google is a portal) but using the site-level method means the Google News element would be assigned to the News & Current Events sector. Thus, the Portal element is limited to more general and entry pages rather than including content-specific sectors such as news."
September 03, 2010
Pew Report: Cell phones and American adults
Cell phones and American adults - They make just as many calls, but text less often than teens - by Amanda Lenhart, Senior Research Specialist, 9/2/2010
"Texting by American adults has increased substantially over the past year, but still does not approach the magnitude of text messages exchanged by adolescents. Some 72% of adult cell phone users send and receive text messages now, up from 65% in September 2009. Fully 87% of teen cell users text. Teens text 50 messages a day on average, five times more than the typical 10 text messages sent and received by adults per day. Still, for most adults, voice calling is their primary use of the phone. They make and receive about 5 calls per day on average."
August 30, 2010
Pew Internet Report: Older Adults and Social Media
Older Adults and Social Media - Social networking use among those ages 50 and older nearly doubled over the past year, Mary Madden, Senior Research Specialist, August 27, 2010: "While social media use has grown dramatically across all age groups, older users have been especially enthusiastic over the past year about embracing new networking tools. Social networking use among internet users ages 50 and older nearly doubled—from 22% in April 2009 to 42% in May 2010.
- Between April 2009 and May 2010, social networking use among internet users ages 50-64 grew by 88%--from 25% to 47%.
- During the same period, use among those ages 65 and older grew 100%--from 13% to 26%.
- By comparison, social networking use among users ages 18-29 grew by 13%—from 76% to 86%."
August 25, 2010
Make and receive calls in Gmail
Google Voice Blog: "Google Voice lets you manage all your phone communications and seamlessly make and receive calls on any of your existing phones. But what if you don’t have your phone with you? Or what if you’re in a place with poor cell phone reception, or you’re travelling internationally and don’t want to incur expensive roaming charges? Wouldn’t it be great if you could use your computer to make or receive calls? Starting today you can use Gmail to receive or place Google Voice calls. To get started, check the box next to Google Chat in your list of forwarding phones and the next time someone calls your Google Voice number, Gmail will notify you of an incoming call. You can take the call or even listen in as the caller leaves a message, in a single step right from your computer."
See also A Modern History of Human Communication
August 24, 2010
Nielsen Tracks Who Texts and Talks Most on Mobile Devices
Nielsen Wire: "According to Nielsen, African-Americans use the most voice minutes – on average more than 1,300 a month. Hispanics are the next most talkative group, chatting an average of 826 minutes a month. Even Asians/Pacific Islanders, with 692 average monthly minutes, talk more than Whites, who use roughly 647 voice minutes a month. African-Americans and Hispanics also text the most. Hispanics send and receive around 767 SMS messages a month while African-Americans send and receive around 780 – significantly more than Asians/Pacific Islanders (384 texts a month) and Whites (566 texts a month). The voice and text results are compiled from one year (April 2009-March 2010) of mobile usage data gathered by the The Nielsen Company, which analyzes the cellphone bills of more than 60,000 mobile subscribers each month in the United States."